SoftBank 001SH User Manual

Add to my manuals
343 Pages

advertisement

SoftBank 001SH User Manual | Manualzz

Introduction

Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 001SH.

.

For proper handset use, read "Quick Tips" (in the box) and this guide beforehand.

.

Accessible SoftBank Mobile services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.

SoftBank 001SH is compatible with 3G network technology; supports international roaming where 3G network coverage is available (3G areas).

For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.15-39

).

Notes

.

Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.

.

Guide content is subject to change without prior notice.

.

Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact

SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.15-39

) about unclear or missing information.

Chapter Contents

At A Glance

Getting Started

Universal Operations, Etc.

Calling

Messaging

Internet

Digital TV

Camera & Imaging

Media Player & S! Applications

Handy Extras

Widgets & Entertainment

Handset Security

Data Folder & Memory Card

Connectivity & File Backup

Handset Customization

Appendix

12

13

14

15

17

8

9

10

11

6

7

4

5

1

2

3 i

ii

Guide Usage Notes

Notes

.

Most operation descriptions are based on default settings

*

with

handset open (

P.1-2

) in Standby (

P.1-6

).

.

Operations and results may differ by handset status.

.

Sample screenshots, etc. are provided for reference only.

.

Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance.

.

"(Japanese)" appears next to functions or applications which require

Japanese ability to use as intended.

.

In this guide and on handset, "abroad" means "outside Japan" with regard to handset/service usage.

*

With the exception that Handset Code and Administrator Code are set.

Guide Usage Notes .......................... ii

Table of Contents ............................ iii

Accessory ......................................... v

Safety Precautions .......................... vi

1

Getting Started

Handset Parts ................................ 1-2

Charging Battery ........................... 1-4

Power On/Off ................................. 1-6

Display & Indicators...................... 1-7

Accessing Functions .................. 1-12

Mobile Manners ........................... 1-18

Security Codes ............................ 1-19

Double Number ........................... 1-21

Basic Tools .................................. 1-24

Additional Functions .................. 1-25

2

Universal Operations, Etc.

Font Size ........................................ 2-2

Wallpaper ....................................... 2-3

Customized Screen....................... 2-4

Sounds & Alerts ............................ 2-5

Text Entry ....................................... 2-6

User Dictionary............................ 2-12

Dictionary..................................... 2-13

Search .......................................... 2-15

Scratch Pad.................................. 2-16

Phone Book ................................. 2-17

Additional Functions .................. 2-20

Troubleshooting .......................... 2-25

3

Calling

Emergency Calls ........................... 3-2

Voice Calling .................................. 3-3

Video Calling.................................. 3-6

Speed Dial & Rakutomo Link ....... 3-7

Call Log .......................................... 3-9

Call Time ...................................... 3-10

Call Barring .................................. 3-11

Optional Services ........................ 3-13

Additional Functions................... 3-15

Troubleshooting .......................... 3-23

4

Messaging

Messaging...................................... 4-2

Sending Messages ........................ 4-4

Incoming Messages .................... 4-12

Handling Messages..................... 4-15

Chat Folder .................................. 4-18

Mail Groups.................................. 4-19

PC Mail ......................................... 4-20

Additional Functions................... 4-23

Troubleshooting .......................... 4-40

5

Internet

Internet Services ........................... 5-2

Yahoo! Keitai.................................. 5-3

PC Site Browser ............................ 5-5

Browsing ........................................ 5-6

Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-8

RSS Feeds...................................... 5-9

Additional Functions................... 5-10

Troubleshooting .......................... 5-17

6

Digital TV

Digital TV........................................ 6-2

Recording/Playing ......................... 6-7

TV Timer ......................................... 6-9

Table of Contents

Additional Functions...................6-10

Troubleshooting ..........................6-15

7

Camera & Imaging

Camera ...........................................7-2

Photo Camera ................................7-4

Video Camera ................................7-5

Review ............................................7-6

Shooting Modes ............................7-7

Editing Images ...............................7-8

Printing .........................................7-12

Additional Functions...................7-13

Troubleshooting ..........................7-16

8

Media Player & S! Applications

Media Player...................................8-2

Music ..............................................8-4

Video...............................................8-5

Playlists ..........................................8-6

S! Appli ...........................................8-7

Additional Functions.....................8-8

Troubleshooting ..........................8-12

9

Handy Extras

Calendar & Tasks...........................9-2

Alarms ............................................9-8

Wakeup TV ...................................9-10

Relaxation Time ...........................9-12

Household Accounts ..................9-13

Calculator .....................................9-17

Expenses Memo ..........................9-18

Simulated Call..............................9-19

Stopwatch ....................................9-20

Countdown Timer ........................9-21

iii

iv

Table of Contents

World Clock ................................. 9-22

Hour Minder................................. 9-23

Notepad........................................ 9-24

ASCII Art ...................................... 9-25

Voice Recorder ............................ 9-26

Barcode Reader .......................... 9-27

Create QR Code .......................... 9-28

Scan Card .................................... 9-29

Scan Text ..................................... 9-30

Kanji Grabber .............................. 9-31

Additional Functions .................. 9-32

Troubleshooting .......................... 9-43

10

Widgets & Entertainment

Mobile Widget.............................. 10-2

S! Quick News ............................. 10-5

S! Information Channel .............. 10-6

Content Downloads .................... 10-7

e-Books........................................ 10-8

S! Friend's Status ....................... 10-9

S! Circle Talk.............................. 10-12

Blog Tool.................................... 10-14

Additional Functions ................ 10-16

Troubleshooting ........................ 10-22

11

Handset Security

Handset Security......................... 11-2

Function Control ......................... 11-4

Additional Functions .................. 11-5

12

Data Folder & Memory Card

Data Folder .................................. 12-2

Memory Card ............................... 12-5

Additional Functions .................. 12-7

Troubleshooting .......................... 12-9

13

Connectivity & File Backup

Infrared......................................... 13-2

Bluetooth ® .................................... 13-5

PC Connection ............................ 13-9

Backup ....................................... 13-10

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ... 13-13

Additional Functions ................ 13-17

Troubleshooting ........................ 13-20

14

Handset Customization

Date & Time ................................. 14-2

Display & Illumination................. 14-3

Incoming Transmissions ............ 14-5

Sounds ......................................... 14-6

Connectivity ................................ 14-7

Reset ............................................ 14-9

15

Appendix

USIM Card .................................... 15-2

Battery.......................................... 15-4

Software Update.......................... 15-5

Troubleshooting .......................... 15-6

Text Entry Key Assignments...... 15-8

Pager Codes .............................. 15-10

Character Codes ....................... 15-11

Weather Indicators .................... 15-17

Specifications............................ 15-18

Menu List ................................... 15-24

Index........................................... 15-31

Warranty & Service ................... 15-38

Customer Service ..................... 15-39

Accessory

[ Battery (SHBCU1)

.

For accessory-related information, please contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information ( P.15-39 ).

.

Use specified Charger or Headphones (each sold separately) only.

Accessory

v

vi

Safety Precautions

Safety Precautions

Read safety precautions before using handset.

.

Observe precautions to avoid injury to self or others, or damage to property.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.

These labels indicate the degree of risk from improper use. Make sure you thoroughly understand their meanings before reading on.

DANGER

WARNING

Great risk of death or serious injury from improper use

Risk of death or serious injury from improper use

CAUTION

Risk of minor injury or damage to property from improper use

These symbols indicate prohibited or compulsory actions. Make sure you thoroughly understand their meanings before reading on.

$

Prohibited actions

%

Disassembly prohibited

&

Exposure to liquids prohibited

'

Use with wet hands prohibited

(

Compulsory actions

)

Unplug Charger from outlet

Handset, Battery, USIM Card,

Charger (Sold Separately) &

Memory Card (Sold Separately)

DANGER

Use specified battery and Charger only.

Non-specified equipment use may cause battery to leak, overheat, burst or ignite, and may cause Charger to malfunction. Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite.

( overheat, ignite, malfunction, etc.

Do not disassemble, modify or solder handset or related hardware.

May cause fire, injury, electric shock or

Modifying handsets is prohibited by the

%

Radio Law and subject to a penalty.

Do not expose handset or related hardware to liquids.

Do not let liquid-exposed handset/ related hardware remain wet; do not charge wet battery. May cause overheating, electric shock, fire, injury or malfunction. Use handset/related hardware properly/appropriately.

&

Do not charge battery in or expose handset or related hardware to extreme heat (e.g., near fire or sources of heat, in direct sunlight, inside vehicles, etc.).

May cause warping/malfunction; battery may leak, overheat, ignite or burst. Handset or related hardware may become hot to the touch, leading to burn injuries, etc.

$

Do not force battery/Charger into handset. Confirm terminal/ connector orientation and retry.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

WARNING

$

Do not place handset, battery or

Charger in/on ovens, microwave ovens, pressure cookers, induction stoves or other cooking appliances.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite. Handset/Charger may overheat, emit smoke, ignite, malfunction, etc.

$

Safety Precautions

Keep handset off and Charger disconnected near gas stations or places with fire/explosion risk.

Handset use near petrochemicals or

( other flammables may cause fire/ explosion.

Do not apply strong shocks or impacts.

Do not drop/throw handset or related hardware. Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite, resulting in fire, electric

$ shock, malfunction, etc.

If there is unusual sound/odor, smoke or any other abnormality:

Continued use may cause fire, electric shock, etc.; grasp plug to disconnect

(

Charger, power off, then remove battery, being careful not to burn or injure yourself.

Keep liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) or conductive material (pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.) away from External Device Port.

May cause short circuit, resulting in fire, malfunction, etc.

$ vii

viii

Safety Precautions

CAUTION

Do not place handset or related hardware on unstable surfaces.

Handset or related hardware may fall, resulting in injury, malfunction, etc.; take added care when Vibration is set or while charging.

$

Keep handset and related hardware out of infants' reach.

Infants may choke from swallowing handset or related hardware or be injured, etc.

If your child is using handset/ related hardware, explain all instructions and supervise usage.

Misuse may cause injury, etc.

Battery

(

(

DANGER

Read battery label to confirm battery type; use/dispose of battery accordingly.

Symbol on Label Battery Type

Li-ion00

Do not dispose of battery in fire.

Battery may leak, burst, ignite, etc.

Lithium-ion

$

Do not damage battery (with a nail, hammer, foot, etc.) or subject it to strong impacts or shocks.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

Keep wire or other metal objects away from battery terminals. Do not carry/store battery with conductive material (pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.).

Battery may leak, overheat, burst,

$

$ ignite, etc.

If battery fluid gets in eyes, do not rub; rinse with water and consult a doctor immediately.

Eyes may be severely damaged.

WARNING

(

If battery fluid contacts skin or clothes, discontinue handset use and rinse with clean water immediately.

May cause skin damage.

If battery does not charge properly, stop trying.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

(

(

If there is abnormal odor, excessive heat, discoloration or distortion, remove battery, being careful not to burn or injure yourself. Avoid fire

( sources.

Continued use may cause battery to leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

Keep battery away from pets.

Pet bites may cause battery to leak, burst, overheat, ignite, etc.

CAUTION

(

Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with ordinary refuse.

Tape over battery terminals before disposal. Take battery to a SoftBank

Shop, or follow the local disposal regulations.

$

Handset

WARNING

Do not use handset while driving or cycling.

Accidents may result.

Phone use while driving or cycling is

$ prohibited by law and subject to a penalty; park legally beforehand.

Power off near electronic devices that employ high precision control systems or weak signals.

May cause electronic malfunctions, etc.

(

Take added care near these devices:

Hearing aids, implanted pacemakers/ defibrillators and other electronic medical equipment; fire alarms, automatic doors and other automatic control devices.

Power off before boarding aircraft to avoid possible radio wave interference with aircraft operations.

If mobile phone use is allowed on board, follow airline or cabin crew

Volume as needed.

May cause heart damage.

If thunder is heard while outdoors, power off; find cover.

There is a risk of lightning strike or

( instructions regarding handset use.

Users with a heart condition should adjust ringtone Vibration and electric shock.

Do not look into Infrared Port during infrared transmissions.

Eyesight may be affected.

CAUTION

(

(

$

Do not use handset when it may affect a vehicle's electronic equipment.

Handset use inside vehicles may cause electronic equipment to malfunction, resulting in accidents.

$

If you experience any skin irritation associated with handset use, discontinue handset use and consult a doctor.

Metal and other materials ( P.15-18

) may cause skin irritation, rashes, or itchiness depending on your physical condition.

(

Keep handset away from magnetic cards, etc.

Data on bank cards, credit cards, telephone cards, floppy disks, etc. may be lost.

Do not swing handset by strap.

May harm self or others; strap may break, resulting in injury or handset malfunction/breakage.

Handset may become hot while in use, especially at high temperature.

Prolonged contact with skin may cause burn injuries.

Always maintain some distance from Speaker while ringtones, music or other handset sounds play.

Excessive volume may damage ears or hearing.

Keep fingers, straps, etc. outside when opening/closing handset.

May cause injury, breakage, etc.

$

$

(

$

(

Safety Precautions

Watch TV from a distance in good light.

Watching in poor light or too close may affect eyesight.

Moderate handset volume when using Headphones.

Excessive volume may damage ears or hearing.

(

(

Charger (Sold Separately)

WARNING

Do not cover/wrap Charger while charging.

Charger may overheat, resulting in fire, malfunction, etc.

Use only the specified voltage.

Non-specified voltages may cause fire, malfunction, etc.

.

AC Charger: AC 100V-240V Input

.

In-Car Charger (use in negative earth vehicles only): DC 12V/24V Input

$

$

Do not use power adapters. Using

Charger with step-up/step-down transformer may cause fire, electric shock or malfunction.

ix

x

Safety Precautions

Leave Charger unplugged during periods of disuse; grasp plug to disconnect it.

May cause electric shock, fire or malfunction.

Use only the specified fuse for

In-Car Charger

Non-specified fuse may cause fire or malfunction. See In-Car Charger manual for details.

If liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) seep inside Charger, grasp plug and disconnect it immediately.

May cause electric shock, smoke or fire.

If plug is dusty, grasp it and disconnect Charger, then clean with dry cloth.

Fire may result.

Do not use In-Car Charger in positive earth vehicles.

May cause fire, etc. Use in negative earth vehicles only.

)

(

)

(

$

Plug Charger firmly into the outlet, keeping the plug and charging terminals away from conductive material (pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.).

May cause electric shock, short circuit,

( fire, etc.

Do not touch Charger plug with wet hands.

May cause electric shock, malfunction, etc.

Do not touch Charger if thunder is heard.

May cause electric shock, etc.

CAUTION

'

$

Grasp plug and disconnect Charger before cleaning.

May cause electric shock, etc.

Always grasp plug (not cord) to disconnect Charger.

Pulling the plug by cord may damage cord, causing electric shock, fire, etc.

Do not subject AC Charger to strong shocks or impacts while it is plugged into the outlet.

May cause malfunction or injury.

$

Handset Use & Electronic Medical

Equipment

This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use of Radio Communications Equipment such as

Cellular Telephones and Safeguards for

Electronic Medical Equipment"

(Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference, April

1997) and "Report of Investigation of the

Effects of Radio Waves on Medical Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio Industries and

Businesses, March 2001).

WARNING

Persons with implanted pacemaker/ defibrillator should keep handset more than 22 cm away.

Radio waves may interfere with implanted pacemakers or defibrillators.

(

If you intend to use electronic medical equipment other than implanted pacemaker/defibrillator outside medical facilities, consult the vendor on radio wave effects.

Radio waves may interfere with electronic medical equipment.

(

.

.

Observe these rules inside medical facilities to avoid effects of radio waves on electronic medical equipment:

.

Do not enter an operating room or an Intensive or Coronary Care Unit while carrying a handset.

Keep handset off in hospitals.

Even in lobbies or other places where handset use is permitted, keep handset off near electronic

( medical equipment.

.

Obey medical facility rules on mobile phone use.

Power off in crowds or trains where persons with implanted pacemaker/ defibrillator may be near.

Radio waves may interfere with

( implanted pacemakers or defibrillators causing such devices to malfunction.

Safety Precautions xi

xii

Safety Precautions

General Notes

General Use

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of handset/Memory Card files or settings. Keep separate copies of Phone Book entries, etc.

.

Handset transmissions/TV signal reception may be disrupted inside buildings, tunnels or underground, or when moving into/out of such places.

.

Use handset without disturbing others.

.

Handsets are radios as stipulated by the Radio

Law. Under the Radio Law, handsets must be submitted for inspection upon request.

.

Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios may cause interference.

.

For proper use of Memory Card (sold separately), read the manual beforehand.

.

Beware of eavesdropping.

Because this service is completely digital, the possibility of signal interception is greatly

.

reduced. However, some transmissions may be overheard.

Eavesdropping

Deliberate/accidental interception of communications constitutes eavesdropping.

Beware of harmful/malicious websites. Take added care when posting personal information, etc.

.

An export license may be required to carry the handset into other countries if it is to be used by or transferred to another person. However, no such license is required when you take the handset abroad for personal use on a vacation or business trip and then bring it back.

Export control regulations in the United States provide that an export license granted by the US government is required to carry the handset into

Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan or Syria.

Handset & Hardware Care

.

Handset is not waterproofed. Avoid exposure to liquids and high humidity.

, Keep handset away from precipitation.

,

Cold air from air conditioning, etc. may condense causing corrosion.

,

Avoid dropping handset in damp places

(restroom, bath/shower room, etc.).

,

On the beach, keep handset away from water and direct sunlight.

,

Perspiration may seep inside handset causing malfunction.

.

If handset is left with no battery or an exhausted one, data may be altered/lost. SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any resulting damages.

.

Use handset within 5 o C - 35 o C (35% - 85% humidity).

.

Avoid extreme temperatures or direct sunlight.

.

Handset/battery may warm during operation or while charging. This is normal.

.

Malfunction resulting from misuse is not covered by the warranty.

.

Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color filter and affect image color.

.

Battery may not charge properly if port/ terminals are obstructed by dust, etc. Clean with dry cloth, cotton swab, etc.

.

Clean handset with soft dry cloth. Using alcohol, thinner, etc. may damage it.

.

Avoid scratching Display.

.

Avoid heavy objects or excessive pressure. May cause malfunction or injury.

, Do not sit on handset in back pants pocket.

,

Do not place heavy objects on handset inside handbags, packs, etc.

.

Connect only specified products to External

Device Port. Other devices may malfunction or cause damage.

.

Always power off before removing battery. If battery is removed while saving data or sending mail, data may be lost, changed or destroyed.

.

Do not power off while using Memory Card; may result in data loss or malfunction.

.

When walking outside, moderate handset volume to avoid accidents.

.

Avoid covering Speaker while using handset.

Bluetooth

®

Function

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from data/information leakage due to use of handset Bluetooth

®

function.

Handset Bluetooth

®

function is certified as compliant with Japanese wireless standards; do not use it abroad. Using handset Bluetooth

® function abroad may be subject to a penalty.

[ Precautions

The frequency band utilized by handset

Bluetooth

®

function is shared with industrial, scientific or medical equipment, including household microwave ovens, etc., and used by radio stations, amateur radio stations, etc.

(hereafter "other radio stations").

1 Before using Bluetooth ® , visually confirm that no other radio stations sharing the same frequency band are in use nearby.

2 Should interference occur between handset and other radio stations, move or cancel Bluetooth ® function immediately.

3 For additional information and support, contact

SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General

Information: From a SoftBank handset, call toll free at 157. To call toll free from a landline/IP

phone, see P.15-39

"Customer Service."

Frequency Band

This radio station utilizes 2.4 GHz band with FHSS modulation. Maximum transmission radius is

10 meters (32 feet). It is not possible for the radio station to avoid using the frequency band of the mobile unit identification apparatus.

Function Usage Limits

These functions are disabled after handset upgrade/replacement or service cancellation:

Camera; Media Player; S! Applications; TV.

After a period of disuse, these functions may be

unusable; retrieve Network Information ( P.14-7 ) to

restore usability.

Mobile Camera

.

.

.

.

Mind your manners when using handset camera.

Test the camera before capturing/recording special moments.

Do not use handset camera in places where photography or videography is prohibited.

Captured images may not be used/transferred without copyright holder (photographer, etc.) permission, except for personal use.

In-Call/Transmission Caution

During calls/transmissions, calling/transmission charges/fees apply even if other functions or operations are simultaneously in use.

Safety Precautions xiii

xiv

Safety Precautions

Electromagnetic Waves

For body-worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with accessories containing no metal, that position handset a minimum of 15 mm from the body. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines.

CE Declaration of Conformity

Here b y, Sharp Telecomm u nications of E u rope Ltd, declares that 001SH is in compliance w ith the essential re qu irements and other rele v ant pro v isions of Directi v e 1999/5/EC.

A copy of the original declaration of conformity for each model can b e fo u nd at the follo w ing Internet address: http:// www .sharp.co.jp/k-tai/

Battery - CAUTION

Use specified battery or Charger only.

Non-specified equipment use may cause malfunctions, electric shock or fire due to battery leakage, overheating or bursting.

Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with ordinary refuse; always tape over battery terminals before disposal. Take battery to a

SoftBank Shop, or follow the local disposal regulations.

Charge battery in ambient temperatures between

5 o C and 35 o C; outside this range, battery may leak/overheat and performance may deteriorate.

European RF Exposure Information

Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons, regardless of age and health.

The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The

SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/k g .

As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as described in this user guide * .

Highest SAR value:

Model At the Ear ** On the Body

001SH 0.711 W/k g 0.508 W/k g

As SAR is measured utilizing the device's highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum level required to reach the Network.

The World Health Organization has stated that present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile devices. They note that if you want to reduce your exposure then you can do so by limiting the length of calls or using a handsfree device to keep the mobile phone away from the head and body.

*

Please see Electromagnetic Waves on the left for important notes regarding body-worn operation.

**

Measured in accordance with international guidelines for testing.

Headphone Signal Level

The maximum output voltage for the music player function, measured in accordance with EN

50332-2, is 27.0 mV.

Safety Precautions

Rights, Trademarks & Patents

Portrait Rights

Portrait rights protect individuals' right to refuse to be photographed or to refuse unauthorized publication/use of their photographs. Portrait rights consist of the right to privacy, which is applicable to all persons, and the right to publicity, which protects the interests of celebrities.

Therefore, photographing others including celebrities and publicizing/distributing their photographs without permission is illegal; use handset camera responsively.

Copyrights

Copyright laws protect sounds, images, computer programs, databases, other materials and copyright holders. Duplicated material is limited to private use only. Use of materials beyond this limit or without copyright holder permission may constitute copyright infringement, and be subject to criminal punishment. Comply with copyright laws when using images captured with handset camera.

The software contained in handset is copyrighted material; copyright, moral right and other related rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not copy, modify, alter, disassemble, decompile or reverse-engineer the software; do not separate it from hardware in whole or part.

Video recording and playback are based on MPEG-4 .

This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual

Patent Portfolio License for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Video

Standard ("MPEG-4 Video") and/or (ii) decode

MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider. No license is granted or implied for any other use. Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA.

See http://www.mpegla.com.

This product is licensed under the MPEG-4

Systems Patent Portfolio License for encoding in compliance with the MPEG-4 Systems Standard, except that an additional license and payment of royalties are necessary for encoding in connection with (i) data stored or replicated in physical media which is paid for on a title by title basis and/or (ii) data which is paid for on a title by title basis and is transmitted to an end user for permanent storage and/or use. Such additional license may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC.

See http://www.mpegla.com for additional details.

This product is licensed under the AVC Patent

Portfolio License for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode video in compliance with the AVC Standard ("AVC

Video") and/or (ii) decode AVC Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider. No license is granted or implied for any other use. Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC.

See http://www.mpegla.com.

Handset employs RSA ® BSAFE = software developed by RSA Security

Inc.

RSA is a registered trademark of

RSA Security Inc.

BSAFE is a registered trademark of

RSA Security Inc. in the United

States and/or other countries.

This product is equipped with JBlend = designed to accelerate the performance of Java =

Application.

Powered by JBlend = .

Copyright 1997-2010

Aplix Corporation.

All rights reserved.

JBlend and JBlend-related brands are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in

Japan and other countries.

Java and Java-related brands are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries.

The microSD and microSDHC logos are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.

The Twitter name and logo are registered trademarks of Twitter, Inc.

xv

xvi

Safety Precautions

This product employs NetFront Browser (Internet browser) and NetFront SMIL Player developed by

ACCESS Co., Ltd.

Copyright c 2010 ACCESS Co., Ltd.

ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS Co., Ltd. in

Japan or other countries.

This product includes a module developed by

Independent JPEG Group.

Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the

Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by SHARP is under license.

QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO

WAVE INCORPORATED.

This product contains Adobe

®

Flash

®

Lite = player software under license from Adobe Systems

Incorporated.

Adobe Flash Lite Copyright c

2003-2007 Adobe

Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.

Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems

Incorporated in the United States and other countries.

Wakeup TV, VeilView, Smartlink, Animation View,

Simulated Call, Rakutomo Link, Arc Ridge Key and Clear Tone are trademarks or registered trademarks of SHARP Corporation.

Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are registered trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc.

BookSurfing ® is a registered trademark of CELSYS

Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and INFOCITY Inc.

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary c 2005-2008

Taishukan

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary c 2005-2008

Taishukan

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary c 2005-2008 Taishukan

.

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary MX.net c KONISHI Tomoshichi, MINAMIDE Kosei &

Taishukan, 2009

.

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary MX.net c KONISHI Tomoshichi, MINAMIDE Kosei &

Taishukan, 2009

.

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary MX.net c KITAHARA Yasuo & Taishukan, 2009

.

Imidas Encyclopedia c SHUEISHA Inc.

.

Complete Japanese Encyclopedia

(Encyclopedia Nipponica 2001) including

"Nipponica Plus," Digital Dai-ji-sen Japanese

.

Dictionary, Shogakukan Progressive

English-Japanese Dictionary, Shogakukan

Progressive Japanese-English Dictionary c

Shogakukan Inc.

Amazon.co.jp is a trademark of Amazon.com,

.

.

.

Inc. or its affiliates.

HOT PEPPER Gourmet c

RECRUIT

Family Medical Encyclopedia c

Houken 2004

Guide to Prescription Drugs c

Shigeru Kimura/

Iyakuseidokenkyukai 2009

.

Yahoo! Answers c Yahoo Japan

.

Household Accounts = is a trademark of

Information System Products Co., Ltd.

.

Kanji Grabber ® is a registered trademark of

Information System Products Co., Ltd.

Chara Time and MOBILE KAKARICHO ® are registered trademarks of Primeworks.

Machi-Uta ® is a registered trademark of KDDI

CORPORATION.

iWnn of OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. is used for conversion methods for Japanese language, and for phrase prediction methods for English.

iWnn c OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. 2008-2010

All rights reserved.

SOFTBANK, SoftBank and the SoftBank logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SOFTBANK CORP. in Japan and other countries.

Yahoo! and the Yahoo! and Y! logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc.

CP8 PATENT

S! Application, Mobile Widget, S! Quick News,

S! Information Channel, S! Friend's Status,

S! Circle Talk, S! Addressbook Back-up, Weather

Indicator, Double Number, Customized Screen,

Video Call, Input Memory, PC Mail, PC Site

Browser, Multi Job, Graphic Mail, S! Mail, Feeling

Mail, Sha-mail, Movie Sha-mail, Secure Remote

Lock and Auto Art are trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

Other company and product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)

001SH meets the government's requirements for exposure to radio waves.

These requirements are based on scientific basis to assure that radio waves emitted from mobile phones and other handheld wireless devices do not affect human health. They require that the

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), which is the unit of measurement for the amount of radiofrequency absorbed by the body, shall not exceed 2 W/k g * .

This limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age or health, and meets the international standard set by International

Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

(ICNIRP) in cooperation with World Health

Organization (WHO).

The highest SAR value of 001SH is 0.551 W/k g .

SAR tests were conducted with handset transmitting at its highest certified power level in accordance with testing methods set by the government. While there may be differences between the SAR levels for various handsets, they all meet the governmental requirements for safe exposure. The actual SAR level of the handset while operating can be well below the highest value. This is because the handset is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the Network.

Additional information on SAR can be obtained on the following Websites.

Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.htm

Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB) http://www.arib-emf.org/ (Japanese)

*Requirements are stipulated in Radio Law

(Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment, Article

14-2).

Safety Precautions xvii

Handset Parts ................................. 1-2

Parts & Functions ............................ 1-2

Charging Battery............................ 1-4

Power On/Off .................................. 1-6

Handset Power On/Off..................... 1-6

Display & Indicators....................... 1-7

Display ............................................. 1-7

Indicators ......................................... 1-9

Accessing Functions................... 1-12

Main Menu..................................... 1-13

Function Shortcuts ........................ 1-14

Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)

....................................................... 1-15

Standby Shortcuts ......................... 1-16

Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)

....................................................... 1-17

Mobile Manners............................ 1-18

Security Codes ............................ 1-19

Double Number ............................ 1-21

Using Double Number ....................1-21

Modes.............................................1-22

Basic Tools................................... 1-24

My Details & Basic Tools ................1-24

Additional Functions ................... 1-25

1

Getting Started

1-

1

Handset Parts

1

Parts & Functions

1

8

2

7

1 Earpiece

2 Display

3 Microphone

4

7

External Device Port (with Port Cover)

5 Small Light

6 Sub Display

Infrared Port

8 b

Strap Eyelet

9 Camera (lens cover) a Internal Antenna Location

Speaker c Battery Cover

.

Do not cover or place stickers, etc. over

Internal Antenna area.

.

Replace Port Cover after Port use.

.

Avoid metallic straps; Antenna sensitivity may be affected.

Handset Positions

Handset Closed

Keep handset closed when not in use.

Handset Open

Open handset to place or answer calls, enter text, etc.

3

4

9 a b

5

6 c

1-

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 a b

Handset Keys

.

Keys are indicated in this guide as shown.

.

Change functions with

*

via Set Key

Shortcut (

P.1-14 ) as needed.

c d e f g h i

1 Multi Selector (right) d

Open Call Log (Received). Long Press to activate/cancel Infrared

*

.

2 Multi Selector (up) a

Open Mobile Widget window. Long Press to open PC Site Browser menu * .

3 Center Key

%

Open Main Menu. Long Press to activate/ cancel Keypad Lock.

4 Multi Selector (left) c

5

Open Call Log (Dialed). Long Press to activate/cancel Bluetooth ®* .

Mail Key B

6

7

Open Messaging menu. Long Press to open S! Mail Composition window * .

Shortcuts & A/a Key '

Open Shortcuts menu. Long Press to show active indicators (Status Icon List).

Clear/Back Key

$

Play Answer Phone messages. Long

Press to activate/cancel Answer Phone.

8 Start & Rakutomo Link Key !

Open Rakutomo Link window. Long Press

9 to open Double Number Mode menu.

Keypad 0 - 9

Enter numbers to place calls or access functions (Quick Operations). Long Press to open Phone Book.

a n

Key (

Enter n , + , P , ?

and . Long Press to open b

S! Friend's Status member list.

Dictionary Key ~

Open Dictionary. Long Press to activate/ cancel VeilView.

c Yahoo! Keitai Key A d

Open Yahoo! Keitai portal. Long Press to open Yahoo! Keitai menu * .

TV & Text Key &

Activate TV. Long Press to open Change

Menu window.

Handset Parts e Multi Selector (down) b

Open Phone Book. Long Press to open

Exchange Profile menu

*

.

f Power On/Off & End Key "

Toggle Standby display. Long Press to g power off.

# Key #

Enter # . Long Press to activate/cancel h

Manner mode.

Multi Job & Manner Key )

Select handset mode. Long Press to activate/cancel Manner mode.

Side Key i Shutter Key I

Open: Long Press to activate mobile camera.

Closed: Toggle Clock view.

Multi Selector

.

In this guide, Multi Selector operations are indicated as follows:

Press a or b

Press c or d

Press a

, b

, c

or d e f g

1

1-

3

Charging Battery

1

Charging Battery

Battery must be inserted in handset to charge it.

AC Charger

.

Use specified AC Charger ZTDAA1 (sold separately) only. In this guide, ZTDAA1 is referred to as "AC Charger."

.

Handset and AC Charger may warm while charging.

AC 100 V O u tlet

Small Light

External De v ice

Port

Release

Ta b s

Blades

AC Charger

Arro w s

Port Co v er

Charger Connector

Important AC Charger Usage Note

.

Fold back blades after charging. Do not pull, bend or twist the cord.

1

Open Port Cover as shown

2

Insert Charger Connector

.

With arrows up, insert connector until it clicks.

3

Extend blades and plug AC

Charger into AC outlet

.

Small Light illuminates red while charging.

.

Small Light goes out when battery is full.

4

Unplug AC Charger

.

Pull AC Charger straight out.

5

Disconnect handset

.

Squeeze Charger Connector release tabs and pull straight out to remove.

6

Fold back blades and replace Port Cover

When Small Light Flashes

.

Battery is unchargeable; may be defective or simply at the end of its life; replace it.

1-

4

USB Charge

Connect handset (with power on) to PC via USB Cable to charge battery.

.

Download and install USB Cable driver beforehand.

.

Handset must be on to charge battery.

.

Battery may not charge if handset is connected through a USB hub.

In-Car Charger

In-Car Charger may be purchased separately.

Cigarette Lighter Socket

In-Car

Charger

Pl u g

Small Light

External

De v ice Port

Arro w s

Port Co v er

Charger Connector

Release Ta b s

1

Open Port Cover

2

Insert Charger Connector

.

With arrows up, insert connector until it clicks.

Charging Battery

3

Plug Charger into cigarette lighter socket

4

Start car engine

.

Small Light illuminates red while charging.

.

Small Light goes out when battery is full.

5

Unplug Charger

6

Disconnect handset

.

Squeeze Charger Connector release tabs and pull straight out to remove.

7

Replace Port Cover

Important In-Car Charger Usage Notes

.

Disconnect Charger before leaving vehicle

.

to prevent charging with engine off.

Avoid charging battery inside extremely hot vehicles.

1

Advanced

0

( Disabling USB Charge ( P.1-25

)

1-

5

Power On/Off

1

Handset Power On/Off

Power On

Follow these steps when powering on

001SH for the first time:

1

"

(Long)

.

After Power On Graphic, follow the steps below.

" S " S % S b S % S 設定

S % S Language S % S English

S % S " (Long) S " (Long) S

Change Menu window opens

2

Select option

S %

Guide descriptions are based on

Standard Menu.

4

Yes

or

No

S %

.

My Details setup starts.

3

Enter last name

S % S

Enter first name

S %

.

Change Menu display option confirmation appears.

Standby

.

Choose No to enter Standby immediately after powering on.

.

Hereafter, most screenshots omit

Mobile Widgets and Standby Shortcuts.

When USIM Card is Not Installed

.

Insert USIM Card appears; insert the card to use handset.

Retrieving Network Information

Handset initiates Network Information retrieval when

%

, a

,

B

or

A

is pressed for the first time.

Follow these steps to retrieve Network

Information to use Network-related services and TV; retrieval automatically sets Clock:

1

Yes

S % S

Retrieval starts

2

%

Power Off

1

" (Long)

.

After Power Off Graphic, handset shuts down.

1-

6

Display

Standby

Indicators (signal strength, battery strength, etc.) appear.

Indicator Descriptions

Check active indicators and their descriptions. (Status Icon List)

1

' (Long)

Display & Indicators

1

Information

Information window opens at the bottom for Missed Calls, new mail, etc.

.

Active indicators are enlarged; description for selected indicator

.

appears.

Use g

to select indicators to view

.

their descriptions.

Press

%

to open menu/window

(e.g., Battery Meter window from battery strength indicator). May be unavailable for some indicators.

Information Window

Information label (e.g., Message , etc.) and count appear in Information window.

Select an item and press % to open it.

Advanced

0

( Handling Information list ( P.1-25 )

1-

7

1-

8

1

Display & Indicators

Softkeys

Functions/operations assigned to B , % and

A

appear at the bottom of Display.

B % A

Display Saving

Display goes dark after Display Saving time elapses. Press any key (except

" during a call) to activate it.

Backlight

.

Backlight turns off after Time Out time elapses. Press

0

-

9

to illuminate it

(key press may affect active function).

.

Display goes dark during a call.

(Backlight does not turn off first.)

Indicators

Display Indicators

In Dual Mode, line type appears bottom right of some indicators.

[ Basic Status

1

2

3

1

2

3

Within 3G range

International roaming in progress

Signal strength

1

Battery strength 2

1 The more bars the better.

2 Battery strength % (appears when Display activates, etc.) is an approximation.

[ Function Status

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Active S! Application

Paused S! Application

Music playback in progress

TV recording in progress

Memory Card inserted

Accessing Memory Card

Reading Memory Card

Formatting Memory Card

TV Timer/TV Recording Timer set

Music playback in progress (via

Bluetooth ® )

Multiple functions (Multi Job) active

Display & Indicators

1

[ Notifications

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3

4

5

6

1

2

7

8

Unread mail

Unread Delivery Report

Answer Phone active & message recorded

Answer Phone canceled & message recorded

New Voicemail

Missed Call or new mail on idle line

S! Appli Notification

Contents Key received

Unread S! Information Channel info

Software Update result

Unread S! Quick News info

Unread S! Friend's Status notification

[ Warnings

1

2

3

1

2

3

Mail memory low

Message delivery failure

Memory Card unusable/misinserted

1-

9

1

Display & Indicators

[ Transmissions

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

5

5

6

7

8

SSL browsing in progress 1

Packet transmission protocol ready

Receiving mail

Sending mail

S! Friend's Status online

Positioning in progress

2

Software Update in progress

USB Cable connected

USB transmission in progress

Infrared transmission in progress

Infrared file transfer in progress

Bluetooth

®

transmission ready

Bluetooth ® transmission in progress ( appears for multiple connections)

Bluetooth ® talk in progress

S! Addressbook Back-up transmission in progress

PC Site Browser in use

6

7

8

RSS-compatible site

Weather Indicator

Infrared transmission ready

1 Hidden while Mobile Widget is in use.

2 Flashes while positioning.

[ Settings

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 a b

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Offline Mode active

Answer Phone active

Call Forwarding or Voicemail active

(forwarding condition: Always )

*

Schedule/Task (Alarm set)

Schedule/Task (Alarm unset)

Hour Minder active

Alarm set

Wakeup TV set

Manner mode active

Drive mode active

Original mode active

VeilView active

8

9 a b

Keypad Lock active

Auto Answer or Remote Monitor active

Ringtone (Silent)

Ringtone (Increasing Volume)

Vibration for incoming Voice/

Video Calls active

Show Secret Data active

Function Lock (Once) active

*

Indicator does not appear when Call

Forwarding is set to Video Calls only, with

Voicemail unset.

1-

10

Sub Display Indicators

[ Basic Status

1

2

1 Signal strength

*

2 Battery strength

*

The more bars the better.

[ Notifications

Missed Calls

Answer Phone message recorded

Missed Call Notification

New Voicemail

Unread mail

Unread Delivery Report

Contents Key received

Unread S! Information Channel info

Weather Indicator update

S! Appli Notification

Unread S! Friend's Status notification

Location Info request

Auto Backup complete

Auto Backup canceled

[ Warnings

Message delivery failure

S! Information Channel info reception failure

IP Service connection failure

Weather Indicator update failure

Auto Backup failure

[ Handset Status

Alarm

Schedule Alarm

Task Alarm

TV Alarm (watch)

TV Alarm (record)

Activating Backlight

I

Sub Display Clock

.

Press

I

to toggle view.

Display & Indicators

1

1-

11

Accessing Functions

1

Accessing Functions

Use the following methods as needed.

Main Menu Quick Operations

Repeat menu item selection.

Shortcuts

Select menu items

Use shortcuts

Key Shortcut

Enter numbers

Enter numbers to access functions.

To activate functions, press the correspondin g key.

Standby Shortcuts

1-

12

Access assi g ned functions

(chan g eable).

Lon assi g g

Press B , g or A to access ned functions (chan g eable).

Save functions to Standby.

Access a f u nction in Shortc u ts men u w hile another is acti v e, then toggle f u nction w indo w s as needed.

Main Menu

Menu Item Selection

1

%

.

Main Menu opens.

2 g

Select menu item

S %

Tabs

.

Menus/lists in a single window appear on separate tabs; use f to toggle tabs.

Ta b

Reverse Navigation

.

Press $ . If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Returning to Standby

.

Press

"

. If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Simple Menu

.

Simplify menus and enlarge fonts; ideal for users who use only basic handset functions.

Accessing Functions

1

Main Menu Items

Messaging Open/create messages, etc.

Yahoo!

S! Appli

Browse the Internet

Use S! Applications including games

Entertainment

Camera

Media

Read e-Books, receive news updates, etc.

Capture images or record video

Play/download media files

Tools

Data Folder

Widget

TV

Phone

Settings

Manage schedules, set

Alarm, scan QR Codes, etc.

Open files saved on handset/Memory Card

Use Mobile Widgets

Watch/record TV programs

Search contacts, add entries, etc.

Customize handset interface, sounds, etc.

.

.

Menu/window opens.

If Sub Menu opens, use e

to select an item and press % .

1-

13

1

Accessing Functions

Function Shortcuts

Shortcuts Menu

Access assigned functions via Shortcuts menu.

1

'

Shortcuts Menu

2

Select function S %

.

Menu/window opens.

Changing Default Shortcuts

In 2 , select numbered function

S B

S Assign Function S % S Select menu item

S %

S % S

Select new item

, To assign menu items, select one and press B .

Assigning Files & Folders

In 2 , select numbered function S B

S

Assign Data

S % S

Select file/ folder S %

, For folders, select press % .

Set this folder and

Advanced

0

(

Changing item order

(

Restoring default shortcuts ( P.1-25 )

Key Shortcut

In Standby, Long Press B , g or A to access assigned functions.

B Open S! Mail Composition window a Open PC Site Browser menu b Open Exchange Profile menu c Activate/cancel Bluetooth ® d

Activate/cancel Infrared

A Open Yahoo! Keitai menu

Changing Assigned Functions

Follow these steps to assign Calculator to a (Long Press):

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Set Key Shortcut

S %

3

Long press

S %

4

From Appli

S %

1-

14

5

Tools

S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calculator

S %

Bookmark

In 4 , From Bookmark

S % S

Select title S % S Yes S %

Infrared, Show Secret Data, Etc. On/Off

In 4 , From Other S % S Select item

S %

Canceling Assigned Function

In 4 , Off

S %

Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)

Multi Job Feature

Access a function in Shortcuts menu while another is active.

W hile b ro w sing the Internet

Toggle w indo w s

Using Multi Job

1

In a function window,

'

In text entry/dial windows, Long Press ' .

Open Scratch Pad

Jot do w n information

Multi Job may not activate from some menus/windows.

2

Select function

S %

.

Menu/window opens.

3

To toggle active windows,

)

4

" S

Multi Job ends

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Accessing Functions

1

1-

15

1

Accessing Functions

Standby Shortcuts

Paste shortcuts to functions, files, folders, etc. to Standby for easy access.

Saving Shortcuts to Standby

1 a

2 g

Select (OPEN)

S %

W idget Ta b

Stand b y Shortc u t Ta b

3 f

5 g Specify target location

S %

Saving from Menu/Window

.

In Options menu, select Set as StbyShortcut

(may not appear for some items) and press

%

; select sheet as needed.

Using Pointer

.

After 1 , Long Press

A

to activate pointer navigation; select widgets, etc. (To cancel pointer navigation, Long Press

A

.)

Using Shortcuts

1 a S g

Select icon

S %

.

Menu/window opens or command is executed.

4

Select item

S %

.

Corresponding icon appears.

.

>> appears when more items are available.

Toggling Sheets

Toggle sheets to use Standby Shortcuts and widgets pasted on each sheet.

1 a S A

.

To toggle further, press A or ) .

.

Sheet name appears at the top, then disappears.

.

Save Standby Shortcuts as needed; corresponding icons appear on the current sheet.

Using Locked Sheets a S Select S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

Removing Shortcuts from Standby

1 a S g

Select icon

S B

2

Operation

S %

3

Remove

S %

4

Yes

S %

1-

16

Advanced

0

( Sorting icons ( Moving icons ( Moving icons to front/back ( Removing multiple icons at once ( Slowing pointer speed ( Editing sheet names

(

Locking sheets ( P.1-25

)

Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)

Simple Menu Features

Activate Simple Menu to reduce available handset functions and simplify menus.

.

Fonts are enlarged and appear in bold.

.

Clock is enlarged (Calendar is hidden).

[ Menu Items

Messaging

Phone

Camera

Convenient

Tool

Photo Camera, Video Camera,

Barcode Reader, Scan Card,

Kanji Grabber, Review

Alarms, Calendar, Exchange

Profile, Calculator, Assignment,

Dictionary, Notepad, S! Friend's

Status, S! Circle Talk, Double

Number, Change Menu

Data Folder -

TV -

Received Msg., Create Msg.,

Drafts, Templates, Sent

Messages, Unsent Msg.,

Create SMS

Phone Book, Add New Entry,

Call Log, Play Messages,

Answer Phone, Play Voicemail,

My Details, Rakutomo Link,

Speed Dial/Mail

While Simple Menu is active, some operations in Standby are disabled.

Accessing Functions

1

Activating Simple Menu

1

&

(Long)

2

Simple Menu

S %

While Using an Incompatible Function

.

End the function before activating Simple

Menu.

Canceling Simple Menu

& (Long) S Standard Menu S %

1-

17

Mobile Manners

1

Mobile Manners

Please use your handset responsibly. Use these basic tips as a guide. Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome. Please take care not to disturb others when using your handset.

Adjust handset use according to your surroundings.

.

Power it off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm.

.

Refrain from using it in restaurants, hotel lobbies, elevators, etc.

.

Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, buses, etc.

.

Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.

Manner Mode

Mutes most handset function sounds.

1

)

(Long)

.

Manner mode is set.

When Manner Mode is Active

.

Ringtones and other sounds are muted.

.

001SH vibrates for transmissions/alerts.

.

Shutter click still sounds at fixed volume.

.

To unmute Speaker temporarily while playing music, etc., follow these steps:

During playback, a S % S

Yes or

No S % S Adjust volume

Canceling Manner Mode

) (Long)

Offline Mode

Temporarily suspends all transmissions.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Network

2

Offline Mode

S %

3

On

S %

.

Offline Mode is set.

Canceling Offline Mode

In 3 , Off S %

1-

18

Advanced

0

(

Changing handset modes

(

Creating a custom mode

(

Resetting Mode Settings

(

Suppressing Manner mode audio output confirmation ( P.1-26 )

Security Codes

These codes are required for handset use. (Set Handset Code and

Administrator Code beforehand.)

.

Guide descriptions are based on the assumption that Handset Code and

Administrator Code are set.

.

Write down Security Codes.

.

Do not reveal Security Codes. SoftBank

Mobile is not liable for misuse or damages.

Handset

Code

*

Administrator

Code

*

Center

Access Code

(Network

Password)

Use or change some functions

Required for Reset

Settings and Reset All

Four-digit code selected at contract; access Optional

Services via landlines, change service options, or set call restrictions

* Set/change on handset.

Saving Handset Code

Enter four to eight digits.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Locks

S %

Security Codes

1

If Security Code is Unset

.

Code setup message/window appears whenever Security Code is required.

Incorrect Code Entry

.

Message appears for incorrect code entries; retry.

.

Incoming/outgoing call restriction settings will be locked if incorrect code is entered three times consecutively during the setting. To resolve, Center Access Code

(Network Password) must be changed.

, If you have previously changed

Network Password on a SoftBank handset, enter the latest code.

Locks Menu

3

Handset Code Settings

S %

4

Save Handset Code

S %

5

Enter Handset Code

S %

6

Re-enter Handset Code

S %

Changing Handset Code

After 4 , enter current Handset Code S

% S Enter new Handset Code S %

S Re-enter new Handset Code S %

1-

19

1

Security Codes

Saving Administrator Code

Enter four to eight digits.

1

In Locks menu,

Administrator Setting

S %

2

Register Administrator

Code

S %

3

Enter Administrator Code

S %

4

Re-enter Administrator

Code

S %

Changing Administrator Code

After 2 , enter current Administrator Code

S % S Enter new Administrator Code

S % S

Re-enter new Administrator Code

S %

Need/UnNeed Setting

For enhanced security, set Need/UnNeed

Setting to Need ; Handset Code is now required to delete all files/entries, etc.

1

In Locks menu,

Handset

Code Settings

S %

2

Need/UnNeed Setting

S %

3

Need

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S %

1-

20

Double Number

Using Double Number

Manage two accounts (Line A and Line B, with separate phone numbers and mail addresses) on one handset.

.

Double Number requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.

Outside Japan, any Line B messaging charges are applied to Line A.

.

For more information, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.15-39

).

Two Phone Numbers & Two Mail Addresses

Activating Double Number

Line A

Phone Number

090392XXXX7

A

Mail Address

A

○○○ @softbank.ne.jp

Modes

Select from three u sage modes:

Line B

Phone Number

090392XXXX 8

B

Mail Address

B

△△△ @softbank.ne.jp

Account Memory Mana

g

ement

W hile one line is acti v e, call/messaging records for the other do not appear.

Make sure signal is stable.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Double Number

S %

3

Switch On/Off

S %

4

On

S %

5

Yes

S %

A Mode

(Line A* only)

B Mode

(Line B* only)

Dual Mode

( b oth acco u nts)

* Callers to the other line hear a bu sy tone; messages are recei v ed w itho u t alerts.

Phone Book

Entries

Call Lo g

Records

Messa g in g

Folders

.

C u stomize W allpaper, incoming call graphic, ringtone, v i b ration, etc. b y acco u nt.

Canceling Double Number

In 4 , Off S % S 5

.

When Double Number is canceled:

, Line B calls and SMS messages are redirected to Line A Phone Number.

, Initial portion of Line B S! Mail is redirected to Line A. (Full messages are irretrievable.)

, Double Number account is not affected.

1

1-

21

1

Double Number

Modes

Activate A Mode to use Line A only, B Mode to use Line B only, or Dual Mode to use both accounts.

A Mode

Receive Calls to Line A Only

.

Place calls or send messages v ia Line A.

B Mode

Receive Calls to Line B Only

.

Place calls or send messages v ia Line B.

A Mode & B Mode Precautions

.

Line indicators do not appear in Phone Book entries, message lists, Call Log records, etc.

.

W hen an operation affects information on the other line, a confirmation appears. Follo w onscreen prompt(s).

B Mode Restrictions

.

Handset connects to the Internet v ia Line A. (D u ring Internet connections, place/recei v e calls v ia Line B.)

.

S! Friend ' s Stat u s and S! Circle Talk are u na v aila b le.

1-

22

Advanced

0

( Renaming Double Number modes ( Showing indicator for calls missed or new mail on idle line ( Hiding Internet connection confirmation ( P.1-26

)

Dual

Mode

Receive Calls to Both Accounts

.

Place calls or send messages v ia Line A (or the acco u nt of record for Phone

Book entries or Call Log records) b y defa u lt; toggle acco u nts as re qu ired.

Phone Book Entries

Specify A, B or D u al.

Messa g in g

Select Line A or Line B.

Sender Address changes accordingly.

Callin g

Select Line A or Line B.

Caller ID changes accordingly.

.

Line indicators appear in Phone Book entries, message lists, Call Log records, etc.

Double Number

Switching Modes

1

!

(Long)

2

Select mode

S %

.

For B Mode , a confirmation appears.

3

Yes

S %

In Dual Mode

During an operation, if prompt window below appears, select a line and press % .

1

If customizable by line, line indicator appears bottom right; press A to switch.

If line selection is otherwise required, follow onscreen prompts.

Advanced

0

( Rejecting calls to either line in Dual Mode ( Setting main line for Dual Mode ( P.1-26

)

1-

23

Basic Tools

1

My Details & Basic Tools

My Number

1

% S 0

.

Handset phone number and the name entered at initial setup appear.

Editing My Details

After 1 , f (select tab) S Select item S A S Select item S % S

Edit S A

VeilView

Activate VeilView to prevent peeking.

1

~

(Long)

Canceling VeilView

~ (Long)

Keypad Lock

Lock handset keys and prevent accidental operation/function activation.

1

%

(Long)

.

Keypad Lock activates.

.

" does not power handset off.

Incoming Calls while Keypad Lock is Active

.

Keypad Lock is temporarily canceled; press !

to answer calls. Keypad Lock reactivates after the call.

Canceling Keypad Lock

% (Long)

Battery Meter

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

2

Battery Meter

S %

.

Approximate battery strength appears.

Battery Strength %

.

100% may not appear even when battery is full. This is by design; not a malfunction.

Phone Help

Access this handy guide to handset settings and key functions/shortcuts.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Phone Help

S %

3

Select item

S %

For Indicators , select a category and press % .

1-

24

Advanced

0

( Selecting My Details items to send ( Clearing My Details ( Toggling My Details in Dual Mode ( Changing battery strength indicator pattern

( Changing VeilView pattern/density ( P.1-27 )

USB Charge

Disabling USB

Charge

Information

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S USB

Charge S % S Disable S %

Handling

Information list

7

% S Phone S % S See below

Opening List Manually

Information S %

Clearing List

Information S % S B S Yes S %

Shortcuts

Changing item order

Restoring default shortcuts

' S Select numbered function S B S Move

S % S Select target location S %

' S Select numbered function S B S Set to

Default S % S Yes S %

Standby Shortcut

[ Operations in Standby

Sorting icons

Moving icons a S B S Sort Icon S % S Select option S %

.

Widgets may also be sorted depending on the size.

a S g Select icon S B S Operation S %

S Change Layout S % S Specify target location S %

Additional Functions

Moving icons to front/back

Removing multiple icons at once

Slowing pointer speed

[ Sheets a S g Select icon S B S Operation S %

S To Front or To Back S %

7 a S B S Operation from List S % S

Remove S % S See below

All Icons

Remove All S % S f Shortcut S Select sheet S A S Yes S %

Selected Icons

Select & Remove S % S f Shortcut S

Select icon S % ( ) S Complete selection

S A S Yes S % a S B S Settings S % S Cursor Speed S

% S Slow S %

Editing sheet names

Locking sheets

7 a S B S Settings S % S Sheet

Settings S % S Change Sheet Name S % S

See below

Renaming

Select sheet S % S Enter name S %

Resetting All Sheet Names

B S Yes S %

7 a S B S Settings S % S Sheet

Settings S % S Set Sheet Lock S % S Enter

Handset Code S % S See below

Activating Lock

Select sheet S % S On S %

Changing Method for Temporary Access

Unlock Method S % S No Password S %

.

Press a

then select and press

%

to unlock sheet temporarily.

1

1-

25

1

Additional Functions

Mode Settings

Changing handset modes

Creating a custom mode

Resetting Mode

Settings

Suppressing

Manner mode audio output confirmation

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Mode Settings S % S See below

Selecting a Handset Mode

Select mode S %

Customizing Handset Modes

Select mode S B S Select item S % S

Adjust settings

.

Not available for Normal mode.

.

Customizable items depend on mode.

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Mode Settings S % S Original S B S

Select item S % S Adjust settings

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Mode Settings S % S Select mode S

A S Yes S %

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu,

Mode Settings S % S Manner S B S Audio

Confirmation S % S Do not Show S %

Double Number

[ All Modes

Renaming Double

Number modes

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Double Number S % S Mode Name S % S

Select mode S % S Enter name S % S

Select icon S %

[ A Mode & B Mode

Showing indicator for calls missed or new mail on idle line

Hiding Internet connection confirmation

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Double Number S % S Show Missed S % S

On S %

% S Settings S % S f Phone/

G S

Double Number S % S Packet Warning S %

S Off S %

.

Available for B Mode.

[ Dual Mode

Rejecting calls to either line in Dual

Mode

Setting main line for Dual Mode

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Double Number S % S Reject By Line S %

S Select line S % S On S %

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Double Number S % S Send Priority S % S

Select option S %

1-

26

My Details

Selecting My Details items to send

Clearing My Details

Toggling My Details in Dual Mode

% S 0 S B S Set Send Items S % S

Select item S % ( / ) S A

% S 0 S B S Reset My Details S % S Yes

S %

% S 0 S B S Switch to B or Switch to A

S %

Battery Meter

Changing battery strength indicator pattern

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Display S % S Mini Battery S % S

Select pattern S %

.

Battery strength (appears as a percentage) is for reference only.

Additional Functions

VeilView

Changing VeilView pattern/density

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/

Display menu, Display S % S VeilView S %

S See below

Pattern

Pattern Setting S % S Select pattern S %

Pattern Scale

Scale Setting S % S Select scale or

Animation S %

Pattern Color

Color Setting S % S Select color S %

Density

Density Setting S % S Adjust density S %

.

For Density:2 or Density:3 , use f before pressing

% to adjust the pattern appearance for straight view.

1

1-

27

Font Size ......................................... 2-2

Changing Font Size ......................... 2-2

Wallpaper ........................................ 2-3

Customized Screen........................ 2-4

Customized Screen (Japanese) ...... 2-4

Sounds & Alerts ............................. 2-5

Customizing Handset Responses ... 2-5

Text Entry........................................ 2-6

Entering Characters......................... 2-7

Editing Characters ......................... 2-11

User Dictionary ............................ 2-12

Saving Frequently Used Words

(Japanese)..................................... 2-12

Dictionary ..................................... 2-13

Using Dictionaries (Japanese) .......2-13

Search........................................... 2-15

Searching Text................................2-15

Scratch Pad .................................. 2-16

Phone Book.................................. 2-17

Creating Phone Book Entries .........2-17

Using Phone Book Entries .............2-19

Additional Functions ................... 2-20

Troubleshooting........................... 2-25

2

Universal Operations, Etc.

2-

1

Font Size

Changing Font Size

2

Enlarging All Fonts

Follow these steps to enlarge fonts for menus, text entry, etc.:

1

&

(Long)

Resizing Specific Fonts

1

% S

Settings

S %

2

Large Font Menu

S

Canceling Large Font Menu

In 2 , Standard Menu S %

%

Changing Font Weight

1

In Font Settings menu,

Font

Weight

S %

2

In Sound/Display menu,

Display

S %

3

Font Settings

S %

2

Select weight

S %

Font Settings Menu

4

Font Size

S % S

Select item

S %

5

Select size

S %

2-

2

Wallpaper

Wallpaper

1

% S

Settings

S % S In

Sound/Display menu,

Display

S %

2

Wallpaper

S %

Wallpaper Menu

3

Select folder

S %

4

Select file

S %

.

Some files may not be usable.

.

Omit the next step when Preset

Pictures is selected in 3 .

.

Use e to zoom in/out or press B to

5

% rotate.

Selecting Images Smaller or Larger than

Display

After 4 , select option S % S %

, For Centered , use e

to zoom in/out or press B to rotate.

Downloading Images via Yahoo! Keitai

In 3 , Download Pictures S %

, Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

Selecting Images with Limited Usage Period

.

A confirmation appears. Follow these steps:

Yes

S % S %

If Double Number Mode Menu Opens

Select mode

S %

Selecting Chara Time Files

In 3 , Chara Time

S

S % S % S %

% S

Select file

Slide Show Wallpaper

Set Slide Show to appear in Standby.

Some folders/files may not be supported.

1

In Wallpaper menu,

Slide W paper

S %

2

Folder Setting

S %

3

Pictures

or

DCIM

S %

4

Select sub folder

S % S

Set this folder

S %

.

Omit steps for sub folder if none is applicable.

If There is No Image in Set Folder

.

Preset images appear.

Using Preset Images

In 3 , Preset Pictures S %

Changing Pattern

In 2 , Pattern Setting S % S Select pattern S %

, To check patterns, select one and press B .

2

2-

3

Customized Screen

Customized Screen (Japanese)

2

Preset Customized Screens

1

% S B

2

Preset Screens

S %

3

Select pattern

S %

4

% S %

When Selected Customized Screen is Active

.

Cancellation confirmation appears after 3 .

To cancel, choose Yes and press % .

Downloading Customized Screens

Read information (price, etc.) on

Customized Screen download page.

1

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Customized Screen

S %

Customized Screen Menu

2

Download Customized

Screen

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Customized Screen Setup

1

In Customized Screen menu, select Customized

Screen S %

2

% S %

Applying Fee-Based Customized Screen

.

If Contents Key is required, follow these steps:

After 1 , % S Yes S %

, Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

2-

4

Advanced

0

( Canceling Customized Screen ( Canceling Customized Screen unconditionally ( Deleting Customized Screens ( Accessing Customized Screen source sites ( P.2-20 )

Sounds & Alerts

Customizing Handset Responses

Ringtone

1

% S

Settings

S % S

In

Sound/Display menu,

Sounds & Alerts

S %

Sounds & Alerts Menu

2

Ringtone/videos

S %

3

Select item

S %

For For New Message , etc., select

4

Assign Tone and press % .

Select folder

S %

5

Select tone/file

S %

Setting Ring Time for Incoming Mail, etc.

After 3 , Duration time S %

S % S

Enter

Playing Video for Incoming Transmissions

In 4 , Videos S % S Select file S %

If Portion of File Content is Specifiable

.

After 5 , start point selection window opens. Follow these steps:

Select start point S %

Selecting Files with Limited Usage Period

.

A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and press

%

to proceed.

Machi-Uta

®

Service Registration

(Japanese)

Use Machi-Uta

®

to play music instead of the standard ringback tone for the other party.

Machi-Uta ® requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

1

In Sounds & Alerts menu,

Machi-Uta

S %

2

Register/Cancel

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Vibration

1

In Sounds & Alerts menu,

Vibration

S %

2

Select item

S % S

Switch

On/Off

S %

3

On

S %

4

Vibration Pattern

S %

.

To check vibration patterns, select one and press B .

5

Select pattern

S %

Important Vibration Usage Note

.

Cancel Vibration when charging battery to help avoid accidents.

2

Advanced

0

( Using Machi-Uta ® (Japanese) ( P.2-20 )

2-

5

Text Entry

2

Text Entry

Unless noted otherwise, text entry descriptions are for text entry windows.

Text Entry Window (Message Text)

Opening Help

B S Help S %

Note

.

Pressing " repeatedly may not close text entry windows.

Switching Entry Modes

1

&

.

Available entry modes appear.

2

Select mode

S %

.

Entry Mode Indicators:

*

/

/

/

Kanji (Hiragana)

Double/Single-byte Katakana

Double-byte Alphanumerics

(upper/lower case)

Single-byte Alphanumerics

(upper/lower case)

Single-byte Number

Character Code

* 予 appears when Predictive is active.

Character Entry Basics

Use Keypad to enter characters. Multiple characters are assigned to each key.

Press a key to toggle character options for that key.

Example: In Double-byte Katakana mode, press 1 three times.

1

Y

1

Y

1

Y

.

Press !

to toggle options in reverse.

To type characters assigned to the same key, press d

first.

Example: In Single-byte Alphanumerics mode, enter no .

66

Y d

Y n

666

Y no

.

Long Press a key to enter the current character and advance cursor.

66

Y

6

(Long)

Y n

666

Y no

2-

6

Advanced

0

( Using Character Codes ( Using Pager Code ( P.2-20 )

Text Entry

Entering Characters

Hiragana

Follow these steps to enter すずき in

Kanji (Hiragana) mode:

1

333

(

)

S d S

333

(

)

S (

(

)

S

22

(

)

Kanji

Convert すずき to 鈴木 .

1

Type

すずき

2

%

(Confirm)

4

%

.

In Kanji (Hiragana) mode, word suggestions change as hiragana are

.

typed. (Predictive)

Long Press & to toggle suggestion mode between Standard, Literary,

2 b

Spoken and Automatic. (Personal Mode)

3

鈴木

.

To exit suggestion list, press $ .

.

Words likely to follow the entry appear based on previous entries.

(Previous Usage)

When Target Word is Not Listed

.

Press B or A to segment hiragana to convert separately.

, Press A to toggle Predictive and

Non-Predictive suggestions.

Deleting Words/Phrases from Entry Log

Type hiragana S b S Select word/ phrase S & (Long) S Yes S %

2

Advanced

0

( Inserting line breaks ( Inserting spaces ( Clearing entry log ( Changing Font Size

( Disabling suggestions based on entered characters ( Disabling suggestions based on entered words

(

Selecting a suggestion mode (

P.2-20 -

2-21 )

2-

7

2-

8

2

Text Entry

Entering from Dictionaries

(Search Word)

Enter text by referring to word definitions, translations, etc.

1

Type hiragana

S

Before completing entry,

&

Correction Conversion

After mistyping hiragana assigned to the same key (e.g., い instead of う ), follow these steps to enter intended word/phrase from suggestion list without retyping:

(Available when three or more hiragana are typed.)

1

Type hiragana S Before selecting word/phrase, a

.

Corrected word suggestions appear.

2

Select word/phrase S %

Katakana

Follow these steps to switch to Double-byte

Katakana mode and enter ジュン :

1

& S

アイウ

S %

2

33

(

)

S (

(

)

S

88

(

)

S '

(

)

S

000

(

)

S %

.

Press & to toggle dictionaries.

2

Select word, etc.

S %

.

3

%

Definition/translation appears.

One-Hiragana Conversion

Type the first hiragana to access previously selected words.

Example: すずき was previously converted to 鈴木 .

1

333

(

)

S b

2

Select word/phrase

S %

Pictograms & Symbols

.

May be unavailable depending on the entry mode.

.

Immediately after inserting a descriptive word such as 嬉しい or 悲しい , corresponding Pictograms may appear in suggestion list. (PictgramWordLink)

1

(

.

Pictogram or Symbol List appears.

(Log appears if Pictogram/Symbol has been used.)

2

&

(toggle tabs)

S B

or

A

(toggle Lists)

3

Select Pictogram or Symbol

S %

.

Pictograms are double-byte even in single-byte entry modes.

4

$ S

List closes

Emoticons

1

B S

Emoticons

S %

2

Select emoticon

S %

Alternative Emoticon Entry Method

.

In Kanji (Hiragana) mode, type かお or a descriptive word such as わーい or うーん , then convert the entry.

Text Entry

Mail & Web Extensions

Enter .co.jp

, http:// , etc., easily.

1

B S

Quick Addr. List

S %

2

Select extension

S %

.

Extensions are single-byte even in double-byte entry modes.

2

.

While entering message text, press ' in Pictogram List to toggle Cross-Carrier

Pictograms and all Pictograms.

Alternatively, press

&

to switch to My

Pictogram or Symbol List.

Advanced

0

( Disabling Pictogram suggestions based on entered words ( P.2-21 )

2-

9

2

Text Entry

Hiragana to Katakana/

Alphanumeric Conversion

Enter katakana and alphanumerics in

Kanji (Hiragana) mode.

Example: To enter PM

Use key inscriptions.

1

76 S A

Using Wildcard Characters

To improve word suggestions in Kanji

(Hiragana) mode, or Single-byte Alphanumerics mode, add

N s, or * s (wildcard characters) respectively, to entries. Use

N

or * to specify the character count:

For example, type あか

NN

for a list of words/phrases of four or more characters starting with あか ; type so** for a list of case insensitive words/phrases that start with so .

Example: Kanji (Hiragana) mode

1

Type hiragana S d S d

2

Select word/phrase (

PM

)

S %

2-

10

Advanced

0

( Disabling wildcard character input ( P.2-21 )

.

N

appears; to type another, press d again.

2 b S

Select word/phrase

S %

Text Entry

Editing Characters

Deleting & Editing

Follow these steps to correct また、お願

いします to また明日お願いします :

1

Select character

2

$

.

The highlighted character is deleted.

3

Select target location

S

Enter characters

Recovering Deleted Characters

.

Press

!

to recover characters deleted with $ .

Deleting All Text

.

Long Press $ at the end of text. To delete characters on and after cursor, select the first character of text and Long

Press

$

.

Jumping to the End or Top of Text

B S

Cursor Position

S % S

Jump to End or Jump to Top S %

Copy/Cut & Paste

1

B S

Cut

or

Copy

S % S

Select first character

S %

Cut

.

To cancel and start over, press A .

2

Highlight text range

S %

3

Select target location

S

(

(Long)

.

Text is entered.

Pasting Previously Cut/Copied Text

Select target location

S B

S % S Select text S %

S

Paste

, Available when Paste List appears.

2

Advanced

0

( Undo conversion or recover deleted characters ( Inserting Phone Book entry items ( P.2-20 )

2-

11

User Dictionary

Saving Frequently Used Words (Japanese)

2

Saving Words

Saved words appear among suggestions.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

User Dictionary

S %

User Dictionary Menu

2

New Entry

S % S

Enter word

S %

3

Enter reading

S %

Editing Entries

In 2 , Saved Word List S % S

Select word S % S Edit S % S

Edit reading S % S Yes S %

Obtaining Download Dictionaries

Get specialized 001SH Download Dictionaries.

Activate dictionaries to improve handset character conversion. Dictionary words appear among suggestions.

Some dictionary files may not be usable.

1

In User Dictionary menu,

Download Dictionary

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Activating Download Dictionaries

1

In User Dictionary menu,

Acquire Dictionary

S %

2

Select number

S % S

Select file

S %

.

Existing dictionary is replaced.

Canceling Dictionary

In 2 , select dictionary

S B S

Cancel S %

Viewing Dictionary Information

In 2 , select dictionary S B S Info

S %

Reply Assist Dictionary ( メール返信アシ

スト辞書 )

.

When replying, this dictionary prioritizes original message words (katakana or alphanumerics) in suggestion list.

, Effective in Kanji (Hiragana) mode.

2-

12

Advanced

0

(

Deleting entries ( P.2-21

)

Dictionary

Using Dictionaries (Japanese)

Available Dictionaries:

Preloaded

Dictionaries

Online

Dictionaries

*

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary,

Genius English-Japanese

Dictionary, Genius

Japanese-English Dictionary

Yahoo! Answers, Meikyo Japanese

Dictionary MX.net, Genius

English-Japanese Dictionary

MX.net, Genius Japanese-English

Dictionary MX.net, Imidas

Encyclopedia, Complete Japanese

Encyclopedia (Encyclopedia

Nipponica 2001) including

"Nipponica Plus," Digital Dai-ji-sen

Japanese Dictionary, Shogakukan

Progressive English-Japanese

Dictionary, Shogakukan Progressive

Japanese-English Dictionary, HOT

PEPPER Gourmet, Amazon.co.jp,

Family Medical Encyclopedia,

Guide to Prescription Drugs

* Download and add dictionaries as needed.

Online Dictionaries

.

Online dictionary use requires Internet connection incurring packet transmission fees. Information fees may also apply.

Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

.

Update dictionary list for most recent versions.

Using Preloaded Dictionaries

Searching As-You-Type

1

~ S A

2

Select dictionary

S %

Dictionary Window

.

Last used dictionary appears first.

3

Enter reading (spelling for

English-Japanese dictionary)

.

Enter reading in katakana.

.

Search results appear as you type.

4

Select word, etc.

S %

Definition/Translation Window

Looking Up in Online Dictionaries

[Definition/Translation Window]

B

WebDict.Search

S %

S

, Perform from 2 (except 4 ) in "Using

Online Dictionaries" on

P.2-14

. (Read bulleted sentence in 1 beforehand.)

Viewing Dictionary Information

~ S B S

Information

S %

Searching by Keyword

1

In Dictionary window,

B

2

Search Method

S % S

Keyword Search

S %

3

Select entry field

S % S

Enter text

S %

4

Search

S % S

Select word, etc.

S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

Advanced

0

( Changing Font Size ( Looking up copied words in dictionaries ( Using dictionaries during text entry (And more on P.2-21

)

2

2-

13

2

Dictionary

[ Index Word Only

1

In definition/translation

2

Copying Text

[ Selected Portions

1

In definition/translation window,

%

2

Select first character

S %

S

Highlight text range

S % window,

B

Copy Index Word

S %

Adding Downloaded Dictionary

1

In Dictionary window,

B

2

Add Dictionary

S %

3

Select dictionary

S %

Canceling Added Dictionary

In 2 , Cancel Dictionary S % S Yes

S %

Using Online Dictionaries

1

~ S A S

ネット辞書

S %

.

Terms of service (Japanese) appear when using online dictionary for the first time; read and then press % .

Subsequently, image download options appear; select one and press % .

2

Select pull-down menu

S %

3

Select dictionary

S %

.

Select すべて to look up in all dictionaries at once.

4

Select entry field

S % S

Enter text

S %

5

Search

S %

.

To disable confirmation, press

B ( ).

6

Yes

S %

7

Select word, etc.

S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

Viewing Dictionary Information

After 6 , select word, etc.

S B

Reference S % S Yes S %

S

Looking Up in Preloaded Dictionaries

After 6 , B S Find by Other Dict.

S

% S

Select dictionary

S % S

Search S % S Select word, etc.

S %

Opening Terms of Service

,

After 1 ,

B S

Terms of service

S %

Press % to return to Dictionary window.

Using History & Bookmarks

1

2

Saving Bookmarks

In definition/translation window,

B

Bookmark

S %

Opening History or Bookmarks

1

In Dictionary window,

B

2

History List

or

Bookmark

List

S %

3

Select word, etc. S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

.

Not available in History List of online dictionaries.

Advanced

0

( Deleting history records or bookmarks

( Selecting dictionaries for use ( Selecting search method ( Selecting search area ( Opening Help (And more

on P.2-21 -

2-22 )

2-

14

Searching Text

Web Search

Packet transmission fees apply.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Search

S %

Search Window

.

Web Search is selected by default.

3

Select entry field S % S

Enter search text

S %

4

Search

S %

.

Search results appear.

Switching Browsers

[Search Window] B S Change Browser

S % S

PC Site Browser

S %

Mail Search

1

In Search window,

Mail

Search

S %

2

Select entry field

S % S

Enter search text

S %

3

Search

S %

4

Select option

S %

Searching within Received or Sent Messages

[Search Window] B S Change Mail

Folder S % S Received Messages or Sent Messages S %

Search

2

2-

15

Scratch Pad

2

Scratch Pad

Open Scratch Pad to jot down text, and more.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Scratch Pad

S %

.

Text entry window opens.

3

Enter text

S %

4

Save to Notepad

S %

.

Open saved entries from Notepad.

Other Scratch Pad Usage

Usage

Paste to

Standby

Enter Mail

Message Text

Enter Schedule

Subject/Details

Enter Task

Subject/Details

Add Last Name/

Phone Number/

Mail Address to

Phone Book

Operation in 4

Set as StbyShortcut

S

% S Select sheet S %

Create Message S %

S Select mail type S %

Save to Calendar

S %

Save to Tasks S %

Save to Phone Book

S %

, Reading is not entered.

Save Text File

Search Internet

Save as Text File S %

S

Enter name

S

Save here S %

% S

, Saved to Data Folder

(Other Documents).

Web Search S % S

Select browser S %

For more, see corresponding function description or follow onscreen instructions.

2-

16

Phone Book

Creating Phone Book Entries

Enter a name, phone number and mail address (enter at least one of these items)

3

Add Phone Number:

S %

S

Enter phone number

S and classify the entry.

1

% S

Phone

S % S

Add

New Entry

S %

% S

Select type

S %

5

Category:

S % S Select

Category

S %

2

2

Last Name:

S % S

Enter last name

S % S

First Name:

S

% S

Enter first name

S %

.

To save additional phone numbers, repeat 3 .

4

Add Email Address:

S %

S

Enter mail address

S %

S

Select type

S %

Phone Book Entry Window

6

A

.

Entry is saved to Phone Book.

Incoming Calls while Creating Entry

.

Contents are temporarily saved. End the call to return.

Selecting Mode in Dual Mode

[Phone Book Entry Window] Mode:

S % S

Select mode

S % S 6

.

To save additional mail addresses, repeat 4 .

.

Characters entered for names

(reading for kanji) appear.

Advanced

0

( Saving other information

( Setting Vibration status ( Editing Phone Book entries ( Setting incoming mail ring time ( Renaming Categories

( Changing Category icons ( Changing Category order

(

Changing modes of all entries at once (And more on P.2-22 -

2-24 )

2-

17

2

Phone Book

Personal Ringtone

Set tone for calls from saved numbers.

1

In Phone Book entry window, select item, e.g.,

Tone-Voice Call:

S %

2

Assign Tone

S % S

Select folder

S %

3

Select tone/file S % S A

Saving Secret Entries

Hide Phone Book entries to require

Handset Code for access.

1

In Phone Book entry window,

Secret:

S %

2

On

S % S A

Accessing Secret Entries b S B S Unlock Temporarily S %

S Enter Handset Code S %

Customizing Response by Category

1

% S

Phone

S % S

Set

Category

S %

Set Category Menu

2

Select Category S B S

Select item

S %

3

Select item

S % S

Select item, e.g.,

Assign Tone

S

% S

Customize responses

.

Customize responses in the same way as Phone Book entries.

.

Not available for USIM Card.

Responses Set by Phone Book Entry

.

Settings for each entry take priority.

Saving Numbers After Calls

After a call, save number to Phone Book.

1

When confirmation appears,

New Entry

S % S

Complete other fields

S A

Saving to an Existing Entry

In 1 , New Detail

S % S

Select entry

S % S Complete other fields S A

2-

18

Phone Book

Using Phone Book Entries

Dialing via Phone Book

1 b S f

Select katakana row

Entry Search Window (By あかさたな )

.

When using Double Number in Dual

Mode, line indicators appear.

2

Select entry

S %

3

Select phone number

4

!

Placing Video Calls

After 3 , % S Video Call S %

Changing Search Method

Phone Book Search Methods:

By あかさたな

By Category

Shows entries with Readings that start with katakana in the specified row

Opens entries in the specified Category

By Reading

Shows all entries in Reading order (katakana, alphabetical then numerical)

1

In entry search window,

B

S

Ph.Book Settings

S %

2

Sort Entries

S %

3

Select method

S %

Changing Search Method Temporarily

[Entry Search Window] A (press to toggle search methods)

Opening from Other Functions

Example: Enter a recipient via Phone

Book when sending a message.

Select Recipient Window

1

Phone Book

S %

.

Entry search window opens.

2

Select entry

S %

3

Select phone number or mail address

S %

.

Recipient is entered.

.

Omit 3 if only one number or address is saved.

2

Advanced

0

( Changing view for entry search window

( Assigning images to Phone Book entries for incoming transmissions ( Messaging via Phone Book

(

Deleting Phone Book entries

(

Checking memory status

(

Copying Phone Book entries

(

Changing default storage media for new entries (And more

on

P.2-22

-

2-24

)

2-

19

Additional Functions

2

Customized Screen

Canceling

Customized Screen

Canceling

Customized Screen unconditionally

Deleting Customized

Screens

Accessing

Customized Screen source sites

% S B S Off S % S Yes S %

' S Menu List S % S Settings S % S In

Sound/Display menu, Customized Screen S

% S Off S % S Yes S %

% S Data Folder S % S Customized Screen

S % S Select Customized Screen S B S

Delete S % S Yes S %

.

When the corresponding Contents Key has been downloaded, choose Yes or No and press

%

.

% S Data Folder S % S Customized Screen

S % S Select Customized Screen S B S

Web Access S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Machi-Uta

®

Using Machi-Uta ®

(Japanese)

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/

Display menu, Sounds & Alerts S % S

Machi-Uta S % S See below

Searching Music

Music Search S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Changing Settings

Settings S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Viewing Machi-Uta ® Information

What's Machi-Uta S %

Text Entry

[ Entry & Edit

Using Character

Codes

Using Pager Code

Inserting line breaks

Inserting spaces

Clearing entry log

In a text entry window, & S Character Code S

% S Enter four digits

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S Input Method S % S Pager Code

S %

.

Return to text entry window and enter two digits.

At the End of Text

In a text entry window, b

Mid-Entry

In a text entry window, ( S & (select Symbols )

S ( B or A S )

0

(line break) S %

Mid-Entry

In a text entry window, d

Between Entered Text

In a text entry window, ( S & (select

Symbols ) S ( B or A S ) J (space) S %

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S Reset Log S % S Yes S %

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters

In a text entry window, B S Undo/Recover S %

Inserting Phone

Book entry items

Changing Font

Size

In a text entry window, B S Insert/Font Size S

% S Phone Book S % S Select entry S %

S Select item S %

In a text entry window, B S Insert/Font Size S

% S Font Size S % S Select size S %

2-

20

[ Conversion

Disabling suggestions based on entered characters

Disabling suggestions based on entered words

Disabling

Pictogram suggestions based on entered words

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S Predictive S % S Off S %

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S Previous Usage S % S Off S %

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S PictgramWordLink S % S Off S %

.

My Pictograms are not affected.

Selecting a suggestion mode

Disabling wildcard character input

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S Personal Mode S % S Select mode

S %

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S Wild Card Input S % S Off S %

User Dictionary

Deleting entries

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S User

Dictionary S % S Saved Word List S % S

Select word S B S Yes S %

Additional Functions

Dictionary

[ Preloaded & Online Dictionaries

Changing Font

Size

~ S B S Font Size S % S Select size S %

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

Deleting history records or bookmarks

Looking up scanned kanji in dictionaries

Looking up scanned text in dictionaries

Using dictionaries during text entry

Copy text and return to Standby S ~ S B

S Search by Copied Text S % S Search S

% S Select word, etc. S %

.

If a confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

7

~ S B S History List or Bookmark

List S % S See below

One Word

Select word S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Words

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

~ S B S Kanji Grabber S % S Frame kanji in Loupe S % S % S Search S % S

Select word, etc. S %

~ S B S Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S

% S Search S % S Select word, etc. S %

Type text S Before completing entry, ~ S

Select dictionary S % S Search S % S

Select word, etc. S %

.

To insert Index Word into text, press

B

after the steps above, then select Paste Index Word and press

%

.

2

2-

21

2

Additional Functions

[ Online Dictionaries

Updating dictionary list

Selecting dictionaries for use

Selecting image download option

Selecting search method

Selecting search area

Opening Help

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S B S Update

Dictionaries S % S Yes S %

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S B S Edit Dict.

List S % S Select dictionary S % ( / ) S A

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S B S Show

Image S % S Select option S %

.

For Auto , choose Yes and press

%

.

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S Select pull-down menu S % S Select dictionary S

% S B S Set Search Method S % S Select option S %

.

Not available when すべて or unsupported dictionary is selected.

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S Select pull-down menu S % S Select dictionary S

% S B S Set Search Area S % S Select area S %

.

Not available when すべて or unsupported dictionary is selected.

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S Select pull-down menu S % S Select dictionary S

% S B S Help S % S Yes S %

Phone Book

[ View Settings

Changing view for entry search window

Hiding confirmation after calls to/from unsaved numbers

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Ph.Book Settings S % S View Settings S %

S List Only S %

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Ph.Book Settings S % S New Number

Prompt S % S Incoming Call or Outgoing

Call S % S Off S %

[ Phone Book Entry

Press A at the end to save entry. (At least a name, phone number or mail address must be entered.)

7

% S Phone S % S Add New Entry S

% S See below

Saving other information

Address

Address: S % S Select item S % S Complete field S % S A

Office

Office: S % S Select item S % S Enter text

S % S A

Homepage

Homepage: S % S Enter URL S % S Select type S %

Note

Note: S % S Enter text S %

Birthday

Birthday: S % S Enter date S %

2-

22

Setting Vibration status

Assigning images to Phone Book entries for incoming transmissions

7

% S Phone S % S Add New Entry S

% S Select item, e.g., Vibration-Message: S

% S See below

Activating Vibration

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S $

Changing Pattern

Vibration Pattern S % S Select pattern S %

S $

7

% S Phone S % S Add New Entry S

% S Picture: S % S See below

Assigning Images

Pictures S % S Select image S %

Capturing Images

Take a Photo S % S Frame image on Display

S % S %

[ Editing Entries & Categories

Editing Phone

Book entries

Setting incoming mail ring time

Renaming

Categories b S Select entry S B S Edit S % S Select item S % S Edit S % S A

.

Edit Reading after editing names.

b S Select entry S B S Edit S % S

Tone-New Message: S % S Duration S % S

Enter time S % S A

.

Available for compatible ringtones.

% S Phone S % S Set Category S % S

Select Category S % S Edit Name S % S

Enter name S %

Additional Functions

Changing

Category icons

Changing

Category order

% S Phone S % S Set Category S % S

Select Category S % S Change Icon S % S

Select Pictogram S %

% S Phone S % S Set Category S % S

Select Category S A S Select target location

S %

.

View for By Category Phone Book search changes accordingly.

[ Using Entries

Messaging via

Phone Book

Initiating S! Circle

Talk via Phone

Book

Placing international calls via Phone Book

7 b S Select entry S % S See below

Phone Numbers

Select phone number S % S Create Message

S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

Mail Addresses

Select mail address S % S Complete message

S A b S Select entry S % S Select phone number S % S Call S! Circle Talk S % S %

.

Set Connection status to Online first.

b S Select entry S % S Select phone number S % S Int'l Call S % S Select country S % S !

2

2-

23

2

Additional Functions

[ Managing Entries

Deleting Phone

Book entries

Checking memory status

Copying Phone

Book entries

One Entry b S Select entry S B S Delete S % S Yes

S %

All Entries

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Manage Entries S % S Delete All S % S

Select entry type S % S Yes S %

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Manage Entries S % S Memory Status S %

One Entry (Handset > USIM Card) b S Select entry S B S Manage Entries S

% S Copy Entry to USIM S % S Yes S %

One Entry (USIM Card

>

Handset) b S B S Ph.Book Settings S % S Select

Phone Book S % S USIM Memory S % S

Select entry S B S Manage Entries S % S

Copy Entry to Phone S %

All Entries b S B S Manage Entries S % S Copy All S

% S Select method S % S Yes S %

.

If handset/USIM Card memory is low, some entries may not be copied.

Editing Categories on USIM Card

Changing default storage media for new entries

Switching reference

Phone Book

7

% S Phone S % S Set Category S

% S B S Change to USIM S % S See below

Renaming Categories

Select Category S % S Edit Name S % S

Enter name S %

Changing Order

Select Category S A S Select target location

S %

Changing Icons

Select Category S % S Change Icon S % S

Select Pictogram S %

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Ph.Book Settings S % S Save New Entry S

% S USIM Memory or Ask Each Time S %

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Ph.Book Settings S % S Select Phone Book

S % S USIM Memory or Both S %

[ Mode (Double Number)

Activate Double Number first.

Changing modes of all entries at once

Changing modes of multiple entries

Changing modes of entries by

Category

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Manage Entries S % S Change Mode(All) S

% S Select mode b S B S Manage Entries S % S Multiple

Selection S % S Select entry S % ( / ) S

B S Change Mode S % S Select mode S % b S Select Category S B S Manage Entries

S % S Change Mode(Category) S % S

Select mode S %

.

Set search method to By Category first.

2-

24

Customized Screen

3

Customized Screen is not applied

.

Some Customized Screens may not contain files for Wallpaper, System

Graphics, ringtones or ringvideos; default settings apply for these functions.

Phone Book

3 Assigned images do not appear for incoming transmissions

.

Source files may be deleted or moved to Memory Card; reassign files.

.

When using copy protected files, etc., be sure that source file license/usage period has not expired.

.

Images do not appear if corresponding

Phone Book entry is set to Secret.

.

Images may not appear when another function is active, etc.

3 Handset does not ring for incoming transmissions as set

.

Source files may be deleted; reassign files.

.

When using copy protected files, etc., be sure that source file license/usage period has not expired.

.

Ringtone/ringvideo settings are disabled if corresponding Phone Book entry is set to Secret.

.

Memory Card with source files may be removed; reinsert the card to restore settings.

3 Cannot enter 16 characters for

Category names

.

Character entry limit for Category names may be lower depending on the USIM Card in use.

Troubleshooting

2

2-

25

Emergency Calls ............................ 3-2

Voice Calling................................... 3-3

Video Calling .................................. 3-6

Speed Dial & Rakutomo Link ........ 3-7

Placing Calls Easily ......................... 3-7

Call Log........................................... 3-9

Call Time ....................................... 3-10

Call Barring .................................. 3-11

Restrict Destinations ......................3-11

Reject Numbers..............................3-12

Optional Services ........................ 3-13

Additional Functions ................... 3-15

Troubleshooting........................... 3-23

3

Calling

3-

1

Emergency Calls

3

Emergency Calls

Your location is automatically reported to the corresponding agency (police, etc.) when you place emergency calls (110,

119 or 118) with SoftBank 3G handsets.

(Emergency Location Report)

001SH reports Location Information based on positioning signals from radio stations.

.

Registration/transmission fees do not apply.

.

Positioning accuracy is affected by location/signal conditions. Always provide your location and purpose on the phone.

.

Location Information is not reported when emergency calls are placed without Caller

ID (such as when the number is prefixed with 184 ). However, the corresponding agency may obtain your Location

Information in a life threatening situation.

.

Location Information is not reported during international roaming.

Handset Restrictions &

Emergency Calls

Emergency calls are possible even while some handset restrictions are active.

Active Restriction Emergency Calls

Function Lock

Bar Outgoing Calls

Offline Mode

Possible

Keypad Lock

PIN Entry

Restricted

3-

2

Voice Calling

Voice Calling

Answering a Voice Call

Incoming Call window opens for a call.

Placing a Voice Call

1

Enter phone number with area code

.

To correct entry, use f to place cursor under the digit and press $ .

To delete the digits above and after the cursor, Long Press $ .

2

!

.

Wait for receiver to accept the call.

Placing an International Call

1

Enter phone number with area code

S B

2

Int'l Call

S %

3

Select country

S % S !

.

Handset dials the number.

4

" S

Call ends

Calling Unlisted Countries

In 3 , Enter Code S % S Enter country code S % S !

Incoming Voice Call Window

1

!

to accept the call

.

Call connects.

2

" S

Call ends

Muting Ringer Temporarily

When a call arrives,

$

Earpiece Volume

During a call, e

After Calls to/from Unsaved Numbers

.

Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.

Select New Entry or New Detail and press % to save number; Phone Book entry window or entry search window opens, respectively.

3

" S

Call ends

Specifying Line in Dual Mode

After 1 , % S Select Line(Voice) S

% S Select line S %

3

Advanced

0

( Rejecting calls ( Placing calls on hold ( Answering with Headphones

( Adjusting Earpiece Volume ( Sending/blocking Caller ID

( Muting Microphone

( Recording caller voice (And more on

P.3-15

-

3-17

)

( Answering calls automatically when using Headphones (And more on P.3-21

)

3-

3

3

Voice Calling

Placing Calls from Outside Japan

See below to place a call to Japan from abroad.

001SH supports international roaming in 3G areas. Apply for Global Roaming beforehand.

See SoftBank Mobile Website for details: http://mb.softbank.jp/en/global_services/

Access roaming area/rate information or print it out to carry with you while traveling abroad.

1

Enter phone number with area code

S B S

Int'l Call

S %

2

日本(JPN)

S % S !

.

Handset dials the number.

.

To call other countries, select the target country instead of 日本(JPN) .

3

" S

Call ends

Calling SoftBank Handsets

.

In 2 , always select 日本(JPN) .

Calling Landlines & Mobiles within the

Same Country

Enter phone number with area code

S !

S

Dial to Your Stay

S %

Calls Overseas

.

Calling may not be possible outside Japan.

Connections depend on available network, signal strength, and handset settings.

Improving Earpiece Sound Quality

When the other party's voice sounds muffled, Clear Tone may improve audibility.

1

During a call, c

.

Clear Tone activates.

.

To cancel, press c again.

3-

4

Advanced

0

(

Placing calls by entering country code directly

(

Using Roaming Dial Assistant to place international calls while outside Japan (And more on P.3-16

)

Answer Phone

Record caller messages on handset.

Answer Phone cannot be used in power off or out-of-range. Use Voicemail to record caller messages when Answer

Phone is not available.

1

$

(Long)

.

Answer Phone is set.

Canceling Answer Phone

$ (Long)

Answering Calls while Recording

!

, No message will be recorded.

Playing Messages

1

$

2

Select record S %

.

Playback stops automatically at the end of message.

Deleting One Record

After 1 , select record S B S Delete

S % S Yes S %

Deleting All Records

After 1 , B S Delete All S % S Yes

S %

[ Playback Operations

Volume Control

Replay/Skip Backward

Stop

Skip Forward

Delete

Loudspeaker On/Off e c

% d

B S Yes S %

A

Voice Calling

3

Advanced

0

(

Recording messages when Answer Phone is inactive

(

Changing ring time

(

Sampling outgoing message

(

Muting Earpiece ( P.3-15 )

3-

5

Video Calling

3

Video Calling

View the other party's image or send an

Outgoing Image to compatible handsets.

Handle Video Calls like Voice Calls. This page describes functions/operations unique to Video Call.

Window Description

Answering a Video Call

Incoming Call window opens for a call.

Placing a Video Call

1

Enter phone number

S %

2

Video Call

S %

3-

6

Incoming Image

O u tgoing Image

Other Party ' s

Nu m b er/ N ame

Important Video Call Usage Notes

.

If both parties are using handset models without internal cameras, Video Call cannot be used as intended.

.

If both parties are not using the same

Video Call system, call may be interrupted. (Video Call charges apply.)

Incoming Video Call Window

1

!

to accept the call

.

Alternative Image is sent. (Video Call charges apply to the caller.)

2

" S

Call ends

Answering with Camera Image

[Incoming Video Call Window] % S

No

S %

[ Engaged Video Call Operations

Toggle View

Toggle Outgoing Image

Open Help

&

%

B S Help S %

.

Image appears when call is accepted.

3

" S

Call ends

Specifying Line in Dual Mode

After 1 , Select Line(Video)

S % S

Select line S %

Advanced

0

(

Answering Video Calls automatically (And more on P.3-15 )

( Adjusting Outgoing Image brightness ( Disabling touch tone sending ( P.3-17 )

( Sending camera image when initiating Video Calls ( Disabling Loudspeaker for Video Calls ( Muting Microphone when initiating Video Calls (And more on P.3-22 )

Speed Dial & Rakutomo Link

Placing Calls Easily

Save phone numbers to Speed Dial/Mail list or Rakutomo Link for easy dialing.

Using Speed Dial

Saving Entries

1

% S

Phone

S %

2

Speed Dial/Mail

S %

3

<Empty>

S % S

Select entry

S %

4

Select phone number S %

.

Select mail address prompt appears.

To save mail address for easy messaging, select one and press % .

(Omit 5 .)

5

Do not Assign

S %

6

A S

Saved

.

To save additional entries, repeat 3 - 6 .

Using Headphones for Speed Dial

.

Save a phone number to .

Removing Speed Dial Entries

In 3 , select entry

S B S

Remove

Selected or Remove All S % S Yes

S %

, Omit entry selection step when removing all entries.

Placing a Call

1

0

-

99

(entry number)

2

!

Placing Video Calls

In 2 , % S Speed Video S %

Using Headphones

.

In Standby, Long Press Call Button until a double beep sounds; handset dials the number saved in . To end the call, Long

Press Call Button until a beep sounds.

3

3-

7

Speed Dial & Rakutomo Link

3

Using Rakutomo Link

Saving Entries

Follow these steps to save entries from

Phone Book:

(Entries saved to Rakutomo Link are saved to Speed Dial list as well.)

1

!

2 f

Select blank entry

(

<Empty>

appears)

S %

3

Refer Phone Book

S % S

Select entry

S %

.

To select a different saved number, press % , select one and press % .

4

A S

Saved

.

To save additional entries, repeat 2 - 4 .

Saving Entries Directly

In 3 , Direct Entry

S % S

Complete fields S % S A S 4

Saving Note

After 4 , <Note Empty> S % S

Enter text

S %

Editing Entries (Phone Number)

!

S f

Select entry

S B S

Change Registered Contents S %

S

Change the Use Address

S % S

Call number: S % S Select new phone number

S % S 4

Placing a Call

1

!

2 f

Select entry

S

Call

S %

Placing Video Calls

In 2 , f (select entry) S B S Video

Call

S %

Deleting Note

!

S f

Select entry

S B S

Delete the Note S % S Yes S %

Removing Rakutomo Link Entries

!

S f Select entry S B S

Remove

S % S

Yes

S %

3-

8

Call Log

Open recent dialed/received call records.

1 c

(Dialed) or d

(Received)

2

Select record S %

When the Same Number is Dialed More than Once Using the Same Call Option

.

Only the last record appears. (All records appear for S! Circle Talk.)

Hiding Dialed Ranking

In 2 , f

Dialed or Dialed (Ranking)

S B S Hide Dialed Ranking S %

, To show Dialed Ranking again, follow these steps:

In 2 , f

Dialed

Ranking S %

S B S

Show Dialed

Advanced

0

(

Dialing from records (And more on P.3-18 )

Call Log

3

3-

9

Call Time

3

Call Time

Check estimated time of the most recent call and all calls.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

2

Call Time/Data Counter

S %

3

Call Timers

S %

4

Dialed Calls

or

Received

Calls

S %

Resetting Dialed or Received Call Timer

After 4 ,

B S

Yes

S %

Call Time Count

.

Ring time for incoming or outgoing calls is not counted. (On hold time is counted.)

3-

10

Advanced

0

( Setting handset to beep during Voice Calls ( Checking accumulated data transmission volume ( Resetting Data Counter (And more on P.3-18 )

Restrict Destinations

Allow calls to numbers saved in Phone

Book or Call Permitted List only.

Limiting to Phone Book

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Barring

S %

2

Restrict Destinations

S %

S

Enter Handset Code

S %

Limiting to Call Permitted List

Specifying Numbers

1

In Restrict Destinations menu,

Specified Numbers

S %

Restrict Destinations Menu

3

Restrict Phonebook

S %

S

Do

S %

When Restrict Phonebook is Do

.

Handset Code is required to add/edit

Phone Book entries.

Specified Numbers Menu

2

Call Permitted List

S %

3

<Empty>

S %

4

Enter phone number

S %

.

Repeat 3 - 4 to add phone numbers.

Activating Call Permitted List

1

In Specified Numbers menu,

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S %

Advanced

0

( Designating Call Permitted List numbers from saved information ( Editing Call Permitted List ( P.3-19 )

Call Barring

3

3-

11

3

Call Barring

Reject Numbers

Reject calls from specified/unsaved numbers, calls without Caller ID, etc.

Rejecting Specified Numbers

Specifying Numbers

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Barring

S %

2

Reject Numbers

S %

Reject Numbers Menu

3

Specified Numbers

S %

Specified Numbers Menu

4

Reject Numbers List

S %

5

<Empty>

S %

6

Enter phone number

S %

.

Repeat 5 - 6 to add phone numbers.

Activating Rejection

1

In Specified Numbers menu,

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S %

Rejecting Unsaved Numbers

1

In Reject Numbers menu,

Not registered Numbers

S %

2

Reject

S %

Saved Numbers Containing P (Pause)

.

Calls from the number before P are rejected.

Rejecting Other Calls

Reject calls without Caller ID, calls from public phones or calls with undisplayable

Caller ID.

1

In Reject Numbers menu,

Withheld Call

,

Payphone

or

Unavailable

S %

2

Reject

S %

3-

12

Advanced

0

( Designating numbers to reject from saved information ( Editing Reject Numbers List ( Excluding rejected calls from Call Log ( P.3-19

)

Optional Services

Optional Services

Call Forwarding and Voicemail can only be set simultaneously when Call

Forwarding is set to Video Calls.

Call

Forwarding

Voicemail

Call

Waiting

Group

Calling *

*

Caller ID

Call

Barring

Automatically divert all or all unanswered incoming calls to another preset phone number

Redirect all or unanswered calls to Voicemail Center; access messages from handset/touch tone phones

Answer incoming calls or open another line during a call

Switch between open lines or connect multiple lines at once for teleconferencing

Show or hide your own number when placing calls

Restrict incoming/outgoing calls depending on conditions

*

A separate contract is required.

Initiating Call Forwarding

Follow these steps to divert calls to a phone number saved in Phone Book after selected ring time ( No Answer set):

(Numbers starting with 1 , 00 , 0120 or

0990 cannot be saved.)

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

2

Voicemail/Call Forwarding

S %

7

Select phone number S %

.

Omit 7 if only one number is saved.

8

%

9

Select ring time

S %

Diverting Calls without Handset Response

In 5 , Always S % S 6 - 8

Entering Forwarding Number Directly

In 6 , Enter Number S % S Enter phone number

S % S

Select ring time S %

Voicemail/Call Forwarding Menu

3

Diverts

S %

4

Select call type

S %

5

No Answer

S %

6

Phone Book

S % S

Select entry S %

Advanced

0

( Checking service status ( Activating Call Waiting ( Talking on multiple lines simultaneously (

Setting/canceling outgoing call restriction ( Setting/ canceling incoming call restriction (

Showing/hiding Caller ID (And more on P.3-20 -

3-21 )

3

3-

13

3

Optional Services

Initiating Voicemail

Follow these steps to divert calls to

Voicemail Center after selected ring time

( No Answer set):

1

In Voicemail/Call Forwarding menu,

Voicemail

S % S

Activate

S %

2

No Answer

S % S Select ring time

S %

Diverting Calls without Handset Response

In 2 , Always

S %

Missed Call Notification

Activate this function for records of calls missed in power off/out-of-range and

Voicemail is active.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

2

)

Missed Calls

S % S %

.

Follow the voice guidance for further operations.

Playing Messages

1

In Voicemail/Call Forwarding menu,

Voicemail

S %

2

Play Voicemail

S %

.

Follow the voice guidance for further operations.

Deleting New Voicemail Message Indicator

In 2 , Clear Indicator

S % S

Yes

S %

Canceling Call Forwarding/Voicemail

1

In Voicemail/Call Forwarding menu,

Cancel All

S %

2

Yes

S %

3-

14

Receiving a Call

[ Handling Incoming Calls

Rejecting calls

Placing calls on hold

Answering with

Headphones

Voice Call

When a call arrives, B S Reject S %

Video Call

When a call arrives, A

When a call arrives, "

.

Press

!

to answer the call on hold.

When a call arrives, Long Press Call Button

.

To end the call, Long Press Call Button.

[ Answer Phone

Recording messages when Answer Phone is inactive

When a Voice Call arrives, B S Record Message

S %

Changing ring time

Sampling outgoing message

Muting Earpiece

% S Settings S % S f Call S Answer

Phone S % S Answer Time S % S Enter time S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Answer

Phone S % S Outgoing Message S %

.

Press $ to stop playback.

% S Settings S % S f Call S Answer

Phone S % S Volume S % S Silent S %

Additional Functions

[ Remote Monitor (Video Call)

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S

Video Call S % S Remote Monitor S % S

See below

Answering Video

Calls automatically

Editing Auto

Answer List

Saving Numbers from Phone Book

Auto Answer List S % S <Empty> S B S

Change S % S From Phone Book S % S

Select entry S % S Select phone number S %

.

To enter a phone number directly, select <Empty> and press % .

Saving Numbers from Call Log

Auto Answer List S % S <Empty> S B S

Change S % S From Call Log S % S Select record S %

Activating Remote Monitor

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S %

.

When Remote Monitor is active, auto answer tone sounds even in Manner mode; cancel afterward.

.

Calls cannot be answered automatically with handset closed.

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S

Video Call S % S Remote Monitor S % S

Auto Answer List S % S See below

Editing Numbers

Select entry S % S Edit S %

Changing ring time

Deleting Entries

Select entry S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Video Call S

% S Remote Monitor S % S Answer Time S

% S Enter time S %

3

3-

15

3

Additional Functions

Placing a Call

[ Basic Operations

Adjusting Earpiece

Volume

Sending/blocking

Caller ID

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Earpiece Volume S % S Adjust level

S %

After phone number entry, B S Hide My ID or

Caller ID S %

[ International Calls

Example: Voice Calls

Placing calls by entering country code directly

Using Roaming

Dial Assistant to place international calls while outside

Japan

(( ( + appears) S Enter country code S

Enter phone number with area code S !

.

Omit the first 0 of the area code except when calling

Italy or some other countries.

.

Pressing

((

during a call does not enter + .

7

Enter phone number with area code S

!

S See below

.

Prompts do not appear for numbers with country codes.

.

To disable Roaming Dial Assistant automatically after a call, press

B

to check box next to Don't use this tool again.

.

Calling Japan (Landlines & Mobiles)

Dial to Japan S % S !

Calling Other Countries (Landlines & Mobiles)

Dial to Other Country S % S Select country

S % S !

Disabling Roaming

Dial Assistant

% S Settings S % S f Call S Int'l Calling

S % S Roaming Dial Assistant S % S Off

S %

.

When Off , handset dials the entered phone number as-is even while outside Japan.

Saving frequently used international prefix

Adding/changing/ deleting country codes

% S Settings S % S f Call S Int'l Calling

S % S

Int'l Prefix

S % S

Enter prefix

S %

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Int'l

Calling S % S Country Code S % S See below

Changing (Selecting from Complete List)

Select country/region S % S Change(Refer

All List) S % S Select country/region S % S

Yes S %

Changing (Direct Entry)

Select country/region S % S Change(Number

Directly) S % S Enter name S % S Enter country code S %

Adding (Selecting from Complete List)

<Empty> S % S Change(Refer All List) S %

S Select country/region S %

Adding (Direct Entry)

<Empty> S % S Change(Number Directly) S

% S Enter name S % S Enter country code

S %

Deleting

Select country S % S Delete S % S Yes S %

3-

16

During a Call

[ Voice Call & Video Call

Muting

Microphone

Voice Call

During a call, A (press again to cancel)

Video Call

During a call, B S Mute S %

.

To cancel, select Unmute .

Activating/canceling

Loudspeaker

Activating Loudspeaker for Voice Call

During a call, % S While message appears, %

.

To cancel, press

%

.

Switching sound output

Opening Phone

Book

Saving Phone

Book entries

Placing calls on hold

Canceling Loudspeaker for Video Call

During a call, A (press again to activate)

During a call, B S Transfer Audio S % S To

Phone or To Bluetooth S %

.

For To Bluetooth , select a device and press

%

.

During a call, B S Phone Book S % S Select entry S %

.

Press $ twice to return to call window.

During a call, B S Phone Book S % S B S

Add New Entry S % S Complete fields S A

.

Press

$

to return to call window.

During a call, B S Hold S %

.

Subscription to Call Waiting or Group Calling is required to place Voice Calls on hold.

.

To resume Voice Calls, press

B

, select Retrieve and press

%

.

.

To resume Video Calls, press

A

.

Additional Functions

[ Voice Call Only

Improving Earpiece sound quality

Recording caller voice

Opening messages

Creating messages

Sending saved touch tones

Sending touch tones via Phone

Book

During a call, c

.

To cancel Clear Tone, press c

again.

During a call, B S Record Caller Voice S %

S Recording starts S % S Recording ends

.

To play recorded messages, see P.3-5 "Playing

Messages."

During a call, B S Messaging S % S Select

Messaging folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select message S %

.

Press

$

three times to return to call window.

During a call, B S Messaging S % S Create

Message or Create New SMS S % S

Complete message S A

During a call, B S Touch-Tone Signal List S

% S Select number S B

During a call, B S Phone Book S % S Select entry S B S Send Push Tone S % S Select phone number S %

.

Press

A

to return to call window.

[ Video Call Only

Adjusting

Outgoing Image brightness

Disabling touch tone sending

During a call, B S Exposure S % S Adjust level S %

.

Alternative Image brightness is fixed.

During a call, B S Disable DTMF S %

3

3-

17

3

Additional Functions

Call Log

Dialing from records

Sending messages from records

Saving Phone

Book entries from records

Opening Phone

Book entries from records

Initiating S! Circle

Talk from records

Deleting records

Hiding Dialed

Ranking

Calling Dialed Numbers (Redial) c S Select record S !

.

To place Video Calls, press B instead of !

, then select Video Call and press % .

Calling from Received Call Records d S Select record S !

.

To place Video Calls, press

B

instead of

!

, then select Video Call and press

%

.

c or d S Select record S B S Create

Message S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S

Complete message S A c or d S Select record S B S Save to

Phone Book S % S As New Entry S % S

Complete other fields S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .

c or d S Select record S B S Display

Phone Book S %

.

Available when selected record (phone number) is saved in Phone Book.

c or d S Select record S B S Call S! Circle

Talk S % S %

.

Set Connection status to Online first.

One Record c or d S Select record S B S Delete S %

S Yes S %

All Records c or d S B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

% S Phone S % S Settings/Manage S % S

Call Log Setting S % S Hide Dialed Ranking

S %

Call Time & Data Communication

[ Call Time

Setting handset to beep during Voice

Calls

Hiding Call Time during calls

Resetting Call

Timers

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Minute Minder S % S

On S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Call Time Counter S %

S Off S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Call Timers S % S

Reset S % S Yes S %

[ Data Communication

Checking accumulated data transmission volume

Resetting Data

Counter

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Data Counter S % S

All Data S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Data Counter S % S

Clear Counter S % S Yes S %

3-

18

Restrict Destinations

Designating Call

Permitted List numbers from saved information

Editing Call

Permitted List

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call

Barring S % S Restrict Destinations S % S

Enter Handset Code S % S Specified

Numbers S % S Call Permitted List S % S

<Empty> S B S See below

From Phone Book

Ph.Book List S % S Select entry S % S

Select phone number S %

From Call Log Records

From Call Log S % S Select record S %

From S! Friend's Status Member List

From Member List S % S Select member S %

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call

Barring S % S Restrict Destinations S % S

Enter Handset Code S % S Specified Numbers

S % S Call Permitted List S % S See below

Editing Numbers

Select number/name S % S Edit S %

Deleting Numbers

Select number/name S B S Delete S % S

Yes S %

Additional Functions

Reject Numbers

Designating numbers to reject from saved information

Editing Reject

Numbers List

Excluding rejected calls from Call Log

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call

Barring S % S Reject Numbers S % S

Specified Numbers S % S Reject Numbers

List S % S <Empty> S B S See below

From Phone Book

Ph.Book List S % S Select entry S % S

Select phone number S %

From Call Log Records

From Call Log S % S Select record S %

From S! Friend's Status Member List

From Member List S % S Select member S %

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call

Barring S % S Reject Numbers S % S

Specified Numbers S % S Reject Numbers

List S % S See below

Editing Numbers

Select number/name S % S Edit S %

Deleting Numbers

Select number/name S B S Delete S % S

Yes S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Barring

S % S Reject Numbers S % S Record on

Call Log S % S Do not Record S %

3

3-

19

3

Additional Functions

Optional Services

[ All Services

Checking service status

% S Settings S % S f Call S Select service S % S Status S %

.

Available for Voicemail/Call Forwarding , Caller ID and Call Waiting .

[ Call Waiting (Contract Required)

Activating Call

Waiting

Placing Line 1 on hold to answer

Line 2

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Waiting

S % S On S %

A tone sounds during a Voice Call S !

.

Press

!

to switch between lines.

.

Press

"

to end active line and re-engage the party on hold.

[ Group Calling (Contract Required)

Opening another line during a call

During a Voice Call, enter phone number S !

.

To dial via Rakutomo Link, press

!

during a Voice

Call.

Switching between open lines (Swap

Calls)

Talking on multiple lines simultaneously

Switching to private conversation

During a Voice Call, !

.

Press !

to switch between lines.

While switching between lines, B S Group

Calling S % S Conference All S %

During Group Calling, select number/name S

% S Private S %

[ Call Barring

When Call Forwarding or Voicemail is active, setting All Outgoing

Calls or All Incoming Calls to On may not restrict Voice Calls/

Video Calls. (Call Forwarding or Voicemail takes priority.)

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call

Barring S % S Bar Outgoing Calls S % S

See below

Setting/canceling outgoing call restriction

Setting Restriction

Select restriction S % S On S % S Enter

Center Access Code S %

.

Outgoing SMS messages are also restricted.

.

Outgoing S! Circle Talk requests are not affected.

.

Following restrictions are available:

, All Outgoing Calls: Restrict all non-emergency calls

, Bar Int'l Call: Restrict all international calls

, Local & Home Only: Restrict all international calls except to Japan

Checking Restriction Status

Select restriction S % S Status S %

Canceling All Restrictions

Cancel All S % S Enter Center Access Code

S %

3-

20

Setting/canceling incoming call restriction

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call

Barring S % S Bar Incoming Calls S % S

See below

Setting Restriction

Select restriction S % S On S % S Enter

Center Access Code S %

.

Incoming SMS messages are also restricted.

.

Incoming S! Circle Talk requests are not affected.

.

Following restrictions are available:

, All Incoming Calls: Reject all calls

, Bar if Abroad: Reject calls when outside Japan

Checking Restriction Status

Select restriction S % S Status S %

Canceling All Restrictions

Cancel All S % S Enter Center Access Code

S %

[ Caller ID

Showing/hiding

Caller ID

% S Settings S % S f Call S Caller ID S

% S On or Off S %

Additional Functions

Settings

[ Voice Call

Answering calls automatically when using

Headphones

Saving frequently used touch tones

Saving touch tones for White Office

Deleting touch tones

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Auto

Answer S % S See below

Activating Auto Answer

Switch On/Off S % S On S %

.

When Auto Answer is active, Auto Answer tone sounds after ringtone even in Manner mode; cancel afterward.

Changing Ring Time

Answer Time S % S Enter time S %

% S Phone S % S Touch-Tone Signal List

S % S Select number S % S Enter name S

% S Enter digits S %

.

Send saved touch tones from Voice Call window via

Options menu.

% S Phone S % S Touch-Tone Signal List S

% S B S Change to White Office Tone S %

.

Touch tones for White Office are saved to - .

.

When touch tones are already saved in - , choose Yes and press

%

.

7

% S Phone S % S Touch-Tone

Signal List S % S See below

One Entry

Select number S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Entries

B S Reset S % S Yes S %

3

3-

21

3

Additional Functions

[ Video Call

Sending camera image when initiating Video Calls

Disabling

Loudspeaker for

Video Calls

%

%

%

%

%

S

S

S

S

S

Settings

Settings

S

S

%

%

Loudspeaker

S

Camera Picture

S

S

External Camera

S f

%

S f

%

Call

S

S

%

Call

S

S

Off

Video Call

Default Image

Video Call

S %

S

S

S

Muting Microphone when initiating

Video Calls

Changing

Alternative Image that is sent when initiating Video Calls

Changing

Incoming/Outgoing

Image quality

Setting image that is sent while call is on hold

Setting Backlight status

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Video Call

% S Mute Microphone S % S On S %

S

% S Settings S % S f Call S Video Call S

% S Camera Picture S % S Alternative

Image S % S Select folder S % S Select file

S % S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Video Call S

% S Incoming Picture or Outgoing Picture S

% S Select option S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Video Call S

% S Hold Guidance Pict S % S Select folder

S % S Select file S % S %

.

Omit file selection step when using Customized

Screen image.

% S Settings S % S f Call S Video Call S

% S Backlight S % S Select option S %

.

Selecting Normal Setting applies Display Backlight settings.

3-

22

Troubleshooting

Receiving a Call

3 Cannot use Answer Phone or

Record Caller Voice

.

Answer Phone and Record Caller

Voice are disabled when less than

12 seconds of recording capacity remain or 20 messages are recorded.

Delete messages.

.

Answer Phone and Record Caller

Voice are not available for Video Calls.

Placing a Call

3

Cannot place call via Speed Dial

.

Speed Dial is not available when

Phone Book access is restricted by

Application Lock.

3

Cannot place call

.

Cancel Keypad Lock, Function Lock and Offline Mode, if active.

3

Call won't connect

.

Did you include the area code or the first 0 ? Dial the number including the area code or 0 .

.

Handset may be out-of-range ( out appears). Move to a place where signal is strong and retry.

During a Call

3 Outgoing Image is distorted during

Video Calls

.

Rapid motion can make images appear choppy or distorted.

3 Camera image switches to

Alternative Image during Video Calls

.

Prolonged camera use may cause camera area to heat up, resulting in automatic shutdown; wait a while and retry.

3

Conversation is hampered

.

Conversations may be hampered by ambient noise.

.

Check Earpiece Volume when using

Loudspeaker. Increasing Earpiece Volume may cause feedback/interference.

3

Call is choppy or cut off

.

Network signal may be weak. Move to a place where signal is strong and retry.

.

Battery may need to be charged or replaced. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Clicking noise is heard during call

.

Handset may be moving into another service area. Noise is heard when

Network signal switches. This is normal.

3

Cannot hear other party's voice

.

Earpiece Volume may be low.

Increase Earpiece Volume ( P.3-3

).

.

Sound output may be set to use handsfree device. Set Transfer Audio

( P.3-17 ) to

To Phone .

3

3-

23

Messaging ...................................... 4-2

Basics .............................................. 4-2

Customizing Handset Address ........ 4-3

Sending Messages......................... 4-4

Sending S! Mail ............................... 4-4

Sending Graphic Mail ...................... 4-7

Sending SMS................................. 4-10

Restricting Outgoing Messages..... 4-11

Incoming Messages..................... 4-12

Opening & Replying....................... 4-12

Customizing S! Mail Retrieval........ 4-14

Handling Messages ..................... 4-15

Managing & Using Messages........ 4-15

Sorting Messages.......................... 4-17

Chat Folder................................... 4-18

Using Chat Folders.........................4-18

Mail Groups .................................. 4-19

Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail

.......................................................4-19

PC Mail.......................................... 4-20

Additional Functions ................... 4-23

Troubleshooting........................... 4-40

4

Messaging

4-

1

Messaging

4

Basics

Use the following messaging services.

SMS

Exchange up to 160 alphanumerics with SoftBank handsets.

S! Mail

Exchange up to 30,000 characters with e-mail compatible handsets,

PCs, etc.; attach media files, etc.

Large Size Messages

Transmit messages of up to 2 MB including large images or multiple files; may incur high charges depending on subscribed price plan.

PC Mail

Receive or reply to PC mail account messages. Use 001SH to handle PC

Mail messages like SMS or S! Mail.

[ Available Entry Items

SMS

Recipient Subject Message Attachment

Available * N/A Available N/A

S! Mail Available Available Available Available

PC Mail Available Available Available Available

* SoftBank handset numbers only.

.

A separate contract is required to use

S! Mail and receive e-mail from PCs, etc.

.

For more information, see SoftBank

Mobile Website ( P.15-22 ).

Auto Retry Function

If recipient's handset is off/out-of-range, a sent message is saved in Server Mail Box and delivery attempted at regular intervals.

(Undeliverable messages are deleted.)

Auto Resend

When Auto Resend is active, handset makes up to two attempts to send unsent messages automatically. Cancel to disable

( P.4-36 ).

4-

2

Customizing Handset Address

Change alphanumerics before @ of the default handset mail address.

For more information, see SoftBank

Mobile Website (

P.15-22 ).

Changing Address

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

Address Settings

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Select English and press % , then follow onscreen instructions.

Saving Address

When handset address is changed,

SoftBank Mobile sends new address confirmation via S! Mail.

To save new address to My Details, follow these steps. (New address is effective even if not saved.)

1

Message

S %

3

Yes

S %

4

A

2

Information

S %

Messaging

4

4-

3

Sending Messages

4

Sending S! Mail

Follow these steps to send S! Mail to a number/address saved in Phone Book:

1

B S

Create Message

S %

When a PC Mail Account exists, select

S! Mail and press

%

.

S! Mail Composition Window

2

Select recipient field S %

3

Phone Book

S %

4

Select entry

S %

5

Select number or mail address

S %

.

Omit 5 if only one number or address is saved.

.

When a mail address is entered, avoid using single-byte katakana in message text or subject; may not appear properly on recipient devices.

6

8

Select subject field

Enter subject

S %

7

Select message text field

S %

Enter message

S! Mail Composition Window

9

A S

Transmission starts

.

Text Entry Window transmission.

S

S

%

To cancel, press A during

% S

Incoming Calls while Creating Message

.

Content is saved temporarily. End the call to return.

Personal Mode

.

When recipient is entered via Phone Book, text entry window word suggestions change by recipient type.

Previewing Outgoing Message

After 8 , B S Preview Message S %

Pictogram Entry

.

In Pictogram List, press ' to toggle

Cross-Carrier Pictograms and all Pictograms.

.

Pictogram appearance may differ by carrier.

Specifying Line in Dual Mode

[S! Mail Composition Window] B S

Switch Line

S % S

Select line

S %

Converting to Graphic Mail

After 8 , Auto Art

S % S

Select decoration type S % S A (Next) or

B

(Prev.)

S % S 9

, To cancel conversion, follow these steps before 9 :

B S Cancel Arrangement S % S

Yes

S %

Advanced

0

(

Using other recipient entry methods

(

Adding recipients

(

Inserting signature automatically

(

Converting mail type (SMS/S! Mail)

(

Saving without sending

( Requesting delivery confirmation

(

Designating/editing reply-to address (And more on P.4-23

- 4-25

)

( Hiding progress bar while sending messages ( Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages

( Designating/editing reply-to address (And more on

P.4-36 -

4-37

)

4-

4

Text Entry Assistance

Using Quick Phrase

Use fixed text (Japanese) or previously entered text for quick entry.

Quick Phrase Options:

Quick Phrase

List

Shows Quick Reply text

Auto

Registration

Shows initial portions of recently sent messages

Prioritizes recently used

Learning

Quick Phrase text

1

Open text entry window and press b

2

Select text

S % S %

3

A S

Transmission starts

Deleting Quick Phrase Text

In 2 , select text S B S Yes S %

, Auto Registration and Learning entries can be deleted.

Disabling Quick Phrase (Options)

[Text Entry Window] B S Quick

Phrase

S % S

Select option

S %

S Off S %

Using Opening Phrase

Prediction (Japanese)

Words/phrases likely to be used to begin a message appear in suggestion list according to time of year and day.

(Opening Phrase Prediction)

1

Open text entry window and

Long Press

A

.

Long Press A to toggle Quick Phrase and Opening Phrase Prediction.

2 b S

Select word/phrase

S

% S

Complete message

S %

3

A S

Transmission starts

Disabling Opening Phrase Prediction

[Text Entry Window] B S Input/

Conversion S % S Pred.

Beginning S % S Off S %

Sending Messages

Phrase Log (Japanese)

Portions of sent messages are saved automatically and appear in suggestion list as Previous Usage candidates; enter previously used phrase/sentence easily.

(Phrase Log)

Disabling Phrase Log

[Text Entry Window] B S Input/

Conversion S % S Phrase Log S

% S Off S %

4

4-

5

4

Sending Messages

Attaching Files

Send attachments to compatible handsets.

Follow these steps to attach images to

S! Mail:

1

In S! Mail Composition window after composing message, select attachment field

S %

2

Picture

S % S

Select folder

S %

3

Select file S %

Attaching Non-Image Files

.

In 2 , select a folder other than Picture and press % , then select a file.

Attaching Multiple Files

After 3 , Attach (1) S % S Attach

File

S % S

Picture

S % S

Select folder S % S Select file S % S A

S 4

, X in Attach (X) indicates the number of attached files.

Auto Image Resize

Large images may be automatically reduced to approximately 400 - 500 KB by default.

Change resize setting via Picture Auto

Resize ( P.4-36

).

If Recipient Cannot Receive Large

Messages (Up to 2 MB)

.

Message may be truncated or attachments may be lost.

File attached

4

A S

Transmission starts

Sending Feeling Mail

Set emotion (happiness, sadness, etc.) to messages; recipient handset responds accordingly.

1

In S! Mail Composition window after composing message, B S

Feeling

Settings

S %

2

Select category, e.g.,

Happy/Glad

S %

3

Select item, e.g.,

I Love You

S %

4

A S

Transmission starts

Canceling Feeling Mail

[S! Mail Composition Window]

Select subject field S % S Select

Pictogram S $ S %

4-

6

Advanced

0

( Changing attached image size ( Set Auto Play File (And more on P.4-26 )

(

Limiting outgoing S! Mail message size

(

Selecting size to which images are reduced when attaching (And more on P.4-36

-

4-37

)

Sending Messages

Sending Graphic Mail

Basic Procedure

Follow these steps to:

.

Change font size

.

Insert images

.

Scroll text

1

B S

Create Message

S %

2

Select/enter recipient and

subject (P.4-4)

3

Select message text field

S %

5

SIZE

S %

6

Select size

S % S

Enter text

7

A S

IMAGE

S % S

Select folder

S % S

Select file

S %

8

Select target location

S %

S $ a

Scrolling

S % b

Select direction

S % S

Enter text c

% S A S

Transmission starts

Canceling Last Action

[Graphic Mail Window] UNDO S %

Canceling All Graphic Mail Settings

[Graphic Mail Window] CANCEL S

% S Yes S %

Saving as Templates

After b , % S B S Save as

Template S % S Enter name S %

S Save here S %

, Only the message text is saved.

4

A

Text Entry Window

9

A S

EFFECT

S %

Graphic Mail Window

Advanced

0

(

Changing text color, size & effect

(

Changing text color

(

Inserting background sound

(

Inserting Flash

®

file

(

Inserting horizontal line

(

Flashing text

(

Aligning text (left/right/center) (And more on P.4-26

-

4-27

)

4

4-

7

4

Sending Messages

Using My Pictograms

My Pictograms are grouped by category; add or rename categories as needed.

.

Source files are saved in Data Folder (My

Pictograms).

.

Save up to 1,000 additional My Pictograms on handset.

.

Some preloaded My Pictograms appear in suggestion list when corresponding reading is typed.

1

In text entry window,

(

.

My Pictogram List appears. (Log

.

appears if My Pictogram has been used.)

Press # or ( to open next or previous Category.

2

3

'

Select Category

S %

My Pictogram List

.

Press A or B to open next or previous page, if any.

4

Select file

S %

.

To hide message, press

B

( ).

5

% S $

.

List closes; enter text, add other decorative effects, etc.

6

Complete message S % S

A S

Transmission starts

Moving/Copying My Pictograms

[My Pictogram List] Select file

S A

(Long) S Move or Copy S % S

Press

#

or

(

to select Category

S Select target location S %

, My Pictograms can also be moved/ copied within the same Category.

Deleting My Pictograms

[My Pictogram List] Select file S A

(Long)

S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

, Source files in Data Folder will be deleted.

Checking My Pictograms Individually

[My Pictogram List] Select file S A

,

(Long)

S

Preview

S %

To return, press $ .

Opening Data Folder (My Pictograms)

[My Pictogram List] Select file S A

(Long)

S

Access to Data Folder

S %

Clearing Entry Log

.

Open Log then follow these steps:

Select file S A (Long) S Delete This

Log

S % S

Yes

S %

4-

8

Advanced

0

(

Creating Categories

(

Editing Categories

(

Changing Category order

(

Opening Category properties

(

Deleting Categories ( P.4-27

)

Converting from S! Mail

Convert S! Mail to Graphic Mail easily.

1

In text entry window, enter message S & (Long)

2

Select decoration type S %

S A

(Next) or

B

(Prev.)

3

%

4

% S A S

Transmission starts

Canceling Conversion

After 3 ,

B S

Cancel Arrangement

S % S Yes S % S 4

Using Templates

Create Graphic Mail from templates.

1

B S

Templates

S %

2

Select template

S %

3

Complete message

S A S

Transmission starts

Template Size

.

Template size may change when used for creating messages.

Opening Templates from Text Entry

Window (S! Mail)

[Text Entry Window] B S Launch

Template

S % S

Select template

% S Complete message S A

S

, If message text has already been entered, follow onscreen prompt to insert it.

Advanced

0

(

Using custom decoration type ( P.4-27

)

Sending Messages

4

4-

9

4

Sending Messages

Sending SMS

Follow these steps to send SMS to a number saved in Phone Book:

1

B S

Create New SMS

S %

6

Select message text field

S %

SMS Composition Window

2

Select recipient field S %

3

Phone Book

S %

4

Select entry S %

5

Select number S %

.

Omit 5 if only one number is saved.

Text Entry Window

7

Enter message

S %

SMS Composition Window

8

A S

Transmission starts

Incoming Calls while Creating Message

.

Content is saved temporarily. End the call to return.

Personal Mode

.

When recipient is entered via Phone Book, text entry window word suggestions change by recipient type.

When Message Text Exceeds Limit

.

A confirmation appears. To convert SMS to S! Mail, choose Yes and press

%

.

Specifying Line in Dual Mode

[SMS Composition Window]

B S

Switch Line S % S Select line S %

Entering Pictograms Automatically

After 7 , Auto Art S % S A (Next) or

B

(Prev.)

S % S 8

Using Quick Phrase

After

S 8

6 , b S

Select text

S % S %

4-

10

Advanced

0

( Using other recipient entry methods ( Adding recipients ( Using Speed Dial/Mail list

( Converting mail type (SMS/S! Mail) ( Saving without sending

( Requesting delivery confirmation

( Changing SMS Server storage limit for outgoing message (And more on

P.4-23

-

4-25

)

( Changing SMS Server sent message storage limit ( Changing SMS Server number ( Changing character encoding for composing messages ( P.4-39

)

Restricting Outgoing Messages

Allow messaging to handset numbers/ addresses saved in Phone Book or

Permitted List only.

Limiting to Phone Book

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

Create/Send Settings

S %

3

Restrictions Setting

S % S

Enter Handset Code

S %

Limiting to Permitted List

Specifying Mail Addresses

1

In Restrict Mail menu,

Individual Address

S %

Restrict Mail Menu

4

Phonebook Entries

S % S

On

S %

When Phonebook Entries is On

.

Handset Code is required to add/edit

Phone Book entries.

Individual Address Menu

2

Permitted List

S %

3

<Empty>

S %

4

Select method

S % S

Select/enter address S %

.

Repeat 3 - 4 to add mail addresses.

Activating Permitted List

1

In Individual Address menu,

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S %

Advanced

0

( Deleting Permitted List entries ( P.4-37 )

Sending Messages

4

4-

11

Incoming Messages

Opening & Replying

4

Opening New Messages

Information window opens for new mail.

See

P.4-22 to receive PC Mail.

Important Message Retrieval Notes

.

By default, if message size is around

1 MB or less, the complete message including attachments is retrieved in and outside Japan; transmission fees apply depending on subscribed price plan.

.

Automatic message retrieval outside

Japan may incur high charges.

.

To retrieve only the initial portion of message text automatically, set Auto

Settings to Off ; retrieve complete message manually as needed.

Delivery Report

.

Information window opens for Delivery

Report. Follow these steps to open it:

Delivery Report S % S Select message with report S % S A

1

Message

S %

Message List

2

Select message

S %

Message Window

Receiving Feeling Mail

.

Small Light, Vibration and ringtone respond according to settings.

Attached Images

.

Attached images open automatically.

Messages with Quiz

Enter or select answer S %

, Message opens when the correct answer is entered or selected.

Animation View

.

When a specific Pictogram is entered as the first character of subject or included in message text, corresponding animation appears in message window background.

Mail Notice

.

Depending on the setting (e.g., Auto

Settings is Off ), Server sends initial portion of message text in each of the following cases:

, The message was sent to multiple recipients

, Files are attached to the message

.

If message size exceeds 1 MB, Server sends only initial portion of message text regardless of Auto Settings status.

(Approximate size appears in message text.)

4-

12

Advanced

0

( Accessing new mail out of Standby ( Viewing new messages on Sub Display (And more on P.4-28 )

( Limiting incoming S! Mail message size ( Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders

( Changing ringtone settings for incoming Feeling

Mail (And more on

P.4-35

-

4-36

)

Incoming Messages

Window Description

Message List

Message Window Replying to Messages

1

In message window,

A

Sender or Recipient

S ub ject (except for SMS)

Recei v ed or

Sent Date & Time

Message Type/Stat u s

(see b elo w )

Unread

Read

Sent

Failed

Replied

Forwarded

Send

Reservation set

Sender or Recipient

Message Text

[ Message Type/Status

Mail Notice

(remaining portion exists)

Unread

Delivery Report

Attachments

Protected

Priority (High)

Priority (Low)

USIM Card

SMS

"SMS" or "PC" appears accordingly on indicators.

Message Text

Press ( or # to open other messages

(higher or lower in message list).

Changing Font Size

[Message Window]

3

(Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long) to reduce

.

Original message text is quoted

(except for SMS and Graphic Mail).

2

Complete message

S A S

Transmission starts

Replying to Messages Addressed to

Multiple Recipients

After 1 , To Sender or Reply All S

% S 2

Reply Assist Dictionary ( メール返信アシ

スト辞書 )

.

When replying in Kanji (Hiragana) mode, this dictionary prioritizes original message words

(katakana or alphanumerics) in suggestion list.

Auto Reply

.

Handset sends a reply automatically when receiving messages from saved numbers or addresses in specified mode

(Manner mode, etc.).

Advanced

0

( Saving attachments to Data Folder

( Saving to Phone Book ( Using linked info ( Looking up message text words in dictionaries ( Jumping to message top/bottom ( Reporting unsolicited message sources as spammers

( Selecting mail type/quote option ( Opening received message for reference ( Replying quickly using fixed text (

Replying to messages automatically (And more on P.4-28 -

4-30 )

( Selecting quote option ( P.4-37

)

4

4-

13

4

Incoming Messages

Customizing S! Mail Retrieval

Set complete S! Mail retrieval to manual

5

Off

S %

(Server sends only initial portion of

Retrieving Complete S! Mail Automatically message text without attachments) or set when Approximate Size is 300 KB or Less handset to retrieve complete messages

In 5 , On(Up to 300KB) S % automatically by specifying sender type, mail address, etc.

Restricting Automatic Retrieval

Retrieving Messages Manually

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

Receive Settings

S %

3

Message Download

S %

By Sender Type

1

In Message Download menu,

Condition(Auto)

S %

2

Selected Mail

S B

Message Download Menu

4

Auto Settings

S %

Selected Mail Menu

3

Select item

S %

( / )

S A

By Mail Address

Specify mail addresses or domains

(alphanumerics after @ of mail addresses).

1

In Selected Mail menu,

Individual Address

S B

2

Select blank entry

S %

3

Select method

S % S

Select/enter address S %

.

Repeat 2 - 3 to add mail addresses.

4

A

5

%

( )

S A

Restricting by Domain (Direct Entry)

[Selected Mail Menu] Receive by the

Domain

S B S

Select blank entry

S % S Direct Entry S % S Enter domain

S % S A S 5

4-

14

Advanced

0

(

Retrieving remaining portions ( P.4-28

)

( Retrieving all messages (including spam) automatically ( Deleting addresses/domains specified for complete message retrieval ( P.4-35

)

Handling Messages

Managing & Using Messages

Messaging Folders

Messages are organized in folders by type.

Checking Messages

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

Recei v ed Messages

Incomplete/

Unsent Messages

Sent Messages

Failed or Send

Reser v ation Messages

Auto Delete

.

Oldest received/sent messages are deleted automatically to save new ones when memory is full. (Protect important messages to avoid unintentional deletion.)

Opening Help

.

Follow these steps in folder list, message list or message window:

B S Help S %

When Failed Message is Saved

.

A reminder message appears upon opening Messaging menu.

Folder List

.

When a PC Mail Account exists, PC

Mail folder (folder with the name specified in Account Name) appears.

.

Select Mail folder or PC Mail folder and press A to hide/show sub folders. To open full message list, hide sub folders and press % .

2

Select folder

S %

Message List

3

Select message S %

Message Window

Protecting Messages

1

In message list, select message

S B S

Manage

Msg.

S %

2

Lock

S %

Canceling Protection

In 2 , Unlock

S %

4

Advanced

0

( Selecting multiple messages

( Deleting messages ( Deleting all Server Mail directly from Server (And more on

P.4-30

-

4-31

)

( Forwarding messages ( Sending from Drafts

( Checking Server Mail message count and volume ( Changing view for Received Msg. folder

( Changing view for Sent Messages folder ( Showing complete sent/received message addresses (And more on

P.4-33

-

4-34

)

4-

15

4

Handling Messages

Moving Messages to Spam Folder

1

In message list, select message

S B

.

For PC Mail, skip ahead to 3 .

2

Spam Measures Operation

S %

3

Go to Spam Measures

Folder.

S %

.

If a confirmation appears, choose Yes or No and press % . Choose Yes to proceed with Sort Spam Mail settings; follow onscreen instructions.

Searching Messages

Search messages by message text, sender/recipient address, etc.

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

2

B S

Search

S %

3

Search All Msg.

S %

4

Select method

S % S

Select/enter address or text

S %

Searching by Folder

In 2 , select folder S B S Search S

% S Search Folder S % S 4

Searching Message Text

.

Follow these steps to find specific words/ phrases; limit search by character type.

,

[Message Window] B S Search Text

S % S Enter text S %

Press A or B to jump to next/previous search result.

Hiding Folders

Hide Received Msg./Sent Message folder to require Handset Code for access to the folder and messages within.

Chat Folders are not affected.

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

2

Select folder

S B

3

Set Secret

S % S %

Accessing Secret Folders

After 1 , B S Unlock Temporarily S

% S Enter Handset Code S %

4-

16

Advanced

0

(

Moving messages manually

(

Renaming folders

(

Deleting folders

(

Deleting Spam Folder messages

(

Adding folders

(

Moving folders

(

Changing status of all messages within folders to read

(

Canceling automatic deletion of messages within folders

(

Canceling Secret (

P.4-31 -

4-32 )

Handling Messages

Sorting Messages

Sorting into Designated Folders

Sort messages by sender/recipient or partially matching text in subject or SMS message text.

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

2

Select target folder

S B

3

My Folders

S % S

Select blank entry S %

4

Sender

(

Recipient

Messages)

S %

5

Select method

S % S

Select/enter number/ address

S %

6

A S

Saved

for Sent

Sorting by Domain (Direct Entry)

In 4 , Sender(Domain)

( Recipient(Domain) for Sent

Messages)

S % S

Direct Entry

S % S Enter domain S % S 6

Sorting by Part of Subject/SMS Message

Text

In 4 , Subject

S % S

Enter text

S % S 6

Filtering Spam

Follow these steps to filter messages from handset numbers/addresses not saved in

Phone Book into Spam Folder:

(Alternatively, set sort keys to filter messages.)

1

B S

Settings

S % S

Receive Settings

S %

2

Spam Mail Settings

S %

3

Sort Spam Mail

S %

4

Unregistered(Mobile)

S %

( )

5

A S %

Exempting Messages from Filtering

After 4 , Permitted List(Common)

B S Select blank entry S % S

S

Select key S % S Select/enter number/address/subject S % S A

S % ( ) S 5

When a PC Mail Account Exists

.

Filter PC Mail messages from addresses not saved in Phone Book.

4

Advanced

0

( Re-sorting messages ( Sorting spam by setting keys ( Editing/deleting sort keys ( P.4-32

)

4-

17

Chat Folder

4

Using Chat Folders

Organize messages exchanged between handset and Chat members' handsets.

To hide messages, set Chat Folder to Secret.

Saving Members

1

B S

Chat Folder

S %

Chat Folder List

2

Select folder S B

3

Add New Member

S %

4

Select blank entry

S %

.

Select saved member to edit number/ address.

5

Select method

S % S

Select/enter number/ address

S %

.

Repeat 4 - 5 to add members.

6

A S Saved

Changing Members

In 4 , select member S B S Change

Member S % S From 5

Deleting Members

In 4 , select member S B S Delete

S % S Yes S % S 6

Opening Chat Folders

1

In Chat Folder list, select folder

S %

2

Select message

S %

4-

18

Advanced

0

(

Deleting folders

(

Deleting all messages

(

Resetting Chat Folders ( P.4-33 )

Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail

Create Mail Groups to send messages to multiple recipients at one time.

6

Select number or mail address

S %

Save target recipients to Phone Book first.

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

Mail Groups

S %

.

Omit 6 if only one number or address is saved.

.

Repeat 5 - 6 to add members.

7

A S

Saved

Mail Group Entry Window

3

<Add New Group>

S % S

Enter name

S %

4

Select Group

S %

5

<Assign New Entry>

S %

S

Select entry

S %

Advanced

0

( Renaming Mail Groups ( Deleting Mail Groups/Group members ( Changing Mail Group members ( P.4-33

)

Mail Groups

4

4-

19

PC Mail

PC Mail

Receive or reply to PC mail account messages.

4

Save PC mail account information to handset:

.

User N ame .

Incoming Mail Ser v er

.

Pass w ord

.

Mail Address

.

O u tgoing Mail Ser v er

SBM

Server

Local

ISP

Yahoo!

Japan

Retrieve mail delivered to

ISP or Yahoo! accounts.

.

Alternati v ely, u se a u tomatic message retrie v al option.

Important PC Mail Usage Notes

.

Receiving PC Mail for the first time after

PC Mail Account setup may incur high charges due to large-volume packet transmissions.

.

Setting handset to retrieve PC Mail automatically may incur high packet transmission fees; remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.

.

Other functions may slow while handset is checking for new messages.

.

Checking for new messages may incur packet transmission fees even when none exists.

.

Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are not supported.

.

When messages sent from handset to

PC mail account are retrieved by handset

(then opened, replied with quotes, forwarded, etc.), included Pictograms may not appear or may appear as different characters.

Messa

g

es are saved in uni

q

ue folders; reply to/send messa

g

es via PC mail account addresses.

PC Mail

Folder

%

.

Handle messages (sort, etc.) like

S! Mail or SMS. (Una v aila b le f u nctions do not appear in Options men u and some may appear u nder different names.)

4-

20

PC Mail Account Setup

.

Proceed with setup according to information supplied by ISP.

.

PC Mail services may be unavailable depending on the services, settings or contract details for your PC mail account.

Confirm compatibility with POP/SMTP message retrieval/transmission via e-mail software beforehand.

[ Mandatory Items for Retrieval

User Name

Password

ReceivingServer

Required to connect to incoming mail server

Required to connect to incoming mail server

Incoming mail server address

[ Mandatory Items for Transmission

Mail Address

Sender Server

Address to use PC Mail

Outgoing mail server address

Setting Other Items

.

Edit information as needed; for description, select an item and press B .

1

B S

Settings

S % S

PC

Mail Settings

S %

2

PC Mail Account

S %

3

<Empty>

S %

4

Account Name

S % S

Enter name

S %

5

Set Receiving

S % S

Select item

S % S

Select/ enter item S % S A

.

User Name, Password and

ReceivingServer are mandatory.

6

Set Sending

S % S

Select item

S % S

Select/enter item S %

.

Mail Address and Sender Server are mandatory.

7

A S A S %

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

PC Mail

Using Yahoo! Mail Addresses

In 3 , Set Quick Yahoo! Mail

Yes or No S %

S % S

, Follow onscreen instructions.

, Choose No to create a new account.

Editing Accounts

In 3 , select account S % S From 4

Deleting Accounts

In 3 , select account S B S Yes

S %

Saving User ID & Password for Transmission

.

If User Name and Password are unset

Set Receiving items are automatically used for SMTP authentication. Follow these steps if ISP requires User Name and Password:

In 6 , Set Sending S % S Sender

Auth.

S % S

SMTP Auth.

S B S

User Name S % S Enter name S

% S

Password

S % S

Enter password S % S A S $ S 7

4

4-

21

4

PC Mail

Retrieving New PC Mail

Retrieve new messages from created accounts. If message count is high, some may not be received on the first attempt.

1

B S B

2

B

3

Select PC Mail folder S %

S

Select message

S %

Message Window

.

Press A to retrieve full message.

.

Message window is similar to that of

S! Mail.

Deleting Messages

[Message List] Select message

S B

S Delete S % S Select option S

% S

Yes

S %

Retrieving Messages by Account

After 1 , select account

S % S 3

, Omit 3 if only one message is retrieved.

Checking Received PC Mail

1

B S

Received Msg.

S %

S

Select folder

S %

.

Message list appears. Message list is similar to that of S! Mail.

2

Select message

S %

.

Message window opens.

Replying to PC Mail

1

In message window, A

.

PC Mail Composition window opens.

.

Original message text is quoted

(except for HTML messages).

2

Complete message

S A S

Transmission starts

Replying without Quoting Original

Message Text

[Message Window] B S Reply S %

S PC Mail S % S Complete message

S A

Changing Account for Outgoing Messages

[PC Mail Composition Window]

Select recipient field S % S From:

S % S

Select account

S %

Sending PC Mail

Follow these steps to create and send PC Mail:

1

B S

Create Message

S %

2

Select PC Mail Account

S %

3

Complete message

S A S

Transmission starts

Converting to S! Mail

After 2 , B S Convert to S! Mail S

% S

Yes

S %

Note

.

Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are not supported.

4-

22

Advanced

0

( Retrieving complete PC Mail messages ( Retrieving new messages automatically

( Retrieving PC Mail for specified folder ( Disabling automatic word wrap

(

Retrieving complete messages from specified addresses

(

Deleting addresses/domains specified for complete message retrieval

(

Restricting complete message retrieval by size (

P.4-37

-

4-38

)

Creating/Sending Messages

[ Recipient

Using other recipient entry methods

Adding recipients

Switching recipient status

(To, Cc and Bcc)

Using Rakutomo

Link

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field S % S Select method S % S Select/ enter number/address S %

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field S % S Add Recipient S % S Select method S % S Select/enter number/address

S % S A

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field S % S Select recipient S B S Select status S % S A

.

Other recipients cannot see numbers/addresses set to Bcc.

7

!

S f Select number S See below

Saving Recipients (from Phone Book)

% S Refer Phone Book S % S Select entry

S % S A

Creating Messages

Create Message S %

.

When messaging to SoftBank handset numbers, select S! Mail or SMS and press

%

.

Additional Functions

Using Speed Dial/

Mail list

Editing/deleting recipients

Editing/removing

Rakutomo Link entries

Saving Recipients

B S Settings S % S Speed Dial/Mail S % S

<Empty> S % S Select entry S % S Select number or mail address S % S Do not

Assign S % S A

Creating Messages

In Standby, 0 - 99 (Speed Dial/Mail entry number) S B

.

When messaging to SoftBank handset numbers, select S! Mail or SMS and press

%

.

7

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field S % S See below

Editing Recipients

Select recipient S % S Edit S % S A

Deleting a Recipient

Select recipient S B S Delete S % S A

Deleting All Recipients

Select recipient S B S Delete All S % S Yes

S % S A

7

!

S f Select entry S B S See below

Editing Entries

Change Registered Contents S % S Change the Use Address S % S Mail address: S %

S Select new number/address S % S A

Removing Entries

Remove S % S Yes S %

4

4-

23

4

Additional Functions

Editing Speed Dial/

Mail list

7

B S Settings S % S Speed Dial/Mail

S % S See below

Editing Entries

Select entry S B S Change S % S Mail address: S % S Select new number/address

S % S A

Removing Entries

Select entry S B S Remove Selected S % S

Yes S %

Removing All Entries

B S Remove All S % S Yes S %

[ Message Text

Inserting signature automatically

Inserting signature manually

Inserting ASCII Art

Converting mail type (SMS/S! Mail)

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Signature S % S Edit S % S Enter signature S % S Auto Insert S % S On S %

.

Signature is inserted above message text when forwarding messages or quoting original message text in replies.

.

Not available for SMS.

In text entry window, B S Insert/Font Size S

% S Signature S %

.

Signature is inserted below message text.

In text entry window, B S Call ASCII Art S %

S Select entry S %

In Mail Composition window, B S Change to

SMS or Convert to S! Mail S % S Yes S %

[ Save, Send Reservation & Sent Cancel

Saving without sending

After completing message, B S Save to Drafts

S %

7

After completing message, B S Send

Reservation S % S See below

Sending automatically later

Canceling sent

S! Mail

Auto Send when Signal Returns

Within the Network S % S Yes S %

Designating Send Date/Time (within 30 days)

Date & Time S % S Enter date/time S % S

Yes S %

B S Sent Messages S % S Select folder S

% S Select message S B S Set Sent Cancel

S % S Yes S %

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

[ Messaging Settings

.

For SMS, only Delivery Report and Expiry Time are available.

.

For PC Mail, only Reply to Settings and Priority are available.

Requesting delivery confirmation

Setting priority

Setting message to be deleted from recipient handset once read

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Delivery Report S % S On

S %

.

Delivery Report arrives when message is delivered.

.

Open sent message to check delivery status indicator:

, : Delivered, : Unknown, : Failed

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Priority S % S Select priority S %

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Set Auto Delete S % S On

S %

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

4-

24

Adding a reply request

Restricting forward/delete

Locking message with Quiz

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Reply Request S % S On

S %

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Forward NG or Delete NG S

% S On S %

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

7

In Mail Composition window, B S

Messaging Settings S % S Quiz S % S

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S See below

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

Using Preset Questions (Multiple Choice)

Select question S % S Selection S % S

Select number S % S Enter/edit option S %

S Enter/edit all options S Select answer S A

S B S B

.

May be unavailable for some questions.

Using Preset Questions (Exact Answer Entry)

Select question S % S Match Characters S

% S Enter answer S % S B

.

May be unavailable for some questions.

Creating Custom Quiz (Multiple Choice)

<Create Original> S % S Enter question S

% S Selection S % S Select number S %

S Enter option S % S Complete entry S

Select answer S A S B S B

Creating Custom Quiz (Exact Answer Entry)

<Create Original> S % S Enter question S

% S Match Characters S % S Enter answer

S % S B

Additional Functions

Editing assigned

Quiz

Lowering size limit for outgoing

S! Mail message

Designating/ editing reply-to address

Changing SMS

Server storage limit for outgoing message

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Quiz S % S Edit Question

S % S Edit question/options/answer S B ( B again after editing options)

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Create Msg. Size S % S

300KB S %

7

In Mail Composition window, B S

Messaging Settings S % S Reply to Settings

S % S See below

Designating

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S Select method S % S Select/enter address S %

Editing

Edit Address S % S Edit S %

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Expiry Time S % S Select option S %

.

Available for SMS only.

4

4-

25

4

Additional Functions

[ Attachments

Changing attached image size

Capturing/ recording and attaching

Set Auto Play File

Select attached file S B S Resize Picture S

% S Select size S %

.

May be unavailable for some images.

7

In Mail Composition window, select attachment field S % S See below

Still Images

Picture S % S Take Picture S % S % to shoot S %

Video

Video S % S Record Video S % S % to start recording S % to stop S Accept S %

S Select storage media S %

Sounds

Sound S % S Record Voice S % S % to start recording S % to stop S Accept S %

S Select storage media S %

Select attached file S B S Set Auto Play File

S % S Switch On/Off S % S On S % S

Enter Message S % S Enter comment S %

S $ S A

.

Not available for PC Mail.

[ Graphic Mail

Changing text color, size & effect

Changing text color

Inserting background sound

Inserting Flash ® file

Previewing Flash

® file

Deleting Flash

®

file

In text entry window, A S B S Select start point S % S Highlight text range S % S

COLOR , SIZE or EFFECT S % S Set S %

In text entry window, A S COLOR S % S

Select color S % S Enter text

7

In text entry window, A S INSERT S

% S See below

Inserting

BGM Sound S % S Select folder S % S

Select file S %

Deleting

Delete BGM S % S Yes S %

In text entry window, A S INSERT S % S

Flash S % S Select file S %

In text entry window after inserting Flash

®

file,

B S Preview S %

.

When Graphic Mail window is open, press

A

first.

In text entry window after inserting Flash ® file, move cursor before Flash

®

icon S $

.

When Graphic Mail window is open, press

A

first.

4-

26

Inserting horizontal line

Flashing text

Aligning text (left/ right/center)

Using custom decoration type

In text entry window, A S INSERT S % S

Line S %

7

In text entry window, A S See below

Flashing

EFFECT S % S Blink S % S Blink On S %

S Enter text

Canceling

B S Select start point S % S Highlight text range S % S EFFECT S % S Blink S % S

Blink Off S %

In text entry window, A S EFFECT S % S

Alignment S % S Select option S % S

Enter text

7

In text entry window, enter message S

& (Long) S Original S B S See below

Disabling My Pictograms

Pictograms Type S % S Pictograms S % S

A S A (Next) or B (Prev.) S %

Inserting Pictograms/My Pictograms at the

End of Text Only

Insert Pictograms Position S % S Page Bottom

S % S A S A (Next) or B (Prev.) S %

Changing Pictogram/My Pictogram Quantity

Insert Pictograms Volume S % S Select option S % S A S A (Next) or B (Prev.) S %

Enabling/Disabling Text Color/Size &

Background Color Auto Change

Change Font Color , Change Font Size or

Change Background Color S % S Do or Do not S % S A S A (Next) or B (Prev.) S %

.

Not available when Pictograms Type is set to

Pictograms .

Additional Functions

[ My Pictograms

Creating Categories

Editing Categories

Changing

Category order

Opening Category properties

Deleting Categories

In text entry window, ( S ' S <Add New

Entry> S % S Folder Name: S % S Enter name S % S Reading 1: S % S Enter reading S % S Icon: S % S Select

Pictogram S % S A

.

Created Categories appear in suggestion list when corresponding reading is typed.

In text entry window, ( S ' S Select

Category S B S Edit Category Name S % S

Select item S % S Edit S % S A

In text entry window, ( S ' S Select

Category S B S Relocate Category S % S

Select target location S %

In text entry window, ( S ' S Select

Category S B S Details S %

In text entry window, ( S ' S Select

Category S B S Delete Category S % S Yes

S %

4

4-

27

4

Additional Functions

Receiving/Opening Messages

[ Receiving

Accessing new mail out of Standby

B (Long)

Retrieving new

S! Mail manually

Retrieving Server

Mail list

Retrieving remaining portions

Retrieving all

Server Mail

B S B

.

When a PC Mail Account exists, select S! Mail and press

%

.

.

Retrieve messages missed while handset is out-of-range.

B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List S %

S Yes S %

Via Mail Notice

In message list, select Mail Notice S % S A

.

If retrieve size options appear, select one and press

%

.

Via Server Mail List

B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List S %

S Select message S %

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

7

B S Server Mail Box S % S See below

Directly from Server

Retrieve All S %

Via Server Mail List

Mail List S % S B S Retrieve All S %

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

[ Opening

Viewing new messages on Sub

Display

I S I

.

Available with handset closed.

[ Message Window

Saving attachments to

Data Folder

Installing attached widgets

In message window, select file S B S Save to

Data Folder S % S Enter name S % S Save here S %

.

For Graphic Mail templates, Save as Template appears. (Omit file name entry step.)

In message window, select file S B S Install

Attach S % S Enter name S %

7

In message window, select file S B S

See below

Using attachments

As Wallpaper

Set as Wallpaper S % S Enter name S % S

Save here S %

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, Wallpaper

Display options appear; follow onscreen prompts.

As Ringtone/Ringvideo

Set as Ringtone or Set as Ring Video S % S

Enter name S % S Save here S % S Select item S %

.

For For New Message or For New PC Mail , enter ring time and press

%

.

4-

28

Playing slides

Saving to Phone

Book

Using linked info

Copying text

In message window, B S Slide Play S %

.

Slides are specially formatted messages consisting of message text with attachments.

Saving Sender Address

In message window, B S Save Address S %

S Select number or mail address S % S As

New Entry S % S Complete other fields S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .

Saving Linked Info

In message window, select number or mail address S % S Save to Phone Book or Save

Address S % S As New Entry S % S

Complete other fields S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .

Dialing Numbers

In message window, select number S % S

Call or Video Call S %

Sending Messages

In message window, select number or mail address S % S Create Message S % S

S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

For mail addresses, omit mail type selection step.

Accessing Websites

In message window, select URL S % S Yes

S %

.

Choose Select Br.

to select a browser.

7

In message window, B S Copy S %

S See below

Sender/Recipient Number/Address

Address S % S Select number/address S %

Subject or Message Text

Subject or Message Text S % S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

Additional Functions

Looking up message text words in dictionaries

Jumping to message top/bottom

Deleting attachments

Reporting unsolicited message sources as spammers

Saving attachments within

Graphic Mail

Saving My

Pictograms within

Graphic Mail

Saving Graphic

Mail as templates

In message window, B S Copy & Search Dict.

S % S Select first character S % S

Highlight text range S % S Select dictionary

S % S Search S % S Select word S %

In message window, B S View Settings S %

S Scroll Jump S % S Jump to Top or Jump to Bottom S %

In message window, select file S B S Remove

File S % S Yes S %

In message window, B S Report Spam S %

S A

.

Signature is not inserted automatically.

.

Not available for PC Mail.

In Graphic Mail message window, B S Save

Items S % S Select file S % S Enter name

S % S Save here S %

7

In Graphic Mail message window, B S

Save Items S % S Save My Pictograms S %

S See below

All Files

Save All S % S Select folder S % S Save here S %

One File

Select file S % S Enter name S % S Select folder S % S Save here S %

Selected Files

A S Select file S % ( / ) S Complete selection S A S Select folder S % S Save here S %

In Graphic Mail message window, B S Save as

Template S % S Enter name S % S Save here S %

4

4-

29

4

Additional Functions

[ Replying

Selecting mail type/quote option

Opening received message for reference

Replying quickly using fixed text

Replying to messages automatically

In message window, B S Reply S % S Select type/option S % S Complete message S A

In message window, B S Rep. with View S %

S Select option S % S Complete message

S A

Editing Quick Reply Text

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Reply Settings S % S Set Quick Reply

S % S Select text S % S Edit S %

Using Quick Reply

In message window, A (Long) S Select text

S %

7

B S Settings S % S Create/Send

Settings S % S Reply Settings S % S Auto

Reply S % S See below

Saving Recipients

Address Setting S % S Select blank entry S

% S Select method S % S Select/enter number/address S % S Select mode S %

( / ) S A S A

.

Select saved recipient and press

%

to edit number/ address.

Editing Reply Text

Reply Message S % S Select mode S % S

Enter text S %

.

Edit text for each mode.

Activating Auto Reply

Switch On/Off S % S On S %

.

Replies are sent via S! Mail.

.

Replies are sent to the same sender only once after each time Auto Reply is activated.

.

Auto Reply is not available for PC Mail or outside Japan.

4-

30

Managing Messages

[ Message List

Selecting multiple messages

Color-tagging messages

Sorting messages

Opening sender/ recipient details

Checking memory status

Opening properties

Selecting

In message list, A S Select message S % ( )

.

To uncheck, press

%

again.

Selecting Up to 50 Messages at Once

In message list, B S Manage Msg.

S % S

Check in Block S %

Unchecking All

In message list with message checked ( ), B

S Uncheck All S %

In message list, select message S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S Color Label S % S

Select color S %

In message list, B S View Settings S % S

Sort S % S Select option S %

In message list, select message S B S View

Mail Address S % S Select sender or recipient S %

B S Memory Status S % S Select item S %

.

Press

A

to check memory status by service (SMS &

S! Mail or PC Mail).

.

USIM Card SMS message count and volume do not appear.

In message list, select message S B S

Message Details S %

Changing Graphic

Mail template name display

B S Templates S % S B S Item Displayed

S % S Select item S %

Saving SMS messages to USIM

Card

Changing received message status

(read/unread)

In message list, select SMS message S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S Move to USIM S %

.

Not available for some SMS messages.

In message list, select message S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S Switch to Unread or

Switch to Read S %

[ Deleting Messages

Deleting messages

Deleting Server

Mail via Mail Notice

One Message

In message list, select message S B S Delete

S % S Yes S %

.

Alternatively, delete an open message.

All Messages

In message list, B S Delete All S % S Delete

All or Except Locked Msg.

S % S Yes S %

All Messages in Spam Folder

In message list (Spam Folder), B S Delete All

S % S Delete All or Except Locked Msg.

S

% S Yes or No S %

All Messages in Drafts or Unsent Messages

In message list (Drafts or Unsent Messages),

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

In message list, select Mail Notice S B S

Delete S % S Select option S % S Yes S %

Additional Functions

Deleting Server

Mail via Server

Mail list

Deleting all Server

Mail directly from

Server

7

B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List

S % S See below

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

One Message

Select message S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Messages

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

7

B S Server Mail Box S % S Delete

All S % S Yes S % S See below

All Retrieved Messages

Except New Msg.

S %

All Messages

Delete All S %

[ Folders

Moving messages manually

Renaming folders

In message list, select message S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S Move to Folder S % S

Select folder S %

.

If sort messages confirmation appears, choose Yes and press % ; messages sent to/received from the number/address will be sorted into selected folder automatically.

In folder list, select folder S B S Rename S

% S Enter name S %

.

Available in Chat Folder list as well.

4

4-

31

4

Additional Functions

Deleting folders

Deleting Spam

Folder messages

Adding folders

Moving folders

Canceling Secret

In folder list, select folder S B S Delete S %

S Yes S %

.

When Double Number is active, corresponding folders in other modes are also deleted.

In folder list, Spam Folder S B S Delete S %

S Delete Spam Measures.

S % S Yes or No

S %

In folder list, B S Create New Folder S % S

Enter name S %

.

Available in Chat Folder list as well.

In folder list, select folder S B S Relocate

Folder S % S Select target location S %

Changing status of all messages within folders to read

Canceling automatic deletion of messages within folders

In folder list, select folder S B S To All Read

S % S Yes S %

In folder list, select folder S B S Protect S %

.

To cancel protection, select Not Protect and press

% in the steps above.

Unlock Secret folders temporarily and select

Secret folder S B S Unset Secret S %

[ Sorting into Folders

Re-sorting messages

Sorting spam by setting keys

In folder list, select folder S B S Classify S %

.

Available in Chat Folder list as well.

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S Spam Mail Settings S % S Sort Spam Mail

S % S Individual(Common) S % ( ) S B

S Select blank entry S % S Select key S %

S Select/enter number/address/subject S %

S A S A S %

7

In folder list, select folder S B S My

Folders S % S Select entry S See below

Editing/deleting sort keys

Editing Sender/Recipient Key

B S Replace S % S Select method S % S

Select/enter number/address S % S A

Editing Subject Key

% S Edit S % S A

Deleting an Entry

B S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

Deleting All Entries

B S Clear All S % S Yes S % S A

4-

32

[ Chat Folder

Deleting folders

Deleting all messages

Resetting Chat

Folders

[ Mail Groups

Renaming Mail

Groups

B S Chat Folder S % S Select folder S B S

Delete Folder S % S Yes S %

.

When Double Number is active, corresponding folders in other modes are also deleted.

B S Chat Folder S % S Select folder S %

S B S Manage Msg.

S % S Delete All S %

S Yes S %

B S Chat Folder S % S B S Reset S % S

Yes S %

Deleting Mail

Groups/Group members

Changing Mail

Group members

B S Settings S % S Mail Groups S % S

Select Group S B S Edit Name S % S Enter name S % S Yes S %

7

B S Settings S % S Mail Groups S

% S Select Group S See below

Mail Groups

B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Group Members

% S Select member S B S Remove Entry S

% S Yes S % S A

.

Source Phone Book entries remain even after deleting members.

B S Settings S % S Mail Groups S % S

Select Group S % S Select member S B S

Re-assign Entry S % S Select entry S % S

Select number or mail address S % S Yes S

% S A

Additional Functions

Using Messages

Forwarding messages

Sending from

Drafts

Sending unsent messages

Using sent messages

Saving schedules from message list

In message window, B S Forward S % S

Complete message S A

.

Attached files are forwarded.

.

To forward SMS messages, select S! Mail or SMS and press % .

B S Drafts S % S Select message S % S

Complete message S A

7

B S Unsent Messages S % S Select message S B S See below

Sending without Editing

Resend S %

Edit & Send

Edit S % S Complete message S A

B S Sent Messages S % S Select folder S

% S Select message S B S Edit & Send S

% S Complete message S A

In message list, select message S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S Save to Calendar S %

S Enter subject S % S Select Category S %

S Enter start/end date/time S % S Complete other fields S A

.

Source message is accessible from schedule window (via Related Mail in Options menu).

4

4-

33

4

Additional Functions

Forwarding Server

Mail

Opening Server

Mail properties

Via Mail Notice

In message list, select Mail Notice S B S

Forward S % S Notifi. Forward (forward Mail

Notice text only) or Remote Forward S % S

Complete message S A

Via Server Mail List

B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List S %

S Select message S B S Remote Forward S

% S Complete message S A

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List S % S

Select message S B S Message Details S %

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press % .

Checking Server

Mail message count and volume

B

S

S

%

Server Mail Box S % S Mailbox Volume

View Settings

Changing view for

Received Msg. folder

Changing view for

Sent Messages folder

B S Settings S % S View Settings S % S

Received Msg. View S % S Select option S %

.

Folder View by Account is selectable when a PC

Mail Account exists.

B S Settings S % S View Settings S % S

Sent Msg. View S % S Select option S %

.

Folder View by Account is selectable when a PC

Mail Account exists.

B S Settings S % S View Settings S % S

Message List View S % S Select option S %

Changing message list view

Changing message window scroll unit

B S Settings

Scroll Unit S

S

%

%

S

S View Settings

Select unit S %

S % S

Enabling sound auto-play

Enabling image auto-resize

Disabling

Animation View

Showing complete sent/received message addresses

B S Settings S % S View Settings S % S

Auto Play Attached Sound S % S On S %

.

Setting applies to PC Mail as well.

B S Settings S % S View Settings S % S

Picture Appearance S % S Double-Sized S %

.

Setting applies to PC Mail as well.

B S Settings S % S View Settings S % S

Animation View S % S Off S %

B S Settings S % S View Settings S % S

Address View S % S Show All S %

4-

34

Receive Settings

Limiting incoming

S! Mail message size

Retrieving all messages

(including spam) automatically

Deleting addresses/ domains specified for complete message retrieval

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S Message Download S % S DL Size Limit

S % S Restricted(300KB) S %

.

Exceeding attachments are reduced (images) or deleted (other files) at Server.

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S Message Download S % S

Condition(Auto) S % S All Message S %

.

Available when Sort Spam Mail is active.

7

B S Settings S % S Receive

Settings S % S Message Download S % S

Condition(Auto) S % S Selected Mail S B S

See below

One Entry (Mail Address)

Individual Address S B S Select entry S B

S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

All Entries (Mail Address)

Individual Address S B S Select entry S B

S Clear All S % S Yes S % S A

One Entry (Domain)

Receive by the Domain S B S Select entry S

B S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

All Custom Entries (Domain)

Receive by the Domain S B S Select entry S

B S Clear All S % S Yes S % S A

Selecting automatic deletion option for received messages

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S Auto Delete Received Msg.

S % S Select option S %

Additional Functions

Changing alerts for messages received during handset use

7

B S Settings S % S Receive

Settings S % S Other Than Standby Screen

S % S See below

Showing New Message Window

Incoming Display Setting S % S On S %

Selecting Scrolling Notice Option

View Setting S % S Select option S %

Muting Alert Sound

Alert Sound S % S Off S %

Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders

Hiding graphics above Information window for received

Feeling Mail

Disabling Small

Light for incoming

Feeling Mail

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S Secret Folder S % S No Response S %

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S

Link to Feeling

S % S

Standby Screen

Info.

S % S Off S %

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S % S

Link to Feeling

S % S

Light

S % S

Off

S %

4

4-

35

4

Additional Functions

Disabling Vibration for incoming

Feeling Mail

Changing ringtone settings for incoming

Feeling Mail

Changing spam report recipient

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S Link to Feeling S % S Vibration Pattern S

% S Off S %

7

B S Settings S % S Receive

Settings S % S Link to Feeling S % S

Ringtone S % S See below

Muting Ringer

Switch On/Off S % S Off S %

Changing Ringtones

Assign Tone S % S Select category S % S

Select folder S % S Select tone/file S %

Changing Duration

Duration S % S Enter time S %

B S Settings S % S Receive Settings S %

S Spam Mail Settings S % S Report Spam

S % S Edit address S % S Yes S %

Create/Send Settings

Limiting outgoing

S! Mail message size

Selecting size to which images are reduced when attaching

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Create Msg. Size S % S 300KB or

Confirm(When exceed 300KB) S %

.

Images are resized automatically when message size exceeds the limit upon attaching them.

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Picture Auto Resize S % S Select option S %

.

Set to Ask Each Time to select size every time an image is attached.

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Sending Status S % S

Off(Background) S %

Hiding progress bar while sending messages

Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages

Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages

B

%

B

%

S

S

S

Del

S

Settings

Auto Resend

Settings

S

S % S

S

Create/Send Settings

% S

Auto Delete Sent Msg.

%

S % S

Off S %

Create/Send Settings

S % S

S

S

Not Auto

Requesting

Delivery Report for all messages

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Send Option S % S Delivery Report S

% S On S %

.

Effective for messages addressed to SoftBank handsets.

4-

36

Designating/ editing reply-to address

Selecting quote option

Attaching captured/recorded files unsaved

Deleting Permitted

List entries

7

B S Settings S % S Create/Send

Settings S % S Send Option S % S Reply to Settings S % S See below

Designating

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S Select method S % S Select/enter address S %

Editing

Edit Address S % S Edit S %

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Reply Settings S % S Reply With Text

S % S Select option S %

B S Settings S % S Create/Send Settings S

% S Send File Settings S % S Attach Only

S %

.

Setting applies to PC Mail as well.

7

B S Settings S % S Create/Send

Settings S % S Restrictions Setting S % S

Enter Handset Code S % S Individual

Address S % S Permitted List S % S Select entry S B S See below

One Entry

Delete S % S Yes S %

All Entries

Clear All S % S Yes S %

Additional Functions

PC Mail Settings

Retrieving complete PC Mail messages

Retrieving new messages automatically

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings S %

S PC Mail DL S % S PC Mail DL S % S All

Contents S %

7

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings

S % S Auto Check S % S See below

Enabling Automatic Retrieval

Mail Account S % S On S % S Select account S % ( ) S A S %

.

Setting Mail Account to On may incur high charges; checking for new messages may incur packet transmission fees even when none exists. Remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.

.

Handset does not check for new messages between

10:00 PM and 6:00 AM; change/cancel Blackout

Time as needed.

Enabling Automatic Retrieval Outside Japan

Abroad S % S Enable S % S %

.

Automatically retrieving messages abroad may incur high charges.

Changing Automatic Retrieval Interval

Interval S % S Select interval S %

Changing Blackout Time

Blackout Time S % S Start Time: S % S

Enter start time S % S End Time: S % S

Enter end time S %

Canceling Blackout Time

Blackout Time S % S Switch On/Off S % S

Off S %

4

4-

37

4

Additional Functions

Retrieving PC Mail for specified folder

Disabling automatic word wrap

Retrieving complete messages from specified addresses

In folder list, select PC Mail folder S B S

Retrieve New S %

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings S %

S Word wrap S % S Off S %

7

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings

S % S PC Mail DL S % S PC Mail DL S %

S DL All From List S B S See below

Selecting Sender Types

Select item S % ( / ) S A

Specifying Addresses

Individual Address S B S Select blank entry

S % S Select method S % S Select/enter address S % S A

Specifying Domains (Direct Entry)

Receive by the Domain S B S Select blank entry S % S Direct Entry S % S Enter domain S % S A

Deleting addresses/ domains specified for complete message retrieval

Restricting complete message retrieval by size

7

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings

S % S PC Mail DL S % S PC Mail DL S %

S DL All From List S B S See below

One Entry (Mail Address)

Individual Address S B S Select entry S B

S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

All Entries (Mail Address)

Individual Address S B S Select entry S B

S Clear All S % S Yes S % S A

One Entry (Domain)

Receive by the Domain S B S Select entry S

B S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

All Entries (Domain)

Receive by the Domain S B S Select entry S

B S Clear All S % S Yes S % S A

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings S %

S PC Mail DL S % S Max DL Size S % S

Select account S % S Select size S %

.

Effective when PC Mail DL is set to All Contents or

DL All From List .

4-

38

SMS Settings

Changing SMS

Server sent message storage limit

Changing SMS

Server number

B S Settings S % S SMS Settings S % S

Expiry Time S % S Select option S %

7

B S Settings S % S SMS Settings S

% S Message Center S % S See below

Editing

Setting1(Default) to Setting3 S % S Edit number S %

.

Do not change Server number unless instructed to do so.

Deleting

Setting2 or Setting3 S B S Delete S % S

Yes S %

Activating

Setting2 or Setting3 S B S Set Default S %

.

Activated number moves to Setting1(Default) and shifts the others down.

Changing character encoding for composing messages

B S Settings S % S SMS Settings S % S

Char-code S % S Select encoding S %

Additional Functions

4

4-

39

Troubleshooting

4

Sending Messages

3 Cannot enter message text or attach files

.

Attachment size affects text size limit.

In turn, text size affects attachment size limit.

3 Sending failure appears in

Information window

.

To resend, follow these steps:

Sending failure S % S Select message S % S % S % S A

3 Unsent message is not resent automatically

.

Auto Resend makes up to two attempts to send unsent messages automatically.

Resend unsent message(s) manually.

3

Set Auto Play File cannot be set

.

Apply to one file per message.

.

Not available for Graphic Mail.

.

May be unavailable for some files.

3

Messaging Settings are not applied

.

Settings are valid for one message, and effective when viewed on compatible handsets/applications.

.

Delivery Report/Priority setting may not be effective when sent to mail addresses.

.

Priority setting does not affect delivery speed.

3

Cannot set Messaging Settings

.

These settings cannot be applied to a message simultaneously (select one):

Set Auto Delete, Reply Request,

Forward NG, Delete NG, Quiz, Set

Auto Play File.

3 Signature is not inserted automatically

.

Not available for SMS.

3

Cannot cancel sent messages

.

Short messages may not be canceled.

.

Set Sent Cancel is available for S! Mail only.

3

Cannot send PC Mail

.

Some ISPs require SMTP authentication setup in addition to Set Receiving setup.

Follow these steps to check User Name and Password for SMTP authentication:

B S Settings S % S PC Mail

Settings S % S PC Mail Account

S % S Select account S % S

Set Sending S % S Sender Auth.

S % S SMTP Auth.

S B S User

Name or Password S %

4-

40

Troubleshooting

Incoming Messages

3 Handset won't ring or vibrate for some incoming messages

.

Handset does not ring or vibrate for messages with Low Priority.

.

Handset does not ring, vibrate or open

Information window for messages filtered as spam.

3 A confirmation requesting a reply appears

.

To reply, choose Yes and press % .

Confirmation does not appear for replied messages.

3 Handset won't respond according to Feeling Mail settings

.

Responses set in Phone Book take priority.

.

Feeling Mail settings are disabled when:

,

Sender is saved in Phone Book as

Secret entry

,

The message was filtered as spam

, The message was sorted to a

Secret folder

3

Message text appears distorted

.

Follow these steps to change encoding:

[Message Window] B S View

Settings S % S Char-code S %

S Select option S %

Handling Messages

3 Cannot move messages into some folders

.

To move to Secret folders, unlock temporarily or cancel Secret beforehand.

3

Cannot receive messages

.

If appears, memory is full; delete messages (

P.4-31

).

.

If out appears, move to a place where signal is strong.

3

S! Mail is not delivered as sent

.

Recipient must be subscribed to

S! Mail, etc. The maximum size of messages/attachments handsets can receive varies by make and model.

Confirm compatibility with recipient handsets.

3 Still images are not delivered as sent

.

Recipient handset may not be

JPEG-compatible. Convert JPEG files to PNG.

3

Video files are not delivered as sent

.

Send video files to S! Mail- or

VGS-compatible SoftBank handsets supporting MPEG-4.

4

4-

41

Internet Services ............................ 5-2

Service Basics ................................. 5-2

Yahoo! Keitai .................................. 5-3

Using Yahoo! Keitai.......................... 5-3

PC Site Browser ............................. 5-5

Browsing PC Sites........................... 5-5

Browsing......................................... 5-6

Basic Operations ............................. 5-6

Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-8

Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages....5-8

RSS Feeds ...................................... 5-9

Updating Blogs & News....................5-9

Additional Functions ................... 5-10

Troubleshooting........................... 5-17

5

Internet

5-

1

Internet Services

Service Basics

Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai, or view PC Internet sites via PC Site Browser.

.

Service requires a separate contract; retrieve Network Information to use these services.

.

For more about Yahoo! Keitai, see SoftBank Mobile Website (

P.15-22

).

5

Transmission/Information Fees

Some page content may automatically activate Internet connection incurring transmission fees. (Information fees may also apply.) To prevent automatic connection, select an appropriate option for Script

Settings , Flash ® auto-download and

Download Videos

( P.5-16 ).

Security

Electronic certificates are saved on handset to support SSL (encryption protocol for Internet transmissions of important/sensitive information).

Opening Secure Pages

.

A confirmation appears. Choose press % to proceed.

Yes and

.

When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide for themselves whether or not to open the page. Opening secure pages constitutes agreement to the terms of usage. SoftBank, VeriSign

Japan, Cybertrust, Entrust Japan, GMO

GlobalSign, RSA Security, SECOM Trust

Systems and Comodo Japan cannot be held liable for any damages associated with the use of SSL.

5-

2

Advanced

0

(

Clearing cache (temporarily saved information)

(

Clearing authentication information (And more on P.5-10 )

( Disabling manufacture number auto send for authentication ( Restoring default handset settings (And more on P.5-16

)

Yahoo! Keitai

Using Yahoo! Keitai

Using Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu

Browse Yahoo! Keitai sites from Yahoo!

Keitai Main Menu.

Internet pages may not open depending on connection/Server status, etc.

1

A S

Connection starts

C u rsor

Internet Page

.

Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu opens.

.

To disconnect, press A .

2

Highlight menu item

S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

.

Repeat 2 closes

to open additional links.

3

" S

Yes

S % S

Page

Returning to Previous Pages

[Internet Page]

A S

Previous page opens

, Follow these steps to return to the initial page:

[Internet Page]

B S

Forward

S %

Returning to Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu

[Internet Page]

B S

Yahoo! Keitai

S %

User Authentication

.

Follow these steps to open pages requiring authentication:

Enter user ID or password S % S A

Accessing メニューリスト Directly

% S Yahoo!

S % S Menu List S %

, メニューリスト is a portal to Yahoo!

Keitai content and services. (Includes a link to lists of sites supporting English.)

Using History

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

History

S %

2

Select record

S % S

Connection starts

.

Corresponding page opens.

3

" S

Yes

S % S

Page closes

Entering URLs Directly

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Enter

URL

S %

2

Enter URL

S % S

Connection starts

.

Corresponding page opens.

3

" S

Yes

S % S

Page closes

5

Advanced

0

(

Switching browsers

(

Using previously entered URLs

(

Deleting History records

(

Opening History properties

(

Sorting History records

(

Sending

History records via mail ( P.5-10

)

5-

3

5

Yahoo! Keitai

Playing Media during Download

Play files while they transfer from the server (progressive download) or stream media files.

.

Save progressive download files, as needed, after playback. (Copy protected files cannot be saved.)

.

Streaming media files cannot be saved even after playback.

.

Packet transmission fees apply even while playback is paused.

1

On a page, select file

S %

.

Playback starts.

Pausing Playback

%

, To resume playback, press % .

, Progressive download continues even while playback is paused.

Stopping Playback

$

, Progressive download continues on the page even while playback is stopped.

(Press

%

to resume playback.)

Stopping Progressive Download

During playback,

$ S

Previous page returns S $

Playback Sound

.

Sound is heard from Speaker/Headphones regardless of g Sound Output setting.

5-

4

Advanced

0

( Customizing media playback settings ( Streaming from Media Player ( P.5-13 )

PC Site Browser

Browsing PC Sites

View PC Internet sites via PC Site Browser.

.

Internet pages may not open depending on connection/Server status, etc.

.

Browsing PC sites may incur high charges depending on subscribed price plan.

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

PC

Site Browser

S %

2

Homepage

S % S

Connection starts

Pointer

Internet Page

.

Yahoo! JAPAN Home opens.

.

If a message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

.

To disconnect, press A .

3

Highlight menu item

S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

.

Repeat 3 to open additional links.

4

" S

Yes

S % S

Page closes

Returning to Previous Pages

[Internet Page]

A S

Previous page opens

, Follow these steps to return to the initial page:

[Internet Page]

B S

Forward

S %

Returning to Yahoo! JAPAN Home

[Internet Page]

B S

Homepage

S %

User Authentication

Enter user ID or password

S % S A

Using History

In 2 ,

S %

History

S % S

Select record

Entering URLs Directly

In 2 , Enter URL S % S Enter URL

S %

Hiding Softkeys

[Internet Page]

B S

Convenient

Functions S % S Softkey Area S

% S

Off

S %

Browsing in Wideview

[Internet Page]

)

, Use Multi Selector according to page orientation.

5

Advanced

0

( Switching browsers ( Using previously entered URLs ( Deleting History records ( Opening History properties ( Sorting History records ( Sending

History records via mail ( P.5-10

)

(

Hiding navigation map for continuous scroll

(

Changing scroll unit

(

Hiding PC Site Browser messages ( P.5-13

)

5-

5

Browsing

Basic Operations

5

Page Browsing

Scrolling Pages

If page content continues beyond view, use g

to scroll pages.

Long Press g

to scroll continuously.

g

Y

Switching Frames

On framed pages, Long Press

&

to switch active frame.

Tabbed Browsing

Open another page in a new tab and switch between tabs.

[ Opening a New Tab

1

On a page, select menu item

S B S

Tab Menu

S %

2

Open in New Tab

S %

Frames

.

.

In pointer navigation, point to a frame and press % to select it.

Otherwise, use g to select one.

Viewing Single Frame

[Internet Page] Select frame S B S

Convenient Functions

Frame In S %

S % S

, To return, press

$

.

Ta b

[ Switching Tabs

1

(

(Long)

S f

Select tab

S %

.

In pointer navigation, point to a tab and press % to open it.

Closing Tabs

( (Long) S f Select tab S % S

B S Tab Menu S % S Close Tab or

Close All Other Tabs S %

5-

6

Advanced

0

( Looking up copied words in dictionaries ( Using Web Search ( Searching current page ( Jumping to page top/bottom ( Saving files to Data Folder

( Changing Font Size ( Enlarging specific areas ( Disabling automatic image display/sound playback

( Changing scroll unit (And more on

P.5-11

-

5-13

)

Selecting Text

Activate Drag Mode in pointer navigation to enable text selection. Select text to copy or look up words in dictionaries.

Follow these steps to use a dictionary:

(Text may not be selectable or linked page may open depending on the site or page.)

1

On a page, point to first character

S %

(Long)

.

Drag Mode activates.

2

Highlight text range

Starting Over

After 3 , point to first character

S From 2

S %

Additional Page Operations

Enter text or select/execute items.

Text Entry Field

B u ttons

3

%

4

~ S

Select dictionary

S %

.

Dictionary opens with text inserted.

5

Search

S % S

Select word, etc. S %

Men u List

Command B u tton

Text Entry

1

On a page, select text entry field

S %

2

Enter text

S %

.

Internet page returns.

Using Entered Text (Input Memory)

[Internet page] Select text entry field

S % S B S Insert/Font Size S %

S Input Memory S % S Select text

S %

Pull-down Menu Item Selection

1

On a page, select menu list field

S %

2

Select item

S %

When Multiple Selection is Supported

.

Select items as needed and press $ .

Page Item Indicators

Browsing

[ Selection Items

Buttons or boxes appear.

1

On a page, select button or box S %

.

/ changes to / .

[ Execution Items

Execute the assigned command.

1

On a page, select command

S %

5

5-

7

Bookmarks & Saved Pages

Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages

5

Bookmarks

Bookmark sites for quick access.

Saving Bookmarks

1

On a page, B S

Bookmarks

S % S

<Add New Entry>

S %

2

Check/edit URL S %

3

Check/edit title S %

4

Save

S %

Opening Bookmarks

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Bookmarks

S %

2

Select title

S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

Switching Bookmarks Lists

After 1 ,

B S

Change List

Select type S %

S % S

Opening Bookmarks Online

[Internet Page] B S Bookmarks S

% S

Select title

S %

Saved Pages

Save page content; handset opens saved pages without connecting to the Internet.

Saving Pages

Some pages may not be saved.

1

On a page,

B S

Saved

Pages

S % S

Save

(or

Register(Image Only)

)

S %

.

Select Register(Image Only) to capture page content as a screenshot.

.

If a confirmation appears, choose

Yes and press % .

2

Check/edit title

S %

Opening Saved Pages

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Saved

Pages

S %

2

Select page

S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

Switching Saved Pages Lists

After 1 , B S Change List S % S

Select type

S %

Opening Saved Pages Online

[Internet Page]

B S

Saved Pages

S

% S Open List S % S Select page

S %

5-

8

Advanced

0

( Deleting titles ( Editing titles

( Changing title order ( Sorting titles into folders ( Deleting pages ( Editing page titles ( Changing page order (And

more on

P.5-13

- 5-14 )

RSS Feeds

Updating Blogs & News

Register RSS-compatible sites; view content updates without opening source sites.

Packet transmission fees apply.

Subscribing to RSS Feeds

Indicator below appears for RSS-compatible sites.

RSS Indicator

Available for PC Site Browser.

1

On a compatible page, B S

Register In RSS Feed

S %

2

Select feed

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection S A

3

Save

S %

.

Choose Yes to update immediately or No and press

%

.

Via RSS Icons

Use RSS icons to subscribe to RSS feeds from sites that are not RSS-compatible.

Available for PC Site Browser.

1

On a page, select icon

S %

2

Yes

S % S

Save

S %

Checking Updates

Follow these steps to update all feeds:

1

% S

Yahoo!

S %

2

PC Site Browser

S % S

RSS Feed

S %

RSS Feed List

3

Reload All

S %

.

If a message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

4

Select feed

S %

Title List

5

Select title

S %

.

Information appears.

Updating Single RSS Feeds

[RSS Feed List] Select feed S B S

Reload

S %

, If a message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Accessing Source Sites

After 5 , select linked title

Yes S %

S % S

, If a message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

5

Advanced

0

( Disabling feed updates ( Sorting feeds into folders ( Deleting feeds ( Sorting feeds ( Opening feed properties ( Exchanging feeds with other devices

( Sending feeds via mail ( P.5-15 )

5-

9

Additional Functions

5

Connecting & Browsing

[ General

Switching browsers

Using previously entered URLs

On a page, B S Switch Browser S % S This

Page or Linked Page S % S Select browser

S %

.

A confirmation may appear when switching to PC

Site Browser.

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S See below

Yahoo! Keitai

Enter URL S % S B S URL Entry Log S %

S Select URL S % S %

PC Site Browser

PC Site Browser S % S Enter URL S % S B S

URL Entry Log S % S Select URL S % S %

[ History

Follow these steps to switch History lists:

B S Change List S % S Select browser S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S History S % S

See below

Deleting History records

Single Record

Select record S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Records

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

Opening History properties

Sorting History records

Sending History records via mail

% S Yahoo!

S % S History S % S Select record S B S Details S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S History S % S B S

Sort S % S By Domain or By Date S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S History S % S Select record S B S Send URL S % S S! Mail or

SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

[ Memory Operation

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of

Browser Settings S % .

PC Site Browser S % S PC Site Browser Settings S %

Clearing cache

(temporarily saved information)

Clearing cookies

Clearing authentication information

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Memory Operation S % S Delete Cache S

% S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Memory Operation S % S Delete Cookies

S % S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Memory Operation S % S Delete Auth Info

S % S Yes S %

5-

10

Page Operations

Some operations may be unavailable depending on the page.

[ Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser

Using linked info

Copying text

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

Using Web Search

Searching current page

Dialing Numbers

On a page, highlight number S % S Call or

Video Call S %

Sending Messages

On a page, highlight number or mail address

S % S Create Message S % S S! Mail or

SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

For mail addresses, omit mail type selection step.

Saving to Phone Book

On a page, highlight number or mail address

S % S Save to Phone Book S % S As New

Entry S % S Complete other fields S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .

On a page, B S Copy Text S % S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

On a page, B S Convenient Functions S %

S Copy & Search Dict.

S % S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S % S

Select dictionary S % S Search S % S

Select word, etc. S %

On a page, B S Convenient Functions S %

S Web Search S % S Enter search text S %

On a page, B S Convenient Functions S %

S Search S % S Enter search text S %

.

Press

%

to jump to next search result, if any.

Additional Functions

Jumping to page top/bottom

Opening page properties

Sending URLs via mail

Handling Flash

® files

Saving files to Data

Folder

On a page, B S Convenient Functions S %

S Jump In Page S % S Page Top or Page

Bottom S %

On a page, B S Convenient Functions S %

S Details S % S Select item S %

On a page, B S Send URL S % S S! Mail or

SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

7

On a page, B S Convenient Functions

S % S Flash ® Menu S % S See below

Pausing/Playing

Pause , Resume or Replay S %

Selecting Image Quality

Quality S % S Select quality S %

7

On a page, B S Save Items S % S

See below

Files on Page

Select file S % S Save S % S Enter name

S % S Save here S %

.

On a page with background image, select Save

Items and press

%

first.

.

Some files are saved automatically.

.

Be sure signal is strong, battery is charged adequately and that there is enough free memory beforehand.

Background Images

Save Background Image S % S Save S % S

Enter name S % S Save here S %

.

For pages consisting of a background image only, omit Save Background Image selection step.

5

5-

11

5

Additional Functions

Updating page content

On a page, B S Reload S %

.

To update content in Saved Pages, open a page and follow the steps above. (Not available for pages captured via Register(Image Only) .)

Changing encoding to read garbled text

Opening function shortcuts

On a page, B S Settings S % S Char-code

S % S Select option S %

On a page, B S Help S %

[ Yahoo! Keitai

Changing Font

Size

[ PC Site Browser

On a page, 3 (Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long) to reduce

Switching view

Zooming on pages

(Zoom Factor)

Jumping to specific locations

Enlarging specific areas

On a page, B S PC Screen or Small Screen S %

.

In Small Screen view, PC sites are redesigned to fit

Display.

On a page, 3 (Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long) to reduce

On a page, 5 (Long) S Quick Movement map appears S Select target location S %

On a page, point to area S 7 (Long)

.

Use g

to move pointer in enlarged view; highlight item and press

%

to execute it.

.

To close enlarged view, press a key other than g

.

Internet Page Settings

[ Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of

Browser Settings S % .

PC Site Browser S % S PC Site Browser Settings S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings

S % S Downloads S % S See below

Disabling automatic image display/ sound playback

Image Display

Images S % S Do not Show S %

Changing Font Size

Sound Playback

Sounds S % S Do not Play S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Font Size S % S Select size S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings

S % S Cursor Settings S % S See below

Setting pointer navigation

Using handset as primary download storage

Activating/Canceling

Cursor Mode Settings S % S Normal Mode or

Off S %

Changing Pointer Speed

Speed Settings S % S Select speed S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Download to S % S Phone Preferred S %

.

Some files may be saved to Memory Card regardless of this setting.

5-

12

[ Yahoo! Keitai

Changing scroll unit

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Scroll Unit S % S Select unit S %

.

Effective when Cursor Mode Settings is Off .

[ PC Site Browser

Hiding navigation map for continuous scroll

Changing scroll unit

Hiding PC Site

Browser messages

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

PC Site Browser Settings S % S Scroll

Settings S % S Page Navigation S % S Off

S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

PC Site Browser Settings S % S Scroll

Settings S % S Scroll Unit S % S Select unit S %

.

Effective when Cursor Mode Settings is Off .

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

PC Site Browser Settings S % S Warning

Message S % S Off S %

Streaming & Progressive Download

[ General

7

During playback, B S Settings S %

S See below

Customizing media playback settings

Changing Playback Size

Display Size S % S Select size S %

.

Playback size may not change depending on file.

Setting Backlight Status

Backlight S % S Select option S %

.

Selecting Normal Settings applies Display Backlight settings.

Adjusting Sound Effects

Sound Effects S % S Select effect S %

Additional Functions

[ Streaming

Streaming from

Media Player

7

% S Media S % S Streaming S %

S See below

Resuming from Stopped Point

Last Played S %

Using Bookmarks

Bookmarks S % S Select title S %

Using History

History S % S Select record S %

Bookmarks

Deleting titles

Editing titles

Editing bookmarked URLs

Sending bookmarked URLs via mail

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S

% S See below

One Title

Select title S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Titles

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S % S

Select title S B S Edit S % S Title: S % S

Enter title S % S A

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S % S

Select title S B S Edit S % S URL: S % S

Edit S % S A

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S % S

Select title S B S Send S % S As Message

S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

5

5-

13

5

Additional Functions

Changing title order

Opening title properties

Sorting titles into folders

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S % S

Select title S B S Change Order S % S

Select target location S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S % S

Select title S B S Details S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S

% S See below

Creating Folders

B S Create Folder S % S Enter name S %

Moving to Folders

Select title S B S Move S % S Select folder

S % S Move S %

Moving from Folders

Select folder S % S Select title S B S Move

S % S Move S %

Renaming Folders

Select folder S B S Rename S % S Enter name S %

Deleting All Titles within a Folder

Select folder S % S Select title S B S

Delete All S % S Yes S %

Deleting Folders

Select folder S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Saved Pages

Deleting pages

Editing page titles

Changing page order

Opening page properties

Switching page list view

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S Saved Pages S

% S See below

One Page

Select page S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Pages

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Saved Pages S % S

Select page S B S Rename S % S Enter title S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Saved Pages S % S

Select page S B S Change Order S % S

Select target location S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Saved Pages S % S

Select page S B S Details S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Saved Pages S % S

Select page S B S List View or Preview View

S %

5-

14

RSS Feeds

Disabling feed updates

Sorting feeds into folders

Deleting feeds

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

RSS Feed S % S Select feed S B S Manage

RSS Feed S % S Restrict Update S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser

S % S RSS Feed S % S See below

Creating Folders

B S Manage RSS Feed S % S Create Folder

S % S Enter name S %

Moving to Folders

Select feed S B S Manage RSS Feed S % S

Move S % S Select folder S % S Move S %

Renaming Folders

Select folder S B S Manage RSS Feed S %

S Rename S % S Enter name S %

Deleting Folders

Select folder S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser

S % S RSS Feed S % S See below

One Entry

Select feed S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Entries

B S Manage RSS Feed S % S Delete All S

% S Yes S %

.

Alternatively, perform Delete RSS Feed List in

Memory Operation (PC Site Browser Settings) to delete all feeds.

Additional Functions

Sorting feeds

Opening feed properties

Exchanging feeds with other devices

Sending feeds via mail

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

RSS Feed S % S B S Manage RSS Feed S

% S Sort S % S Select option S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

RSS Feed S % S Select feed S B S Manage

RSS Feed S % S Details S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser

S % S RSS Feed S % S B S Manage RSS

Feed S % S See below

Exporting All Feeds

Export All S % S Select storage media S %

Importing (Adding Feeds)

Import S % S Select file S % S As New

Items S % S Yes or No S %

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Importing (Overwriting Existing Feeds)

Import S % S Select file S % S Delete All

S % S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes S

% S Yes or No S %

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

RSS Feed S % S Select feed S B S Manage

RSS Feed S % S As Message S % S

Complete message S A

5

5-

15

5

Additional Functions

Security Settings

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of

Browser Settings

S %

.

PC Site Browser

S % S

PC Site Browser Settings

S %

Disabling manufacture number auto send for authentication

Disabling referer information delivery to the Server

Enabling/disabling cookies

Selecting script execution option

Selecting automatic

Flash

®

file download option

Disabling Flash video download

®

Opening electronic certificates saved on handset

% S

Yahoo!

Number S %

S

S

% S

Off

Browser Settings

S %

S

S Security Settings S % S Manufacture

%

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Security Settings S % S Send Referer S

% S Not Send S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Security Settings S % S Cookies S % S

Select option S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Security Settings S % S Script Settings S

% S Select option S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Security Settings S % S Flash ® auto-download S % S Select option S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Security Settings S % S Download Videos

S % S Not Acquire S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Security Settings S % S Root Certificates

S % S Select certificate S %

Changing validity of entered user ID/ password

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Security Settings S % S Keep Auth Info S

% S Select option S %

.

Per Browsing retains entered user ID/password during browsing sessions. On retains such authentication information even after powering off.

.

Authentication information may not be retained depending on the site.

Suppressing confirmation before entering/exiting secure pages

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S

Security Settings

S %

% S Do not Show S %

S

Secure Prompt

S

Resetting

For PC Site Browser, perform the following sequence instead of

Browser Settings S % .

PC Site Browser

S % S

PC Site Browser Settings

S %

Resetting browser settings and stored information

(Bookmarks,

Saved Pages, etc.)

Restoring default handset settings

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Initialize Browser S % S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Reset Settings S % S Yes S %

5-

16

Troubleshooting

Connecting & Browsing

3

What is the bar at Display bottom?

.

This is a data progress bar; the number beside it indicates transmitted

(green) or received (red) data.

Page Operations

3 Internet page does not open completely

.

Portions of page content may not appear in tabbed browsing; close other tabs.

3

Text overlaps

.

The site may be designed for browsing on PCs; try Tiny font size.

.

Text may overlap when Zoom Factor is used; adjust scale.

3 Cannot access other functions while browsing the Internet

.

Multi Job may be active. When switching between browsers, additional function activation is disabled; close either browser and retry.

Bookmarks

3

Cannot add Bookmarks

.

<Add New Entry> is unselectable if storage limit is reached; delete titles.

5

5-

17

Digital TV ........................................ 6-2

Basics .............................................. 6-2

Area Setup....................................... 6-3

Watching TV .................................... 6-4

Obtaining Program Information........ 6-6

Recording/Playing.......................... 6-7

Recording Programs........................ 6-7

Playing Recorded Programs............ 6-8

TV Timer ......................................... 6-9

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer ......6-9

Additional Functions ................... 6-10

Troubleshooting........................... 6-15

6

Digital TV

6-

1

Digital TV

6

Basics

001SH supports One Seg terrestrial digital television broadcast services developed for mobile devices in Japan.

Watch Live Television

Set up a channel list for your service area to access available programming.

TV Listing (EPG) & Program Info

Find program channels and times, or open program details via current channel's schedule.

Reserve TV Programs

Record a show or activate TV at a specified time; enter dates & times manually or reference TV Listing electronic program guide.

View Data Broadcasts

In addition to audio and visuals, enjoy text, program-related information and interactive services.

Record & Play Back Shows

Record current program on Memory Card for later viewing.

Important Digital TV Usage Notes

.

001SH TV is exclusively for use in Japan.

.

Do not use TV while driving or cycling.

Accidents may result. Phone use while driving is prohibited by the Road Traffic

Law (revised November 1, 2004). When walking, always pay attention to your surroundings, especially near road/rail crossings, etc.

.

When using TV while charging battery, separate AC Charger and Antenna to avoid interference.

.

Call transmissions, incoming messages or mobile phone use in the immediate vicinity may affect audiovisual quality.

.

Programs may not be viewable or record properly when:

, Too far from or too close to broadcasting

, stations

, In mountainous areas or near tall buildings

, Aboard trains or in moving vehicles

Near high-voltage lines, neon lights or wireless base stations

, Near railroad tracks or highways

, Anywhere a jamming signal is broadcast/reception is unstable

6-

2

Digital TV

Area Setup

When activating TV for the first time, follow these steps to set up channels by area:

1

&

4

Select prefecture S % S

Select locality

S %

Digital TV Antenna

TV Antenna is located behind Display.

Move handset to find best reception.

.

Setup confirmation appears.

2

Yes

S %

.

After setup, channel list appears.

5

%

Antenna Area

6

3

Select region

S %

.

To watch TV, select Digital TV and press % .

Watching TV without Completing Area

Setup

In 3 , No Preference S %

Adding Reception Areas

& S B S Set Channels S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S

B S Set Area Info S % S From 3

Advanced

0

(

Switching reception Areas

(

Renaming Areas

(

Changing/disabling f function

(

Editing channels

(

Deleting all channels in Area

(

Adding new channels to Area ( Updating all channels in the Area ( P.6-10 )

6-

3

6-

4

6

Digital TV

Watching TV

Complete Area setup ( P.6-3 ) first.

1

&

TV Window

2

Use Keypad to select a channel

.

Use f

to switch channels one by one; Long Press to find channel with stable signal automatically.

3

" S

Yes

S % S TV ends

Changing Display Size/TV Orientation

[TV Window]

)

, Press to toggle view between Full

Screen, Normal (Portrait), Enlarge

(Portrait) and Normal (Landscape).

, In portrait position, Data Broadcast

.

appears below TV image.

Toggling e

Function

While watching TV in portrait position, press

A

to toggle e

function between volume control (Volume Operation mode) and Data Broadcast item selection (Data

Operation mode).

Incoming Calls

.

Press !

to answer calls.

Incoming Messages

.

Double beep sounds and New Message notice appears. Long Press B to access messages.

Multi Selector

Multi Selector response changes with TV orientation.

f (left/right) e

( u p/do w n)

Key Assignments

Open Options Menu

Toggle Panel On/Off

B

& (in portrait)

A (in landscape) e *

Volume Control

*

In portrait position, Volume Operation mode.

Advanced

0

(

Opening Help

(

Searching for current program on the Internet

(

Adjusting brightness

(

Changing panel pattern in portrait position

(

Changing handset responses to incoming transmissions, etc. (And more on

P.6-10

-

6-11

)

( Changing subtitle settings ( Changing sound settings ( P.6-12

)

Digital TV

Panel Description

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Data Broadcast (Japanese)

In portrait position, Data Broadcast appears below TV image. Use e

to select an item and press

%

to access program-related information and interactive services.

In Volume Operation mode, press

A

to switch to Data Operation mode first.

4

2

1

5

7

6

8

3

1 Area name

2 Channel key

3 Channel

4 Program name

5 Station name

6 Signal strength

*

7 Sound Channel

8 Volume

*

The more bars the better.

Indicator position varies with display content, etc.

T V Image

Data Broadcast Window

Data

Broadcast

Data Broadcast Fees

.

Data Broadcast information viewing is free, however, using data links/related services incurs Internet connection fees.

.

A confirmation appears the first time a fee-based Network connection is established from a channel; if accepted, further Network connections are established without confirmation until the channel is changed.

Advanced

0

( Changing view ( Returning to initial window ( Deleting information saved from Data Broadcasts ( Suppressing Network connection confirmation

(

Saving links to Data Broadcasts or related information (And more on

P.6-11

-

6-12

)

6

6-

5

6-

6

6

Digital TV

Obtaining Program Information

Find program channels and times, or open program details via current channel's schedule.

TV Listing

Program Info

Start EPG S! Application to find program channels and times for specified area

Open program details via current channel's schedule; set Reservations to record shows or activate TV

Program Info

1

In TV window,

B S

OperateProgram

S %

2

Program Info.

S %

TV Listing (Japanese)

1

In TV window,

A

(Long)

.

EPG application starts; refer to the application's help menu for

.

operational instructions.

When using EPG application for the first time, a confirmation appears.

Follow onscreen instructions.

.

Program Info Window

3

Select program S %

To return to TV window, press $ twice.

Setting Recording Timer via Program Info

[Program Info Window] Select program S A S %

,

,

Insert a Memory Card beforehand.

To hide message, press B after A .

, Timer entries set via Program Info are updated with program changes automatically. Program cancellations cancel corresponding Timer entries.

(Poor signal conditions may inhibit updates or cancellations.)

Setting TV Timer via Program Info

[Program Info Window] Select program

S B S

Watching

S %

Recording/Playing

Recording Programs

Record current program on Memory Card.

Precautions

.

Saved files cannot be forwarded or attached to messages.

.

001SH encryption technology prevents unauthorized copying or playback of

Memory Card files through data encryption and authentication. Files copied from Memory Card to other cards on PC are unplayable.

.

Copyright laws limit duplicated material to private use only, and prohibit unauthorized reproduction/other use.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss or alteration of recorded content.

1

In TV window, % (Long) S

Recording starts

Recording Window

.

Changing volume, etc. does not affect recordings.

.

When Small Light flashes orange, reception is poor; change location to where Small Light illuminates green.

2

%

(Long)

S

Recording ends

Recording Programs in Portrait

,

[TV Window]

I

(Long)

To stop, Long Press I while recording.

Memory/Battery Runs Low or Video

Call/S! Circle Talk Request is Accepted

.

Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)

6

Advanced

0

(

Recording programs without Data Broadcasts

(

Saving Data Broadcast images to handset ( P.6-13 )

6-

7

6

Recording/Playing

Playing Recorded Programs

1

In TV window, B S

TV

Player

S %

Major Playback Operations

Adjust volume or temporarily enlarge a portion of widescreen image following the same operations used while watching TV.

Video List

.

indicates the file is unplayable.

2

Select file

S %

Fast Forward

Rewind

Skip Forward

Skip Backward

Pause

3

Split File

Set Marker

Toggle Panel On/Off d 1 c 1, 2

#

(

% 4

I

(Long)

I

&

1 Each press increases speed. To resume normal playback, press % .

2 Long Press to replay. (Available when no

3

Marker is saved.)

In pause, use f to reverse/advance frame.

4 In portrait position, Volume Operation mode.

Playback Window

.

Playback starts. (The last played file plays from where it stopped.)

3

A (Long) S Playback stops

6-

8

Advanced

0

(

Splitting files by specifying a time point

(

Playing files repeatedly

(

Playing split files

(

Checking memory status

(

Renaming files

(

Deleting files

( Opening file properties

(

Playing files with Markers (And more on P.6-13 -

6-14 )

TV Timer

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer

1

In TV window, B S

Rec.

Operation

S %

Timer Recording Precautions

Confirm target channel reception; keep

2

Reservation List

S %

3

B S

New Entry

S %

4

Manual

S % S

Watching

or

Recording

S %

5

Enter start date/time S %

S

Enter end date/time

S % handset open.

,

,

Insert a Memory Card.

End the current operations.

, Be sure battery is charged adequately and there is enough free memory.

6

Channel:

S % S

Select channel

S % S A

Setting Timer via EPG

In 4 , From TV Listing S %

, Refer to the application's help menu for operational instructions.

At Timer Time (TV Alarm Time)

TV and Alarm activate.

Recording starts slightly before the Timer start time and ends a few seconds after the Timer end time.

While Using Another Function

.

TV activates via Multi Job and target program/recording starts. However, if

Multi Job cannot activate in the current state, TV may remain off, or the current function may end automatically (unsaved images, messages, Phone Book entries, etc. may be deleted). End all active functions/applications before Timer time.

6

Advanced

0

(

Opening/editing/deleting Timer details

(

Opening/playing/deleting Timer log records

(

Customizing TV Alarm settings

(

Prioritizing current operation over TV Timer/TV Recording Timer ( P.6-14 )

6-

9

Additional Functions

6

Area & Channel

Switching reception Areas

Renaming Areas

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S %

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S B S

Change Area Name S % S Enter name S %

7

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S

% S Channel Key Setting S % S See below

Changing/disabling f function

Toggling All Receivable Channels

By Manual S %

Editing channels

Deleting all channels in Area

Adding new channels to Area

Updating all channels in the

Area

Disabling

Disable S %

7

While watching TV, B S Set Channels

S % S CH Switch S % S Select channel S

B S See below

Switching Channel Positions

Flip S % S Select target key S %

Deleting Channels

Delete S % S Yes S %

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S B S

Reset Settings S % S Yes S %

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S B S

Channel Update S % S Update Further S %

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S B S

Channel Update S % S Update All S % S

Yes S %

Watching

Opening Help

Searching for current program on the Internet

Enlarging image portion in landscape

Saving current channel

Adjusting brightness

Selecting sound option

Changing panel pattern in portrait position

While watching TV, B S Help S %

.

Also available while recording or playing programs.

While watching TV, B S OperateProgram S %

S Program Info. Search S % S Search S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

With TV in landscape, 1 - 9 (Long)

.

Corresponding image portion is enlarged.

.

May be unavailable depending on viewing style.

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S % S

Save Channel S % S Select key S %

.

To overwrite a saved channel, choose Yes and press

%

.

While watching TV, B S AV Settings S % S

Set Brightness S % S Adjust level S %

While watching TV, B S AV Settings S % S

Tone S % S Select option S %

With TV in portrait,

B S

Panel Type S % S

Advanced

S %

Select pattern S %

S

6-

10

Customizing viewing options for landscape position

Switching One Seg services

Listening to audio from Speaker

Switching audio output to wireless device

7

With TV in landscape, B S Advanced

S % S Set Landscape S % S See below

Showing Indicators Always

Display Icon S % S On S %

Disabling Partial Image Enlargement

Magnify Area S % S Off S %

Using Portrait Position Key Assignments

Key Direction S % S Off S %

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S % S

Select Serv. Station S % S Select service S %

.

Available for programs with multiple services.

While watching TV, B S Advanced S % S

Sound Output S % S Loudspeaker S %

% S TV S % S Settings S % S g Sound

Output S % S Bluetooth Device S %

Using wireless

Headphones

Setting TV to end automatically after a period of time

Disabling auto shut-off when handset is closed

While watching TV, ' (Long)

.

Pair SCMS-T DRM scheme compliant Bluetooth

® headphones beforehand.

While watching TV, B S Advanced S % S

Auto Exit S % S Auto Exit Time S % S

Select time S %

While watching TV, B S Advanced S % S

Auto Exit S % S Close Action S % S Watch

TV S %

Additional Functions

Changing handset responses to incoming transmissions, etc.

7

% S TV S % S Settings S % S

Calls & Alarms S % S See below

Showing Alarm Notice

Alarm S % S Alarm Notice S %

Showing Voice Calls, Etc.

Select item S % S Notice a Call S %

Showing New Message Window

Incoming Message S % S Calls & Alarms S %

Broadcast Data

Changing view

Returning to initial window

Deleting information saved from Data

Broadcasts

With Data Broadcast in portrait, B S

SetBroadcastData S % S Change View (Data)

S %

.

To return to TV window, press

A

.

With Data Broadcast in portrait, B S

SetBroadcastData S % S Back to Top S %

7

While watching TV, B S

SetBroadcastData S % S Delete StationData

S % S See below

Deleting by Station

Select station S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Deleting All

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

Suppressing

Network connection confirmation

While watching TV, B S SetBroadcastData S

% S Notify Connection S % S Off S %

6

6-

11

6

Additional Functions

Sending/hiding

Location

Information

7

While watching TV, B S SetBroadcastData

S % S Location S % S See below

Sending Always

On S %

Hiding Always

Off S %

Hiding manufacture number and other information

While watching TV,

B S

SetBroadcastData

S

% S Manufacture Number S % S Off S %

TV Link (Japanese)

Saving links to

Data Broadcasts or related information

Using TV links

Deleting TV links

While viewing Data Broadcast, select link source S %

.

Link navigation varies by program. Follow onscreen instructions to save links.

7

% S TV S % S TV Link S % S See below

Opening TV Links

Select link S %

.

Connection fees may apply.

Opening Properties

Select link S B S Details S %

7

% S TV S % S TV Link S % S See below

One Entry

Select link S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Entries

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

Subtitle & Sound

Changing subtitle settings

Changing sound settings

7

While watching TV, B S Subtitle/Sound

S % S See below

.

May be unavailable depending on program content or viewing style (TV orientation, etc.).

Showing Subtitles Always

Display Subtitle S % S On S %

Hiding Subtitles Always

Display Subtitle S % S Off S %

Changing Subtitle Language

Subtitle Language S % S Language 2 S %

Showing Subtitle Area Always

Auto Subtitle Off S % S Off S %

Showing Subtitles at the Top

Subtitle Position S % S Upper S %

7

While watching TV, B S Subtitle/Sound

S % S See below

Selecting Sound Option

Sound Type S % S Sound2 S %

.

Available when multiple sounds are supported.

Listening to Sub Language

Sound Channel S % S Sub S %

Listening to Main & Sub Languages

Sound Channel S % S Main + Sub S %

6-

12

Recording

Recording programs without

Data Broadcasts

Saving Data

Broadcast images to handset

While watching TV, B S SetBroadcastData S

% S Set Recording S % S Image Only S %

While watching TV, B S SetBroadcastData S

% S Image Location S % S Phone Memory

S %

Recorded Programs

[ Playback

Splitting files by specifying a time point

Playing files repeatedly

Playing split files

During playback, B S Split File S % S Select

Point S % S f Specify point S % S

Confirm S %

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S B S

Playback Pattern S % S Repeat S %

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S Select split file S % S Select file S %

Additional Functions

[ Managing

Selecting multiple files

Checking memory status

Renaming files

Deleting files

Opening file properties

7

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S A

S See below

Selecting

Select file S % ( )

.

To uncheck, press

%

again.

Selecting/Unchecking All

B S Check All or Uncheck All S %

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S B S

Memory Remaining S %

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S Select file

S B S Rename S % S Enter name S %

7

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S

See below

Single Files

Select file S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Files

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S Select file

S B S Details S %

6

6-

13

6

Additional Functions

Markers

Playing files with

Markers

Using Marker List

7

During playback S See below

Skipping between Markers c (Long) or d (Long)

Moving to Specific Markers

0 - 9

7

During playback, B S Set Marker S %

S Marker List S % S See below

Starting Playback

Select number S %

Deleting a Marker

Select number S B S Delete S %

Deleting All Markers

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer

Opening/editing/ deleting Timer details

Opening/playing/ deleting Timer log records

Customizing TV

Alarm settings

7

While watching TV, B S Rec. Operation

S % S Reservation List S % S See below

Opening Entries

Select entry S %

Editing Entries

Select entry S B S Edit S % S Edit S A

.

Some entries may not be edited depending on the content.

Deleting Entries

Select entry S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

7

While watching TV, B S Rec. Operation S

% S Reservation List S % S A S See below

Opening Timer Log

Select record S %

Playing Recorded Programs

Select record S B

Deleting Records

Select record S A S Yes S %

7

While watching TV, B S Rec. Operation

S % S Reservation List S % S B S TV

Alarm S % S See below

Changing TV Alarm Time

Alarm Time S % S Select time S %

Disabling Tone/Vibration/Small Light

Alarm , Vibration or Light S % S Off S %

Changing Duration

Duration S % S Select time S %

Prioritizing current operation over TV

Timer/TV

Recording Timer

% S TV S % S Settings S % S TV Reserve

Prior S % S Off S %

6-

14

Troubleshooting

Watching

3

TV won't activate

.

Battery may be low. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Cannot watch TV

.

Reception may be poor; change location to improve it. (TV signal strength is independent of handset signal strength.)

.

Handset may not have been used for a period of time; retrieve Network

Information.

.

TV is disabled upon subscription termination.

3 Area setup does not complete correctly

.

Perform Update All in Channel

Update. Area setup may not complete correctly depending on the area or service availability.

Recording

3 Ringtone does not sound as set while recording

.

When a Chaku-Uta

®

file, etc. is set as ringtone, default ringtone may sound for incoming transmissions while recording.

TV Recording Timer

3 Could not start recording.

appeared as recording result

.

Recording failed due to low battery/ memory, active function, etc.

3 Recording aborted.

appeared as recording result

.

Recording was interrupted due to low memory.

6

6-

15

Camera............................................ 7-2

Getting Started ................................ 7-2

Photo Camera................................. 7-4

Capturing Still Images ..................... 7-4

Video Camera ................................. 7-5

Recording Video .............................. 7-5

Review............................................. 7-6

Opening Saved Files ....................... 7-6

Shooting Modes ............................. 7-7

Using Shooting Modes .................... 7-7

Editing Images ............................... 7-8

Picture Editor....................................7-8

Composite ......................................7-11

Printing ......................................... 7-12

Printing Images ..............................7-12

Additional Functions ................... 7-13

Troubleshooting........................... 7-16

7

Camera & Imaging

7-

1

Camera

Getting Started

Capture still images or record video.

Various Ima g e Sizes

Select small sizes to send capt u red images/recorded v ideo v ia S! Mail * ; select larger sizes for higher resol u tions.

7

Auto Focus

Meas u res the distance b et w een s ub jects and camera to adj u st foc u s.

Multiple Shootin g Modes

Apply effect or add frame, or capt u re s u ccessi v e images.

Review

Open/play last sa v ed mo b ile camera file qu ickly; access older files as needed.

*May not b e deli v ered as sent depending on image/recording size or recipient de v ice.

Important Mobile Camera Usage Notes

.

Clean dust/smudges from lens cover with soft dry cloth before use.

.

Mobile camera is a precision instrument, however, some pixels may appear brighter or darker.

.

Shooting/saving images while handset is hot may affect the image quality.

.

Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color filter and affect image color.

Auto Shut-off

.

Before image capture/recording, mobile camera shuts down after a period of inactivity and handset returns to Standby.

Shutter Click

.

Shutter click and Self-timer tone sound at fixed volume regardless of handset settings.

7-

2

Display Indicators

The following indicators appear at the top of Display.

Photo Viewfinder

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 a

Video Viewfinder

1

2

3

1 Memory

2 Picture Quality

3 Picture Size 8 White Balance

4 Continuous Shoot 9 Exposure

5 Scene

6 Save to

7 Focus a Self-timer

1 Video Quality

2 Record Size

3 Record Time

4 Save to

5 Focus

6 Exposure

7 Self-timer

4

5

6

7

Advanced

0

( Opening Help ( P.7-13 )

Camera

7

7-

3

Photo Camera

Capturing Still Images

1

I (Long)

2

Frame subject on Display

3

% [ Pre-Image Capture Operations

Zoom In/Out *

Toggle Mode

Adjust Brightness

Change Image Size

Open Help a / b

A c / d

5

0

*

May be unavailable depending on image size.

7

7-

4

Photo Viewfinder

Captured Image Window

.

Shutter clicks; captured image appears. (To discard file and start

4

% over, press $ .)

.

Image is saved. (Viewfinder returns.)

.

Open saved images via Review or

Data Folder.

5

" S Camera shuts down

Sending Captured Images via Mail

[Captured Image Window]

A S

Complete message S A

Advanced

0

( Adjusting brightness ( Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots ( Activating automatic saving ( Changing shutter click sound

( Changing image size

( Changing scene setting by lighting or subject (

Adjusting image color to lighting conditions (And more on P.7-13 -

7-14 )

Recording Video

1

I (Long) S A

Video Viewfinder

2

Frame subject on Display

S %

.

Recording starts after a tone. (To start over, press $ .)

Video Camera

3

%

Video Save Menu

.

Recording stops with a tone. (To discard file and start over, press $ .)

4

Save

S %

.

Video is saved. (Viewfinder returns.)

.

Play saved video via Review, Data

Folder or Media Player.

5

" S

Camera shuts down

[ Pre-Recording Operations

Zoom In/Out

Toggle Mode

Adjust Brightness

Change Record Size

Open Help a / b

A c / d

5

0

Playing Unsaved Video

In 4 , Preview

S %

Sending Recorded Video via Mail

In 4 , Send

S % S

Save and Send

S % S Complete message S A

, May not be delivered as sent depending on recording size or recipient device.

Incoming Calls

.

If a call arrives before video is saved, recorded clip is temporarily saved. End the call to return.

If Battery Runs Low

.

Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)

7

Advanced

0

( Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots ( Activating automatic saving (And more on P.7-13

)

( Changing recording time/size ( Enlarging Viewfinder size ( Recording video without sound ( P.7-14

)

7-

5

Review

Opening Saved Files

Opening Last Saved File

Open/play last saved mobile camera file; access older files as needed.

1

% S

Camera

S %

2

Review

S %

Enlarging Images

After 2 ,

%

Pausing/Resuming Video

After 2 ,

%

(press to pause/resume)

Opening Help

[Review Window]

0

Accessing Older Files

1

In Review window,

A

7

7-

6

Review Window

.

To end, press " .

Review File List

.

File list appears.

.

Press A to toggle lists.

2

Select file

S %

.

File opens/plays.

Shooting Modes

Using Shooting Modes

May be unavailable depending on selected image/recording size.

Self-timer

1

In Photo/Video Viewfinder,

B S

Self-timer

S %

2

Select time

S %

3

Frame subject on Display

S %

.

After selected time elapses, captured

.

image appears or recording starts.

To stop recording, press % .

.

For more, see operation descriptions

on P.7-4

or P.7-5

.

Continuous Shoot (Photo Camera)

Available Modes:

4 Pictures

9 Pictures

Capture four separate images with Index Image

Capture nine separate images with Index Image

Capture five images to

Overlapped create a composite image

1

In Photo Viewfinder,

B S

Modes

S %

Releasing Shutter during Countdown

After 3 ,

%

Incoming Calls/Alarm during Countdown

.

Countdown stops. (Self-timer remains active.)

Mode Menu

2

Continuous Shoot

S %

3

Select mode

S % S

Select speed

S %

4

Frame subject on Display

S %

.

After image capture, Index Image or a composite image appears.

.

When shooting speed is set to

Manual (4 Pictures and 9 Pictures modes), repeat 4 for each frame.

5

%

(Long)

.

All captured images are saved.

Saving the Selected Image

After 4 , f (select image) S %

Adding Frames (Photo Camera)

1

In mode menu,

Add Frame

S %

2

Preset Frames

S %

3

Select frame

S %

4

Frame subject on Display

S %

.

Captured image appears.

.

Press % to save image. (Viewfinder returns.)

Using Frames in Data Folder

In 2 , Data Folder S % S Select frame

S % S % on Display S %

S

Frame subject

7

7-

7

Editing Images

Picture Editor

7

Picture Editor Options

The following options are available.

Some images may not be editable depending on file type and size.

Resize

Frame

Paste

Retouch

Stamp

Face Arrange

Correction

Rotate

File Format

Select from preset sizes or crop image

Add Frame to images

Add text/dates to images

Dress up images with preloaded visual effects

Add stamps to images

Make smiley, angry or sad faces

Correct images

Rotate images

Convert file format and change file size

Basic Operation

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

2

Pictures

S % S

Select image

S %

3

B S

Edit

S %

4

Picture Editor

S %

Picture Editor Menu

5

Select effect S % S Edit

.

To start over, press $ .

6

When finished,

A

7

Save as New

S %

.

To overwrite, select Overwrite and press % . (Omit 8 .)

8

Enter name

S % S

Save here

S %

Canceling Effects

After 5 , Undo S %

, To restore effect immediately after canceling, select Redo and press % .

7-

8

Changing Image Size

Select from preset sizes or crop image.

Resize to Preset Size

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Resize

S %

Resize Window

2

Select size

S %

3 g

Specify image area

4

%

.

Editing is complete.

Zooming In/Out

After 3 ,

B S e S 4

Cropping Images

1

In Resize window,

Cut

S %

2 g

Move

+

to the upper left corner of the portion to crop

S B

Editing Images

Applying Visual Effects

Render in sepia tones or add blur, etc.

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Retouch

S %

2

Select effect S %

3

%

.

Editing is complete.

Adding Frames

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Frame

S %

2

Select frame

S %

3

%

.

Editing is complete.

7

.

If crop frame does not appear, omit 3 .

3 g Move

+

to the lower right corner of the portion to crop

S %

4

%

.

Editing is complete.

Specifying Image Area

After 3 , g S 4

Zooming In/Out

After 3 , B S e S 4

Advanced

0

( Using additional editing options ( P.7-14 -

7-15 )

7-

9

Editing Images

Face Arrange

Make faces smiley, sad, etc.

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Face

Arrange

S %

Adjusting Positions

Change the default positions and sizes of targets to fit the image.

1

In Face Arrange menu, B

S B

.

A rectangle appears with + in the upper left corner.

2 g

Move

+

to top left of face

S B

3 g Move

+

to bottom right of face

7

Face Arrange Menu

2

Select type S %

3

%

.

Editing is complete.

Important Face Arrange Usage Note

.

When using Face Arrange, take care not to create images that may embarrass or offend others. Always obtain permission before photographing others.

4

%

.

Face line is set. Set the eyes and then mouth in the same way.

5

% S

Yes

S % S

Save here

S %

.

Image is saved as a new entry with

Face Arrange positions adjusted.

Complete Face Arrange. Face Arrange is applied to the adjusted positions.

7-

10

Editing Images

Composite

Composite Options

The following options are available.

Some images may not be editable depending on file type and size.

Split Picture

Merge

Panorama

Combine up to four reduced images into one

Combine two still images into one

Panorama Images

Panorama Image Effects:

Near View Best suited for close-up shots

Document Use for images with text

Standard Apply to other images

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

2

Pictures

S % S

Select image

S %

3

B S

Edit

S %

4

Composite

S %

5

Merge Panorama

S %

.

File selected in

6

<Empty>

S % S Select image

S %

2 is set as left image.

7

EFFECT

S % S

Select effect S %

.

Editing is complete.

8

When finished,

A

.

Merged image appears.

9

% a

Enter name

S % S

Save here

S %

Changing Images

After 6 , select image S % S B S

Select image S %

Switching Image Positions

After 6 , B

7

Advanced

0

(

Combining reduced images ( P.7-15 )

7-

11

Printing

Printing Images

7

Digital Print Order Format (DPOF)

Select images from Memory Card and specify the number of copies to print on

DPOF-compatible printers, or at digital printing services.

DPOF settings made on other devices are unusable; delete existing settings to create new ones on handset.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Memory Card

S % S

DPOF

S %

3

Number of Copies

S %

4

For Each Picture

S % S

Select folder

S %

5

Select image S B

6

Enter a number of copies to print

S %

.

For more settings, repeat 5 - 6 .

7

A

Applying a Number to All Images

In 4 , For All Pictures S % S Enter a number of copies to print S %

Canceling Specified Number

In 6 , enter 00 S % S A

Viewing Current Print Settings

In 3 , Check Settings S %

Using Printers

Connect handset to a Bluetooth ® -compatible printer and print images in Pictures folder.

.

Activate Bluetooth

®

on the printer.

.

Some images may not be sent depending on file type and size.

1

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Pictures

S %

2

Select image

S B S

Print

S %

3

Via Bluetooth

S % S

Select printer

S %

4

Yes

S %

.

To cancel, press A .

When Authorization Code is Required

Enter Authorization Code S %

7-

12

Advanced

0

( Changing print settings ( P.7-15

)

Photo Camera & Video Camera

[ General

Opening Help

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S Help S %

.

Press

A

to toggle Help window for key assignments and indicator descriptions.

[ Capturing

Adjusting brightness

Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots

Adjusting focus manually

Locking focus

Changing image quality

[ Saving

Activating automatic saving

Setting save location

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S Shooting

Settings or Record Settings S % S Exposure

S % S Adjust level

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S Shooting

Settings or Record Settings S % S Focus

Setting or Focus S % S Macro S %

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S Shooting

Settings or Record Settings S % S Focus

Setting or Focus S % S Manual Focus S %

S e Adjust focus S %

.

To readjust focus, press

!

.

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, !

.

Frame subject in center of Display first.

.

To cancel Focus Lock, press !

.

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S Picture Quality or Video Quality S % S Select quality S %

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S Settings S %

S Auto Save S % S On S %

In Photo/Video Viewfinder, B S Settings S %

S Save Pictures to or Save Videos to S % S

Select option S %

Additional Functions

Photo Camera

[ General

Changing shutter click sound

Hiding indicators

Selecting send option assigned to A

Releasing shutter remotely with a

Bluetooth

®

watch

Disabling remote shutter control via

Bluetooth

®

watches

Changing focus frame design

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Settings S % S

Shutter Sound S % S Select pattern S %

.

Shutter click sound for consecutive shooting is fixed.

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Settings S % S

Display Icons S % S Icon Off S %

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Settings S % S Set

Send Key S % S Short Press or Long Press

S % S Select option S %

.

Select send option separately for each key press method.

In Photo Viewfinder, press the corresponding button on Bluetooth ® watch

.

Connect handset to a Bluetooth ® watch and set Set

Remote Shutter to On beforehand. For details, see the Bluetooth ® watch guide.

In Photo Viewfinder,

B S

Settings

S % S

Remote Shutter S % S Off S %

Set

.

Available when a Bluetooth ® watch is registered.

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Shooting Settings S

% S Focus Setting S % S Focus Mark S %

S Select pattern S %

7

7-

13

7

Additional Functions

[ Capturing

Changing image size

Changing scene setting by lighting or subject

Adjusting image color to lighting conditions

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Picture Size S % S

Select size S %

In Photo Viewfinder,

Select scene S %

B S

Scene

S % S

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Shooting Settings S

% S

White Balance

S % S

Select mode

S %

Video Camera

[ Recording

Changing recording time/size

Enlarging

Viewfinder size

Recording video without sound

In Video Viewfinder, B S Record Time/Size S

% S For Message or Extended S % S Select size S %

In Video Viewfinder, B S Display Size S % S

Enlarge S %

In Video Viewfinder, B S Microphone S % S

Off S %

Editing Images

[ Picture Editor

Using additional editing options

7

% S Data Folder S % S Pictures S

% S Select file S % S B S Edit S % S

Picture Editor S % S See below

Changing Text/Outline Color

Paste S % S B S Select text color S % S b S Select outline color S % S A

Adding Text

Paste S % S Free Text S % S Enter text S

% S g Move text S %

Adding Dates

Paste S % S Date S % S g Move date S %

Adding Stamps

Stamp S % S Select stamp S % S g Move stamp S %

Correcting Image Parameters

Correction S % S Select type S % S %

Rotating Images

Rotate S % S Select type S % S %

Converting File Format

File Format S % S File Format S % S

Select format S %

.

Changing file format may affect file size/image quality.

.

To return to Picture Editor menu, press

$

.

7-

14

Using additional editing options

7

% S Data Folder S % S Pictures S

% S Select file S % S B S Edit S % S

Picture Editor S % S See below

Changing File Size

File Format S % S File Size S % S Select size S %

.

Changing file size may affect image quality.

.

To return to Picture Editor menu, press

$

.

[ Composite

Combining reduced images

7

% S Data Folder S % S Pictures S

% S Select file S % S B S Edit S % S

Composite S % S See below

Creating Split Picture

SplitPicture 240x400 or SplitPicture 240x320 S

% S <Empty> S % S Select file S % S

When finished, A S Enter name S % S Save here S %

.

Repeat from selecting <Empty> as needed.

Previewing Split Picture

While creating Split Picture, B S View

Composite S %

Changing Images

While creating Split Picture, select image S %

S B S Select another S %

Deleting Images

While creating Split Picture, select image S B

S Remove S % S Yes S %

Additional Functions

DPOF

Changing print settings

7

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Memory Card S % S DPOF S % S See below

Adding Dates to Prints

Settings S % S Add Date S % S On S %

Creating an Index Print

Settings S % S Index Print S % S On S %

Resetting

Reset Settings S % S Yes S %

7

7-

15

Troubleshooting

7

Mobile Camera

3 Mobile camera won't activate/ shuts down automatically

.

Battery may be low. (Video Camera does not activate if battery is low.)

Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Cannot use Auto Save

.

Auto Save is not available when Save

Pictures to is set to Ask Each Time .

Editing Images

3

Cannot save/send edited images

.

Edited images may be too large to save or send via mail.

DPOF

3 Cannot specify print settings properly

.

If Memory Card image files have been deleted or renamed on PCs or other devices, reset print settings and start over with settings.

7-

16

Media Player ................................... 8-2

Media Basics ................................... 8-2

Music............................................... 8-4

Playing Music................................... 8-4

Video ............................................... 8-5

Playing Video................................... 8-5

Playlists .......................................... 8-6

Using Playlists ..................................8-6

S! Appli ........................................... 8-7

Using S! Applications .......................8-7

Additional Functions ..................... 8-8

Troubleshooting........................... 8-12

8

Media Player &

S! Applications

8-

1

Media Player

Media Basics

Use Media Player to play music/video on 001SH.

.

Download media files from Mobile Internet sites via Media Player directly.

.

Transfer PC music files and save them on Memory Card.

Music File Support

My Music

(Handset/Memory Card)

Do w nloads/Transferred Files

8

Video File Support

My Videos

(Handset/Memory Card)

Do w nloads/Recorded Files

Playback Precautions

.

Media Player is not compatible with some recording/playback formats. Files may not play depending on the Memory Card status.

.

Playback stops for incoming calls.

.

If battery is low, Media Player will not play. Playback stops if battery runs low during playback.

.

Turn down the volume if distortion is noticeable in Speaker sound.

.

Handset plays media while it downloads

(streaming/progressive download).

Packet transmission fees apply even while playback is paused.

Compatibility

.

Files transferred from PCs cannot be used as ringtones or System Sounds.

8-

2

Downloading Media Files

Download media files from the Internet.

Read information (price, expiry date, etc.) on the source site.

1

% S

Media

S %

2

Music

or

Videos

S %

3

Download Music

or

Download Videos

S %

.

Follow the links to download media.

Saving Music Files from PCs

.

Use software to convert music file format.

.

For software usage and specifications, see the provider's website, etc.

.

SoftBank Mobile does not guarantee compatibility with any software.

.

USB Cable may be purchased separately.

Handling Transferred Files

.

Copyright laws limit duplicated material to private use only.

.

Files created with PC software, etc. may not play.

.

Comply with copyright and other intellectual property laws when using obtained files.

Saving AAC Files

Convert PC music files to 001SH-compatible format (

P.15-21

), then save to corresponding

Memory Card folder (

P.15-23

) via Card

Reader Mode.

Install USB Cable driver beforehand.

Media Player

8

8-

3

Music

8

Playing Music

1

% S

Media

S % S

Music

2

4

S %

My Music

Select file

S tab (folder)

S

%

3

All Music

S %

%

S f

Music Playlists Window

Select

Using Other Functions while Playing Music

After 4 ,

$

or

"

, To stop playback, follow these steps in

Standby:

" S Yes S %

Searching Music Files

After 3 , B S Search S % S Enter search text

S %

Lyric Display-Compatible Files

.

Press

A

to display lyrics.

Music Playback Window Description

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Music Playback Operations

1 Title

2 Artist name

3 Track number

4 Status

5 Playback Mode

6 Elapsed time

7 Volume

8 Information link

9 Sound Effects

Replay

Skip Forward

Volume Down c

(Long Press: Rewind * ,

Double Press: Skip Backward) d

(Long Press: Fast Forward * ) b

(Long Press: Mute)

Music Playback Window

.

Album art appears for compatible

Chaku-Uta Full

®

files.

Volume Up or

Cancel Mute

Pause

Stop

Switch

Sound Output

Open Help a

%

In Pause, $

' (Long)

0

* Release for playback.

Advanced

0

(

Resuming from stopped point

(

Specifying start point

(

Accessing linked information

(

Switching audio output to wireless device

(

Playing repeatedly or randomly

(

Changing Sound Effects ( P.8-8 )

8-

4

Playing Video

1

% S

Media

S % S

Videos

2

4

S %

My Videos

Select file

S

S

%

3

All Videos

S %

%

S

Memory

Card

or

Phone Memory

S %

Video Playlists Window

5

$ S Playback stops

Searching Video Files

After 3 , B S Search S % S Enter search text S %

At Alarm Time

.

Playback pauses.

Video Recorded on Other Devices

.

Video image may appear rotated.

Video Playback Operations

For pause, volume up/down, sound output or

help, see P.8-4 "Music Playback Operations."

Replay

Skip

Forward c

(Long Press: Rewind

*

,

Double Press: Skip Backward) d

(Long Press in Pause:

Advance Frame,

Long Press: Fast Forward * )

Interface

On/Off

Toggle

Display Size

* Release for playback.

A

2

Video Playback Window Description

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Video Playback Window

1 Title

2 Author name

3 Clip number

4 Status

6 Elapsed time

7 Volume

8 Information link

9 Sound Effects

5 Playback Mode

Advanced

0

( Resuming from stopped point ( Specifying start point ( Accessing linked information ( Switching audio output to wireless device ( Playing repeatedly or randomly ( Changing Sound Effects ( Changing playback size ( Setting Backlight status ( Hiding linked information ( P.8-8

)

Video

8

8-

5

Playlists

Using Playlists

Playlists store playback orders. Add favorite media files to Playlists, or organize files by artist/genre.

Playlists store only file locations. Source files remain in All Music or All Videos.

Adding to Playlist

Follow these steps to add a music file to

プレイリスト 1 :

1

% S

Media

S % S

Music

S %

2

My Music

S %

Renaming Playlists

1

In Playlists window, select

Playlist

S B

2

Edit List Title

S % S

Enter name

S %

8

Playlists Window

3

All Music

S % S

Select file

S B

4

Add to Playlist

S % S

プレ

イリスト

1

S %

8-

6

Advanced

0

[Music Files] ( Organizing Playlists ( Sorting files ( Opening properties ( Downloading Contents Keys ( P.8-9

)

[Video Files]

( Organizing Playlists ( Sorting files ( Downloading Contents Keys ( Opening properties ( P.8-9 )

S! Appli

Using S! Applications

Try out the preloaded S! Applications or download and use 001SH-compatible

S! Applications, including games.

Refer to the S! Application's help menu or the source website, etc. for operational instructions.

1

% S

S! Appli

S %

2

S! Appli Library

S %

Exiting S! Applications

1

"

S! Appli Library

3

Select application S %

Network S! Applications

.

A message appears indicating that

Internet connection is required. Follow onscreen instructions.

Incoming Calls

.

Incoming calls automatically pause

S! Application.

2

End

S %

Pausing S! Applications

In 2 , Suspend S %

Resuming S! Applications

% S Resume S %

, Select Cancel to open Main Menu and keep the S! Application paused.

(Additional function activation may be disabled depending on the S! Application.)

, Select End to exit the S! Application.

8

Advanced

0

( Downloading S! Applications ( Adjusting S! Application sound volume ( Canceling surround effect ( Setting handset responses to incoming transmissions, etc. ( Setting S! Application to activate in Standby ( Setting Permissions ( Opening properties

( Moving S! Applications to Memory Card

( Changing S! Application settings ( Deleting S! Applications ( Restoring default S! Application settings ( Restoring default S! Appli Library

(

Synchronizing Memory Card S! Applications with 001SH

(

Opening Java

=

license information (

P.8-10 -

8-11 )

8-

7

Additional Functions

8

Media Playback

[ Music & Video

Resuming from stopped point

Specifying start point

Accessing linked information

Switching audio output to wireless device

% S Media S % S Music or Videos S % S

Last Played Music or Last Played Video S %

During playback, B S Time Search S % S

Enter time S %

During playback, B S Access Web Link S %

S Yes S %

% S Media S % S Music or Videos S % S

Settings S % S g

Sound Output S % S

Bluetooth Device S %

[ Music

Playing repeatedly or randomly

Changing Sound

Effects

7

During playback, B S Playback Mode

S % S See below

Repeat One File

Repeat S %

Repeat All Files

Repeat All S %

Play Randomly

Random S %

Repeat Randomly

Random Repeat S %

During playback, B S Sound Effects S % S

Select effect S %

[ Video

Playing repeatedly or randomly

Changing Sound

Effects

Changing playback size

Setting Backlight status

Hiding linked information

7

During playback, B S Settings S %

S Playback Mode S % S See below

Repeat One File

Repeat S %

Repeat All Files

Repeat All S %

Play Randomly

Random S %

During playback, B S Settings S % S Sound

Effects S % S Select effect S %

During playback, B S Settings S % S

Display Size S % S Select size S %

During playback, B S Settings S % S

Backlight S % S Select option S %

.

Selecting Normal Settings applies Display Backlight settings.

During playback, B S Settings S % S Web

Link Setting S % S Off S %

8-

8

Managing Music Files

Organizing Playlists

Sorting files

Opening properties

Downloading

Contents Keys

7

% S Media S % S Music S % S My

Music S % S f Select tab (folder) S See below

Adding New Playlists

B S Add New Playlist S % S Enter name

S %

Deleting Playlists

Select Playlist S B S Delete Playlist S % S

Yes S %

Deleting Playlist Files

Select Playlist S % S Select file S B S

Delete S % S Yes S %

Changing File Order

Select Playlist S % S Select file S B S

Change Order S % S Select target location

S %

% S Media S % S Music S % S My Music

S % S f Select tab (folder) S All Music S

% S B S Sort S % S Select option S %

% S Media S % S Music S % S My Music

S % S f Select tab (folder) S Select Playlist

S % S Select file S B S Details S %

% S Media S % S Music S % S My Music

S % S f Select tab (folder) S Select Playlist

S % S Select file (with ) S % S Yes S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Additional Functions

Managing Video Files

Organizing

Playlists

Sorting files

Downloading

Contents Keys

Opening properties

7

% S Media S % S Videos S % S

My Videos S % S Memory Card or Phone

Memory S % S See below

Adding New Playlists

B S Add New Playlist S % S Enter name

S %

Deleting Playlists

Select Playlist S B S Delete Playlist S % S

Yes S %

Deleting Playlist Files

Select Playlist S % S Select file S B S

Delete S % S Yes S %

Changing File Order

Select Playlist S % S Select file S B S

Change Order S % S Select target location

S %

% S Media S % S Videos S % S My

Videos S % S Memory Card or Phone

Memory S % S All Videos S % S B S Sort

S % S Select option S %

% S Media S % S Videos S % S My

Videos S % S Memory Card or Phone

Memory S % S All Videos S % S Select file

(with ) % S Yes S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

% S Media S % S Videos S % S My

Videos S % S Memory Card or Phone

Memory S % S Select Playlist S % S Select file S B S Details S %

8

8-

9

8

Additional Functions

S! Applications

Downloading

S! Applications

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library S %

S Download S! Appli S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Adjusting

S! Application sound volume

Canceling surround effect

Setting handset responses to incoming transmissions, etc.

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S % S

Application Volume

S % S

Adjust level

S %

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S % S

Surround S % S Off S %

7

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S %

S Calls & Alarms S % S See below

Showing Calls

Select item S % S Show Call Notice S %

Pausing S! Application for Incoming Mail

Incoming Message S % S Message Priority

S %

Showing Alarm Notice

Alarm S % S Alarm Notice S %

Showing S! Appli Notice

Notification S % S Start Notice S %

Setting

S! Application to activate in Standby

Setting Permissions

Opening properties

7

% S S! Appli S % S See below

Activating Screensaver

Settings S % S Screensaver S % S Switch

On/Off S % S On S %

Setting Screensaver

S! Appli Library S % S Select application S

B S As Screensaver S %

.

Switch On/Off is set to On .

.

As Screensaver appears for compatible S! Applications.

.

Screensaver may not start or operate correctly when an external device (Headphones, etc.) is connected to handset.

Changing Screensaver Activation Time

Settings S % S Screensaver S % S

Activation Time S % S Enter time S %

Disabling Automatic Screensaver Restart

Settings S % S Screensaver S % S Stop

Auto Start S % S On S %

7

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library

S % S Select application S B S Permission

S % S See below

Customizing Permissions for S! Appli Operations

Select item S % S Select option S %

Resetting Permission Settings

Reset Settings S % S Yes S %

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library S %

S Select application S B S Details S %

8-

10

Moving

S! Applications to

Memory Card

Changing

S! Application settings

Deleting

S! Applications

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library S %

S A S Select application S % ( / ) S

Complete selection S B S Move to Card S %

.

When an older version of the S! Application is saved, choose Yes or No and press % .

.

Some S! Applications may not be moved to Memory

Card.

7

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S %

S See below

Setting Backlight Status

Backlight S % S Switch On/Off S % S

Select option S %

.

Selecting Normal Settings applies Display Backlight settings.

Disabling Backlight Flashing

Backlight S % S Blink S % S Off S %

Disabling Vibration

Vibration S % S Off S %

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library S %

S Select application S B S Delete S % S

Yes S %

.

Handset Code may be required.

.

Cancel Screensaver to delete Screensaver S! Application.

Additional Functions

Restoring default

S! Application settings

% S S! Appli

Default S %

S

S

%

Yes

S

S

Settings

%

S % S Set to

Restoring default

S! Appli Library

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S % S

Memory All Clear S % S Yes S %

.

Memory All Clear deletes all downloaded S! Applications.

Synchronizing

Memory Card

S! Applications with 001SH

Opening Java = license information

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S % S

Synchronization S % S Yes S %

% S S! Appli S % S Information S %

8

8-

11

Troubleshooting

8

Music

3

How do I delete files in All Music?

.

Delete All Music files in My Music via Data

Folder (Music or Ring Songs·Tones).

Video

3

How do I delete files in All Videos?

.

Delete All Videos files via Data Folder

(Videos).

3

Cannot play video files

.

Files created with PC software, etc. may not play.

S! Applications

3 Cannot move S! Applications to

Memory Card

.

Memory Card memory may be low.

3 S! Applications do not pause for incoming transmissions despite

Calls & Alarms settings

.

Regardless of setting, a notice appears for Screensaver S! Applications.

3 (S! Appli Notification indicator) does not disappear

.

To delete , open the corresponding

Information item as follows:

% S Phone S % S Information

S % S Notification S %

8-

12

Calendar & Tasks ........................... 9-2

Calendar .......................................... 9-2

Tasks ............................................... 9-6

Alarms............................................. 9-8

Using Alarms ................................... 9-8

Wakeup TV.................................... 9-10

Using Wakeup TV.......................... 9-10

Relaxation Time ........................... 9-12

Playing Animation with Music &

Illumination .................................... 9-12

Household Accounts ................... 9-13

Managing Household Expenses.... 9-13

Calculator ..................................... 9-17

Using Calculator ............................ 9-17

Expenses Memo........................... 9-18

Adding Expenses........................... 9-18

Simulated Call .............................. 9-19

Faking Incoming Calls ................... 9-19

Stopwatch ..................................... 9-20

Using Stopwatch............................ 9-20

Countdown Timer ........................ 9-21

Using Countdown Timer ................ 9-21

World Clock .................................. 9-22

Opening World Clock .....................9-22

Hour Minder ................................. 9-23

Using Hour Minder .........................9-23

Notepad ........................................ 9-24

Saving Text .....................................9-24

ASCII Art....................................... 9-25

Using ASCII Art ..............................9-25

Voice Recorder............................. 9-26

Recording/Playing Voice.................9-26

Barcode Reader ........................... 9-27

Scanning Barcodes ........................9-27

Create QR Code ........................... 9-28

Creating QR Codes ........................9-28

Scan Card ..................................... 9-29

Scanning Business Cards ..............9-29

Scan Text ...................................... 9-30

Scanning Text .................................9-30

Kanji Grabber ............................... 9-31

Using Kanji Grabber .......................9-31

Additional Functions ................... 9-32

Troubleshooting........................... 9-43

9

Handy Extras

9-

1

Calendar & Tasks

Calendar

Opening Calendar

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Calendar

S %

9

Toggling View

Press

A

to toggle Calendar window:

1Month View 2Month View

Key Assignments

[ All Views

Open Previous Page

Open Next Page

Go to Current Date

Open Help

[ 1Month/2Month View

Select Date

[ Week View

Select Date

Select Time Block

Calendar Window g f e

(

#

5

0

Week View

9-

2

Advanced

0

( Changing default view ( Jumping to specified date ( Changing date color ( Selecting task view option ( Adding stamps (1Month View) ( Hiding schedules ( Saving/editing additional holidays ( Hiding/showing holidays ( P.9-32

)

Saving Schedules

Follow these steps to save subject,

Category, start/end date/time, Alarm and schedule details:

(Enter Subject or Description to save entry.)

1

In Calendar window, select date

S %

2

<Add New Entry>

S %

3

Enter subject

S %

4 f

Preset

S

Select

Category

S %

5

Enter start date/time

S %

Calendar & Tasks

7

Alarm:

S %

8

Alarm Time:

S % S Select time

S % S A

9

Description:

S % S

Enter schedule details

S % a

A S Saved

Selecting Category from History

In 4 , f

History

S % S From 5

S

Select Category

Selecting Custom Category

In 4 , f Definable S Select

Category

S % S

From 5

All-Day Schedule

In 5 ,

B S % S

From 9

Custom Alarm Time

In 8 , Alarm Time:

S % S

Other

S

% S Enter date/time S % S A S

From 9

9

6

End:

S % S

Enter end date/time

S %

Advanced

0

(

Setting Location

(

Creating Categories

(

Saving repetitive schedules

(

Editing entries

(

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

(

Changing Alarm

volume ( Selecting Vibration option ( Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode (And more on

P.9-33

-

9-34

)

9-

3

Calendar & Tasks

At Alarm Time

Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

9

Stopping Alarm to Return to Standby

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press % ,

" or $ .

Stopping Alarm to Open Schedule

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key other than % , " or $ .

When Another Function is Active

.

Alarm may not activate until handset returns to Standby.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

Information window opens after handset returns to Standby.

Opening Schedules/Tasks

1

In Calendar window, select date

S %

Schedule List

2

Select schedule or task

S %

3

" S

Standby returns

Opening Task List

In 2 , select task S B S Go to Tasks

S %

Accessing Secret Entries

[Calendar Window] B S Unlock

Temporarily S % S Enter Handset

Code S %

Opening Related Message

Open schedule-related messages saved from Messaging message list.

1

In schedule list, select schedule

S %

2

B S

Related Mail

S %

.

Related message opens.

.

To return to schedule window, press

$

.

Deleting Message from Schedule

After 1 , % S Related Mail: S % S

Yes S % S A

9-

4

Advanced

0

(

Searching entries

(

Checking memory status ( P.9-34 )

Information Link

Set to show or hide the following information in Calendar.

Reservation

List

Birthday

TV Timer and TV

Recording Timer entries

Birthdays entered in

Phone Book

What is today? Preset anniversaries,

(Japanese) commemorative days, etc.

1

In Calendar window,

B

2

Calendar Settings

S %

3

Data to Show

S %

4

Select item

S %

( / )

5

A

Editing TV Timer/TV Recording Timer

1

In schedule list, select entry

S B

2

Edit

S %

3

Edit

S A

Deleting Entries

In 2 , Delete S % S Yes S %

, Timer is canceled.

Making Birthday Calls

1

In schedule list, select entry

S B

2

Call

S % S

Select phone number

S %

.

Omit number selection step if only one number is saved.

Sending Birthday Messages

In 2 , Mail

S % S

Select number/ address S % S Complete message

S A

, Omit number/address selection step if

, only one number or address is saved.

For phone numbers, select S! Mail or

SMS and press

%

.

Deleting Schedules

[ One Entry

1

In schedule list, select schedule

S B

2

Delete

S % S

This

2

Appointment

S % S

Yes

S %

[ All Entries of the Day

1

In Calendar window, select date

S B

Delete

S % S

Calendar & Tasks

All This Day

S % S

Yes

S %

Advanced

0

(

Deleting all entries

(

Deleting entries by specifying week (Week View)

(

Deleting entries by specifying month (1Month View)

(

Deleting entries in two months (2Month View) ( P.9-34 )

9

9-

5

9

Calendar & Tasks

Tasks

Saving Tasks

Follow these steps to save subject, due date/time, Alarm and task details:

(Enter Subject or Description to save entry.)

1

% S

Tools

S % S In PIM/

Life menu,

Tasks

S %

2

<Add New Entry>

S %

3

Enter subject S %

4

Enter due date/time

S %

6

Alarm Time:

S % S Select time

S % S A

7

Description:

S % S

Enter task details S %

8

A S Saved

Task with No Due Date/Time

In 4 , B S % S From 7

Custom Alarm Time

In 6 , Alarm Time: S % S Other S

% S Enter date/time S % S A S

From 7

5

Alarm:

S %

9-

6

Advanced

0

( Hiding tasks ( Editing tasks ( Setting priority

( Changing Alarm tone/video & duration ( Changing Alarm volume ( Selecting Vibration option

(

Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode (

P.9-34 -

9-35 )

At Alarm Time

Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

Opening Tasks

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Tasks

S %

Calendar & Tasks

Deleting Tasks

[ One Entry

1

In task list, select task

S B

2

Delete

S %

3

This Task

S % S

Yes

S %

[ All Completed Tasks

1

In task list,

B

2

Delete

S % S

All Comp.

Tasks

S % S

Yes

S %

Stopping Alarm to Return to Standby

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press

%

,

" or $ .

Stopping Alarm to Open Task

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key other than

%

,

"

or

$

.

When Another Function is Active

.

Alarm may not activate until handset returns to Standby.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

Information window opens after handset returns to Standby.

Task List

.

Use f to open Completed or

Incomplete task list.

2

Select task

S %

3

" S Standby returns

Accessing Secret Entries

After 1 ,

B S

Unlock Temporarily

S

% S Enter Handset Code S %

Marking Tasks as Completed

After 1 , select task S A

9

Advanced

0

(

Searching tasks

(

Sorting tasks by priority

(

Checking memory status

(

Deleting all tasks ( P.9-35

)

9-

7

Alarms

Using Alarms

Setting Alarm

Follow these steps to set Alarm to sound at a specific time on a specific day of the week:

(Set Snooze--Alarm repeats at set interval--Alarm Volume and Duration.)

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Alarms

S %

9

Alarm List

2

--:--

S % S

Enter hour

(24-hour format)

S

Enter minutes

S %

3

Repeat:

S %

4

Selected Days

S %

5

Select day

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection

S A

6

Snooze:

S %

7

Select interval

S %

.

For custom intervals, select Other .

8

Alarm Volume:

S %

9

Adjust level

S % a

Duration:

S % b

Select time S %

.

For custom Duration, select Other .

c

A S

Saved

.

c .

For more settings, repeat 2 - d

" S Standby returns

Activating Alarm Once or Daily

In 4 , Once or Every Day (All)

S %

S From 6

Selecting/Canceling All Days

In 5 , B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Excluding Holidays

In 5 , select day

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection S Except

Holidays

S %

( )

S A S

From 6

9-

8

Advanced

0

( Editing entries ( Saving entry name ( Changing Alarm tone/video ( Setting handset to vibrate at Alarm Time ( Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode

(

Activating Alarm based on World Clock time ( P.9-36

)

At Alarm Time

Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

Stopping Alarm

.

Press a key.

When Another Function is Active

.

Alarm may not activate until handset returns to Standby.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

Information window opens after handset returns to Standby.

When Snooze is Set

Alarm repeats at the set interval.

Other Alarms do not activate while handset is Snoozing.

Canceling Snooze

While Snoozing, % S Yes S %

, Snooze is automatically canceled after a period of time.

Canceling Alarm

1

In Alarm list, select entry

S B

2

Switch Off

S %

.

Reactivate entry to use the same settings.

Reactivating Entry

In 2 , Switch On

S %

Alarms

Deleting Alarm

[ One Entry

1

In Alarm list, select entry

S B

2

Reset Alarm

S %

3

Yes

S %

[ All Entries

1

In Alarm list, select entry

S B

2

Clear All

S %

3

Yes

S %

9

9-

9

Wakeup TV

Using Wakeup TV

Setting Wakeup TV

Follow these steps to activate TV at a specific time on a specific day of the week:

.

Complete TV Area setup beforehand.

.

TV may not activate in poor signal conditions.

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Wakeup TV

S %

3

Repeat:

S %

4

Selected Days

S %

5

Select day S % ( / ) S

Complete selection

S A

6

Channel:

S %

7

Select channel

S %

8

A S

Saved

.

For more settings, repeat 2

9

" S Standby returns

- 8 .

9

Wakeup TV List

2

--:--

S % S

Enter hour

(24-hour format)

S

Enter minutes

S %

Activating TV Once or Daily

In 4 , Once or Every Day (All)

S %

S From 6

Selecting/Canceling All Days

In 5 , B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Excluding Holidays

In 5 , select day

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection S Except

Holidays

S %

( )

S A S

From 6

Canceling Alarm

.

Alarm activates at Wakeup TV time. To cancel Alarm, follow these steps:

[Wakeup TV Menu] Alarm On/Off:

S

% S Off S % S From 8

Adjusting Alarm Volume

[Wakeup TV Menu] Alarm Volume: S

% S Adjust level S % S From 8

Wakeup TV Menu

9-

10

Advanced

0

(

Editing entries

(

Changing Alarm tone/video

(

Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode ( P.9-36 )

At Wakeup TV Time

TV activates after Alarm.

Stopping Alarm Instantly

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key.

When Another Function is Active

.

TV may not activate depending on the function.

After TV is On for a Period of Time

.

A confirmation appears. Choose press % to exit TV.

Yes and

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

End the call to activate TV.

Canceling Wakeup TV

1

In Wakeup TV list, select entry

S B

2

Wakeup TV Off

S %

.

Reactivate entry to use the same settings.

Reactivating Entry

In 2 , Wakeup TV On S %

Deleting Wakeup TV

[ One Entry

1

In Wakeup TV list, select entry

S B

2

Reset Alarm

S %

3

Yes

S %

[ All Entries

1

In Wakeup TV list, select entry

S B

2

Clear All

S %

3

Yes

S %

Wakeup TV

9

9-

11

Relaxation Time

9

Playing Animation with Music & Illumination

Play preset animations or downloaded

Flash

®

files with music and illumination.

Set playback time and volume as needed.

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Relaxation Time

S %

2

Select type

S %

.

Animation appears.

.

For Flash ®, select a file and press % .

.

Message appears when Playback

Time is set to Continuous Play

(except when charging battery); press % to proceed.

Setting Relaxation Time

Follow these steps to set playback time and volume:

1

% S

Tools

S % S In PIM/

Life menu,

Relaxation Time

S %

2

Settings

S %

3

Playback Time

S %

4

Select time

S %

.

For custom playback time, select Other .

5

Volume

S %

6

Adjust level

S %

7

" S

Standby returns

Settings Menu

9-

12

Household Accounts

Managing Household Expenses

Saving Entries

2

Select scan receipt panel

S %

Scanning Receipts

Scan receipts with mobile camera to enter

3

Frame receipt on Display date, expense items, fees/prices and total amount automatically.

Scan may fail if receipt is too long, folded, faded, etc.; some formats are not supported.

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Household

Accounts

S %

5

% S Scan results appear

Totals Panel

Charts Panel

Man u al Inp u t Panel

Scan Receipt Panel

Household Accounts Window

Scan Window

.

Frame date, expense items and total amount. Align text parallel to

4

% reference lines.

.

To cancel, press A .

.

To add, delete or edit expense items,

6

A see

P.9-14

"Entering Manually."

.

Entry is saved.

Opening Operation Guide

,

[Scan Window]

A

Press % to return to scan window.

[ Key Assignments in Scan Window

Toggle Focus Mode

Focus Lock

Adjust Brightness

Open Help

3

!

f

0

9

9-

13

Household Accounts

Entering Manually

1

In Household Accounts window, select manual input panel S %

5

Item

S %

9

Expense Input Window

2

Select date panel

S % S

Enter date

S %

3

Shop

S % S

Select shop/ facility

S %

4

Paid

S % S

Select payment method

S %

6

Item

S % S Enter name

S %

7

Category

S % S

Select

Category S %

8

Value

S % S Enter amount

S % S A

9

A S

Saved

9-

14

Advanced

0

(

Renaming icon labels

(

Exporting Household Accounts data (

P.9-36 -

9-37 )

Adding Expense Items

After 8 , select item field

S

Add Items S % S From 6

B S

Deleting Expense Items

After 8 , select item S B S Delete

S % S

Yes

S % S 9

Changing Categories of All Items at Once

[Expense Input Window] Change

S

% S Select Category S % S 9

Changing Settings

Specify closing day, closing month and budget for the month.

1

In Household Accounts window,

B

3

Enter date/month

S %

4

Yes

S %

5

Budget

S % S Enter amount

S %

6

$ S

Household Accounts window returns

Restricting Access to Household

Accounts by Handset Code

[Account Setup Menu] Locks

S %

S On S %

Resetting Household Accounts

[Account Setup Menu] Master Reset

S % S

Yes

S %

Account Setup Menu

2

Date/Month Closed

S %

.

Press B to change default closing date (end of the month); use f to move between date and month fields.

Household Accounts

9

9-

15

Household Accounts

Opening Expense Records

Opening Entries

1

In Household Accounts window, select totals panel

S %

2

Select date

S %

9

Daily Expense Log

3

Select entry

S %

.

Details appear.

Deleting an Entry

[Daily Expense Log] Select entry

S B

S Delete Receipt S % S Yes S %

Deleting All Entries

[Daily Expense Log] B S Delete Day

Data or Delete Month Data

S % S

Yes S %

Viewing Expense Trends

Follow these steps to view monthly expenses, budgets and balances:

1

In Household Accounts window, select charts panel

S %

2

Results by Month

S %

Monthly Result Charts

Expenses

Balances

.

In Balance chart, gray area of each bar represents balance; bar turns pink when balance is zero or less.

.

In Expenses chart, orange bar extends to the left as monthly expense increases, with the middle of the chart indicating average monthly expense for the year.

Results by Month Window

.

Press % to toggle budget and balance.

.

Use f to open previous or next year.

Viewing Other Expense Trends

In 2 , select item S %

9-

16

Using Calculator

1

% S

Tools

S % S In PIM/

Life menu,

Calculator

S %

Key Assignments

+ (Add)

− (Subtract)

× (Multiply)

÷ (Divide)

= (Sum)

C

.

CE (Clear)

CM (Clear Memory)

RM (Recall Memory)

M+ (Add to Memory) c d a b

%

$

&

!

A

( . (Decimal)

Calculator Window

2

Use Keypad to enter digits

3

S

Calculate

" S

Standby returns

+/- (Positive/Negative Value)

% (Percentage)

#

'

Memory Calculation

.

Clear Memory before starting new

Memory calculations.

.

Numbers saved in Memory remain until powering off.

Incoming Calls

.

Calculations are not affected. End the call to return to Calculator.

Using % Function

Use ' to find definite percentage of a known value.

Example: Calculate 30% of 800,000

Enter 800,000

S x

S

30

S %

, 240,000 appears.

Advanced

0

(

Copying calculation results

(

Changing exchange rate for currency conversion

(

Converting currencies ( P.9-37

)

Calculator

9

9-

17

Expenses Memo

Adding Expenses

Entering Expenses

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Expenses Memo

S %

Saving under Custom Category

In 5 , Other

S % S

Enter name

S %

Renaming Lists

[Expenses Memo Menu] Select list

S B S Edit Title S % S Enter name

S %

Resetting All List Names

[Expenses Memo Menu]

B

Title S % S Yes S %

S

Reset

Checking Entries

1

In Expenses Memo menu, select list

S %

9

Expenses Memo Menu

2

Select list

S %

3

Add New

S %

4

Enter amount

S %

Deleting Entries

[ One Entry

1

In Expenses Memo list, select entry

S B

2

Delete Item

S %

3

Yes

S %

[ All Entries

1

In Expenses Memo list, select entry

S B

2

Delete All

S %

3

Yes

S %

.

All entries on the list are deleted.

5

Select Category

Saved

S % S

Expenses Memo List

2

" S

Standby returns

Saving Entries to Notepad

[Expenses Memo List] Select entry

S B S

Save to Notepad

S %

9-

18

Advanced

0

(

Changing Category of saved entry

(

Changing amount

(

Renaming Categories ( P.9-37 )

Simulated Call

Faking Incoming Calls

Handset rings to emulate an incoming call.

.

Save name and phone number to show as

Caller ID.

.

Ringer may be muted by handset settings.

To override Silent setting, see P.9-37 .

Setting Simulated Call

1

% S

Tools

S % S In PIM/

Life menu,

Simulated Call

S %

Simulated Call Menu

2

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S %

3

Set Caller

S %

4

Name:

S % S

Enter name

S %

5

Phone Number:

S % S

Enter phone number

S %

S A

6

Assign Tone

S % S

Select tone/file

S %

7

A S

PIM/Life menu returns

When Name and Phone Number are Unset

.

Handset rings with Caller ID "Withheld."

Canceling Simulated Call

[Simulated Call Menu] Switch On/Off

S % S Off S % S A

Setting Wait Time

[Simulated Call Menu] Receive Timing

S % S Select time S % S A

Using Simulated Call

1

With handset closed,

I

(Long)

.

Handset rings and incoming Voice

Call window opens.

.

Ringtone stops after a period of time.

2

In incoming Voice Call window, press

!

.

Voice Call window opens. (Softkeys are dummies.)

3

" S

Standby returns

When Receive Timing is Not Immediately

.

Press " or $ during wait time to cancel Simulated Call activation.

.

Simulated Call activation is canceled by incoming calls, Alarms, etc. during wait time.

9

Advanced

0

(

Starting via Simulated Call menu

(

Clearing caller information

(

Overriding Silent volume setting ( P.9-37

)

9-

19

Stopwatch

Using Stopwatch

Stopwatch stops if battery runs low.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Stopwatch

S %

Recording Lap Times

While Stopwatch is running,

B

Saving Records to Notepad

After 3 ,

B S

Save to Notepad

S %

Resetting Records

After 3 ,

A S

From 2

Incoming Calls

.

Stopwatch is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

9

Stopwatch Window

2

% S

Stopwatch starts

3

% S

Stopwatch stops

.

Press % to resume.

4

" S

Yes

S % S

Stopwatch ends

.

Records are deleted when

Stopwatch ends.

9-

20

Countdown Timer

Using Countdown Timer

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Countdown

Timer

S %

3

% S Countdown starts

.

Press % to stop/resume countdown.

4

Set time elapses

S

Tone sounds

5

" S

Yes

S % S

Countdown Timer ends

Timer Entry Window

2

Enter minutes

S

Enter seconds

S %

Using Timer Records

After 1 , B S Select record S % S

% S From 3

Resetting Countdown Timer

Stop countdown and B

Incoming Calls

.

Countdown is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

When Set Time Elapses

Tone sounds.

Stopping Tone Instantly

.

Press % or I . (Tone stops automatically after a period of time.)

When Timer Time Elapsed during a Call

.

Tone sounds after the call.

9

Countdown Timer Window

.

Press

B

to change time.

9-

21

World Clock

Opening World Clock

9

Auto World Clock

Powering on outside Japan automatically sets World Clock; the local time for your current location appears in Standby.

Upon returning to Japan, original World

Clock setting and Clock view will return.

Disabling Auto World Clock

1

% S

Settings

S % S In

Sound/Display menu,

Date

& Time

S %

2

Auto World Clock

S %

3

Disabled

S %

Setting World Clock Manually

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

World Clock

S %

2

%

Local Time

Zone

W orld Time

Zone

3 f Select area S %

4

" S

Standby returns

Advancing One Hour (Daylight Saving)

,

[Set Time Zone Window]

A

To cancel, press A .

Adding Custom Time Zone

[Set Time Zone Window] B S Enter city name

S % S e

+ or -

S d S

Enter time difference S %

Opening World Clock in Standby

Manually

1

% S

Settings

S % S

In

Sound/Display menu,

Display

S %

2

Standby Display

S %

Set Time Zone Window

3

Clock/Calendar

S %

4

World Clock (L)

, etc.

S %

5

" S

Standby returns

9-

22

Hour Minder

Using Hour Minder

Setting Hour Minder

Follow these steps to activate the hourly time signal at selected hours:

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Hour

Minder

S %

5

A S Saved

6

" S

Standby returns

Adjusting Hour Minder Volume

In 2 , Advanced

S % S

Volume:

S

% S Adjust level S % S A S

From 5

Changing Hour Minder Duration

In 2 , Advanced

S % S

Duration:

S % S Select time S % S A S

From 5

, For custom Duration, select Other .

Selecting/Canceling All Hours

In 4 , B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

At Hour Minder Time

Hour Minder activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

2

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

3

S %

Hour Minder Menu

Select Time

S %

Stopping Tone Instantly

.

Press a key.

When Another Function is Active

.

Hour Minder does not activate.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Hour Minder stops for incoming calls.

Canceling Hour Minder

1

In Hour Minder menu,

Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S % S A

4

Select hour

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection S A

Advanced

0

(

Changing Hour Minder tone/video

(

Setting handset to vibrate at Hour Minder Time

(

Sounding Hour Minder tone even in Manner mode

(

Activating

Hour Minder based on World Clock time (

P.9-37 -

9-38 )

9

9-

23

Notepad

Saving Text

New Notepad Entry

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S %

9

Notepad List

2

<Add New Entry>

S %

3

Enter text S %

4

Select Category S % S

Saved

Sorting Entries Temporarily

[Notepad List] A

, Press to toggle sort options (Modified,

Created, Category and Accessed).

Inserting Notepad Text during Text Entry

[Text Entry Window] B S Notepad

S % S Call Notepad S % S

Select entry S %

, Not available in Notepad text entry window.

Opening Notepad

1

In Notepad list, select entry

S %

.

Text appears.

2

$ S

List returns

Deleting Entries

[ One Entry

1

In Notepad list, select entry

S B

2

Delete Item

S % S

Yes

S %

[ Selected Entries

1

In Notepad list, select entry S

B S

Setting/Manage

S %

2

Multiple Selection

S % S

Select entry S % ( / ) S

Complete selection

S B

3

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

Unchecking All

In 3 , Uncheck All S %

[ All Entries

1

In Notepad list, select entry

S

B S

Setting/Manage

S %

2

Delete All

S % S

Yes

S %

9-

24

Advanced

0

(

Editing Notepad

(

Searching text within all entries

(

Inserting Notepad text into message text

(

Sending entries via S! Mail

(

Creating text files

( Importing text files ( Checking memory status ( Opening properties ( P.9-38

)

ASCII Art

Using ASCII Art

Inserting ASCII Art

1

In message text entry window,

B S

Call ASCII Art

S %

2

Select entry

S %

Editing Entries

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

ASCII Art

S %

Deleting Entries

1

In ASCII Art list, select entry

S B S

Delete

S %

2

Yes

S %

Previewing ASCII Art

,

In 2 , select entry

S B

Press % to insert ASCII Art.

ASCII Art List

2

Select entry

S % S

Edit

S %

Opening Entries

In 2 , select entry S B S View S %

Adding New Entries

In 2 , <Empty> S % S Create ASCII

Art

S %

9

9-

25

Voice Recorder

9

Recording/Playing Voice

Recording

.

Recording stops if battery runs low while recording.

2

% S Recording starts

3

% S

Recording ends

.

Record conversations during calls via

Record Caller Voice .

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Voice Recorder

S %

.

For Extended Voice , recording is saved automatically.

4

Save

S %

Play Before Saving

In 4 , Playback

S % S

Playback starts S $ S Playback stops

Starting Over

In 4 , $ S From 2

Playback

1

In recording window,

B S

Ring Songs

·

Tones

S %

2

Select file

S %

Playing Files via Data Folder

% S Data Folder S % S Ring

Songs · Tones S % S Select file S %

Playback Operations

Volume Control

Pause/Resume

Stop e

%

$

Recording Window

9-

26

Advanced

0

(

Saving longer recordings

(

Sending Voice files via S! Mail

(

Switching storage media ( P.9-38 )

Barcode Reader

Scanning Barcodes

Scan UPC/JAN (1D barcodes) or QR

Codes (2D barcodes).

.

Membership file or password may be required when scanning barcodes.

.

Some barcodes may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

3

Frame barcode in center of

Display

5

Tone sounds S Scan results appear

2

Barcode Reader

S %

Foc u s

Adj u stment

Bar

Scan Window

.

Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a guide (better focus in darker blue).

4

% S Scan starts

.

If recognition takes time, slowly adjust the distance between handset

.

and barcode.

To cancel, press

A

.

Split Data

.

After scanning, a confirmation appears.

Follow onscreen prompt(s).

.

Scan results do not appear until all split data is scanned.

Starting Over

After 5 , A S Yes S % S From 3

Key Assignments in Scan Window

Toggle Focus Mode

Switch to Photo Camera

Focus Lock

Adjust Brightness

Open Help

3

7

!

f

0

9

Advanced

0

(

Scanning during text entry

(

Scanning continuously

(

Reading saved barcode images

(

Saving scan results

(

Saving to Notepad

(

Saving linked info to Phone Book ( Opening saved scan results ( Using linked info

( Using images as Wallpaper ( Saving images & melodies ( Copying text (And more

on

P.9-39

-

9-40

)

9-

27

Create QR Code

Creating QR Codes

Create QR Codes from these items on handset:

Phone Book My Details

Text Input Ring Songs · Tones

Pictures Notepad

Large items are divided into multiple QR

Codes.

9

Procedure

Follow these steps to create QR Codes from Data Folder files:

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

2

Create QR Code

S %

3

Data Folder

S %

4

Select folder

S % S

Select file or entry

S %

.

QR Code is created.

5

%

.

QR Code is saved to Data Folder

(Pictures).

From Phone Book Entries

In 3 , Phone Book

S % S

Select entry S % S 5

From My Details

In 3 , My Details S % S B S 5

From Entered Text

In 3 , Text Input S % S Enter text

S % S 5

Switching Storage Media

In 5 ,

B S

Save to

S % S

Memory Card S % S %

Phone or

Attaching to S! Mail

In 5 , B S Send As Message S %

S

Complete message

S A

Incoming Calls

.

QR Code creation is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

9-

28

Scan Card

.

Scanning Business Cards

Scan business cards and save names, addresses, etc. to Phone Book.

4

%

.

English business cards may not be scanned correctly.

To cancel, press A .

5

% S

Scan results appear

.

Some cards may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

2

Scan Card

S %

3

Frame card on Display .

Scan Results Window

6

% S A

New Phone Book entry is saved.

If Text Exceeds Phone Book Entry Item

Character Limit

.

A confirmation appears. Follow these steps to delete overage:

Yes S %

Starting Over

After 5 , A S Yes S % S From 3

Saving as vCard

[Scan Results Window] B S Save to

S % S

Select storage media

S %

S %

, Saved to Data Folder (Other Documents).

Saving Scanned Image as Phone Book

Picture

[Scan Results Window] B S Add

Image

S % S

On

S % S 6

Key Assignments in Scan Window

Toggle Focus Mode

Switch to Photo Camera

Focus Lock

Adjust Brightness

Open Help

3

7

!

f

0

9

Scan Window

Advanced

0

( Saving to Notepad ( Pasting to message text ( Copying text ( P.9-41

)

9-

29

Scan Text

9

Scanning Text

Scan text and save it to Notepad, etc.

Available Modes:

Full

Line

Capture text in full screen and scan a selected line

Capture a few lines of text and scan a selected line

.

To toggle mode, press A in scan window.

.

Some text may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

2

Scan Text

S %

.

To change mode, press A in scan window.

3

Frame text in center of Display

Scan Window

4

%

.

To cancel, press A .

5

Select line

S % S

Scan results appear

6

%

Correcting Text Type

After 5 ,

B S

Change Mode

S % S

Select type S % S 6

Editing Scanned Text

After 5 , B S Select/Edit S % S

Select character

S

Select alternative from list or edit directly S 6

Starting Over

In 6 , A S Yes S % S From 3

Key Assignments in Scan Window

Toggle Focus Mode

Switch to Photo Camera

Focus Lock

Adjust Brightness

Open Help

3

7

!

f

0

7

B S

Notepad

S %

9-

30

Advanced

0

( Scanning and pasting during text entry ( Scanning more text ( Saving scan results ( Saving linked info to Phone Book ( Opening saved scan results

(

Using linked info

(

Pasting to message text

(

Copying text (

P.9-41

- 9-42 )

Using Kanji Grabber

Scan a kanji compound and look it up in dictionaries.

Some kanji may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

2

Kanji Grabber

S %

3

Frame kanji in Loupe

4

%

.

5

%

Scan results (kanji) appear.

6

Select dictionary

S % S

Search

S %

7

Select word, etc. S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

Starting Over

In 5 ,

A S

From 3

Key Assignments in Scan Window

Toggle Focus Mode

Switch to Photo Camera

Focus Lock

Zoom In/Out

Adjust Brightness

Open Help

3

7

!

e f

0

Scan Window

Lo u pe

Advanced

0

(

Scanning and pasting during text entry ( P.9-42

)

Kanji Grabber

9

9-

31

Additional Functions

9

Calendar

[ View Settings

Changing default view

Jumping to specified date

Changing date color

Selecting task view option

Adding stamps

(1Month View)

Hiding schedules

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Calendar Settings S

% S Default View S % S Select type S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S 8 S Enter date S %

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S See below

By Days of the Week

B S Calendar Settings S % S Set Color S

% S By Week S % S Select day S % S

Select color S %

By Date

Select date S 4 S Select color S %

Resetting "By Date" Colors

B S Calendar Settings S % S Set Color S

% S Reset Color S % S Select option S %

S Yes S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Calendar Settings S

% S Tasks View S % S Select option S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S Select date S 2 S Select stamp S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S Secret: S % S On S %

S A

Saving/editing additional holidays

Hiding/showing holidays

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Calendar Settings S %

S Set Holiday S % S f Private S See below

Adding Holidays

<Empty> S % S Enter name S % S Enter date S % S Select frequency S % S A

Editing Added Holidays

Select holiday S B S Edit S % S Name: S

% S Enter name S % S Date: S % S Enter date S % S Select frequency S % S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Calendar Settings S

% S Set Holiday S % S f Private or Public

S Select holiday S % ( / )

9-

32

[ Saving/Editing Schedules

Setting Location

Creating Categories

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S Location: S % S Enter location S % S A

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Calendar Settings S

% S Set Category S % S See below

Renaming Categories

Select Category S % S Edit Category Name

S % S Enter name S %

Changing Icons

Select Category S % S Change Icon S % S

Select Pictogram S %

Saving repetitive schedules

Resetting

B S Reset Settings S % S Yes S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Calendar

S % S Select date S % S Select entry S %

S % S Repeat: S % S Select frequency S

% S Enter repeat time S % S A

.

Repeat time is not available for Every Year .

Additional Functions

Saving S! Friend's

Status information

Editing entries

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

Changing Alarm volume

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S S! Friend'sStatus: S % S

Link Setting: S % S Linked S % S See below

Availability

Answer Status: S % S Edit S A S A S A

.

Set Category first.

Comment

Comment: S % S Enter text S % S A S A

.

Set Category first.

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S Select item S % S Edit in the same manner as saving schedules S A

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S Alarm: S % S See below

Alarm Tone/Video

Assign Tone/Video: S % S Select folder S

% S Select tone/file S % S A S A

.

Select start point if required.

Duration

Duration: S % S Select time S % S A S A

.

For custom Duration, select Other and press

%

.

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Alarm Settings S % S

Alarm Volume: S % S Adjust level S %

9

9-

33

9

Additional Functions

Selecting Vibration option

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Alarm Settings S % S

Vibration: S % S Select option S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Alarm Settings S % S

For Manner Mode: S % S Ring S % S Yes

S %

[ Managing Schedules

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S See below

Searching entries

By Part of Subject

6 S Enter text S %

Checking memory status

Deleting all entries

By Category

9 S Select Category S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S Select date S B S Memory

Status S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Delete S % S All

Appointments S % S Yes S %

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S See below

Deleting entries by specifying week

(Week View)

Within One Week

Select date S B S Delete S % S All This

Week S % S Yes S %

Up to the End of Previous Week

Select date S B S Delete S % S Up to Last

Week S % S Yes S %

Deleting entries by specifying month

(1Month View)

Deleting entries in two months

(2Month View)

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S See below

Within One Month

Select date S B S Delete S % S All This

Month S % S Yes S %

Up to the End of Previous Month

Select date S B S Delete S % S Up to Last

Month S % S Yes S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar S % S B S Delete S % S All This

2Months S % S Yes S %

Tasks

[ Task List

Hiding tasks

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S Select task S B S Edit S % S Secret:

S % S On S % S A

[ Saving/Editing Tasks

Editing tasks

Setting priority

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S Select task S B S Edit S % S Select item S % S Edit in the same manner as saving tasks S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S Select task S B S Edit S % S Priority:

S % S Select priority S % S A

9-

34

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

Changing Alarm volume

Selecting Vibration option

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Tasks S % S Select task S B S Edit S % S

Alarm: S % S See below

Alarm Tone/Video

Assign Tone/Video: S % S Select folder S

% S Select tone/file S % S A S A

.

Select start point if required.

Duration

Duration: S % S Select time S % S A S A

.

For custom Duration, select Other and press

%

.

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S B S Alarm Settings S % S Alarm

Volume: S % S Adjust level S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S B S Alarm Settings S % S Vibration:

S % S Select option S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S B S Alarm Settings S % S For Manner

Mode: S % S Ring S % S Yes S %

Additional Functions

[ Managing Tasks

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Tasks S % S B S Find S % S See below

Searching tasks

Sorting tasks by priority

Checking memory status

Deleting all tasks

By Part of Subject

By Subject S % S Enter text S %

By Due Date

By Due Date S % S Enter date S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S B S Sort S % S Priority S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S B S Memory Status S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S B S Delete S % S All Tasks S % S

Yes S %

9

9-

35

9

Additional Functions

Alarms

Editing entries

Saving entry name

Changing Alarm tone/video

Setting handset to vibrate at Alarm

Time

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

Activating Alarm based on World

Clock time

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Alarms

S % S Select entry S % S Select item S %

S Edit in the same manner as saving entries

S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Alarms

S % S Select entry S % S Subject: S % S

Enter name S % S A

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Alarms S % S Select entry S % S Assign

Tone/Video: S % S See below

Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File

Select folder S % S Select tone/file S % S A

.

Select start point if required.

Using Customized Screen Tone/Video

Customized Screen S % S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Alarms

S % S Select entry S % S Vibration: S %

S On S % S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Alarms

S % S Settings S % S For Manner Mode S

% S Ring S % S Yes S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Alarms

S % S Settings S % S Link to World Clk S

% S On S %

Wakeup TV

Editing entries

Changing Alarm tone/video

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Wakeup

TV S % S Select entry S % S Select item S

% S Edit in the same manner as saving entries S A

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Wakeup TV S % S Select entry S % S

Assign Tone/Video: S % S See below

Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File

Select folder S % S Select tone/file S % S A

.

Select start point if required.

Using Customized Screen Tone/Video

Customized Screen S % S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Wakeup

TV S % S For Manner Mode S % S Ring S

% S Yes S %

Household Accounts

Renaming icon labels

7

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Household Accounts S % S Select manual input panel S % S See below

Shops

Shop S % S Select icon S B S Enter name

S %

Payment Methods

Paid S % S Select icon S B S Enter name

S %

Categories

Change S % S Select icon S B S Enter name S %

9-

36

Exporting

Household

Accounts data

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Household Accounts S % S B S Export All

S % S Yes S %

.

Data is exported as a CSV file and saved to handset

Data Folder (Other Documents).

.

Files are saved to Memory Card, if inserted.

Calculator

Copying calculation results

Changing exchange rate for currency conversion

Converting currencies

While result appears, B S Copy S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calculator S % S B S Money Converter S

% S Exchange Rate S % S Domestic or

Foreign S % S Enter rate S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calculator S % S Enter amount of money S

B S Money Converter S % S To Domestic or

To Foreign S %

.

Set Exchange Rate first.

Expenses Memo

Changing

Category of saved entry

Changing amount

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Expenses Memo S % S Select list S % S

Select entry S % S Select Category S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Expenses Memo S % S Select list S % S

Select entry S B S Change Amount S % S

Edit S %

Additional Functions

Renaming

Categories

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Expenses Memo S % S Edit Category S %

S Select Category S % S Enter name S %

Simulated Call

Starting via

Simulated Call menu

Clearing caller information

Overriding Silent volume setting

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Simulated Call S % S Receive Simulated Call

S % S Yes S %

.

Simulated Call starts immediately regardless of

Receive Timing setting.

.

Settings remain even after starting Simulated Call during setup.

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Simulated Call S % S Set Caller S % S B

S Yes S % S A S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Simulated Call S % S For Silent Mode S %

S Ring S % S Yes S % S A

Hour Minder

Changing Hour

Minder tone/video

Setting handset to vibrate at Hour

Minder Time

% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge S Hour

Minder S % S Advanced S % S Assign

Tone/Video: S % S Select folder S % S

Select tone/file S % S A S A

.

Select start point if required.

% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge S Hour

Minder S % S Advanced S % S Vibration:

S % S On S % S A S A

9

9-

37

9

Additional Functions

Sounding Hour

Minder tone even in Manner mode

Activating Hour

Minder based on

World Clock time

% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge S Hour

Minder S % S Advanced S % S For Manner

Mode: S % S Ring S % S Yes S % S A S A

% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge S Hour

Minder S % S Advanced S % S Link to

World Clk: S % S On S % S A S A

Notepad

Editing Notepad

Searching text within all entries

Inserting Notepad text into message text

Sending entries via

S! Mail

Creating text files

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad S % S Select entry S B S See below

Editing Text

Edit Text S % S Edit S %

Changing Category

Change Category S % S Select Category S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Search S % S

Enter text S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Send S % S As

Message Text S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S

Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Send S % S Via

Message S % S Complete message S A

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Setting/Manage

S % S Create Text File S % S Enter name

S % S Save here S %

Importing text files

Checking memory status

Opening properties

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Setting/Manage S

% S Import Text File S % S Select file S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Setting/Manage

S % S Memory Status S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Details S %

Voice Recorder

Saving longer recordings

Sending Voice files via S! Mail

Switching storage media

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Voice

Recorder S % S B S Record Time S % S

Extended Voice S % S % S Recording starts S % S Recording ends

.

Insert Memory Card to record in Extended Voice mode. (Recording is saved automatically.)

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Voice

Recorder S % S % S Recording starts S %

S Recording ends S Save and Send S % S

Complete message S A

.

Available in For Message mode.

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Voice

Recorder S % S B S Save Recording to S

% S Select option S %

.

Available in For Message mode.

.

Set to Ask Each Time to select media after every recording.

9-

38

Barcode Reader

Scanning during text entry

Scanning continuously

Reading saved barcode images

Saving scan results

Saving to Notepad

7

In a text entry window, B S Scan S %

S Scan Code S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S See below

Pasting All Scan Results

%

Pasting a Part of Scan Results

B S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S B S

Continuous Scan S % S On S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S %

.

Choose Yes to continue scanning or No and press % to view scan results.

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Open Barcode S % S Select file S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S B S

Save S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S B S

Notepad S %

Additional Functions

Saving linked info to Phone Book

Opening saved scan results

Using linked info

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select number or mail address S B S Save to

Ph.Book

S % S As New Entry S % S

Complete other fields S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .

.

When MEMORY: appears in scan results, press

% to enter the items underlined with a dotted line

( NAME1: , TEL1: , etc.) automatically in Phone Book entry window.

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scanned Results S % S Select file S %

.

Select a file and press

B

to rename files, open properties or delete files.

.

Some files may not open.

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Barcode Reader S %

S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S

See below

Dialing Numbers

Select phone number S % S !

Sending Messages

Select mail address S % S Complete message S A

.

When MAILTO: appears in scan results along with

SUBJECT: or BODY: , press

%

to enter the items underlined with a dotted line automatically in Mail

Composition window.

Accessing Websites

Select URL S %

9

9-

39

9

Additional Functions

Using images as

Wallpaper

Saving images & melodies

Opening or playing files

Using images for

System Graphics

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select image S B S Set as Wallpaper S % S %

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, Wallpaper

Display options appear; follow onscreen prompts.

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select file

S B S To Data Folder S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select file

S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Barcode Reader S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select image S B S As System S % S Select item

S % S Specify image area S %

.

Some images may be usable without specifying image area.

Pasting to message text

Copying text

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Barcode Reader S %

S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S

B S Send Message S % S See below

All Text

% S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Selected Text

B S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S

Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Barcode Reader S %

S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S

See below

Text

B S Copy S % S Select first character S %

S Highlight text range S %

Number, Address or URL

Select number, mail address or URL S B S

Copy Telephone , Copy Address or Copy URL

S %

9-

40

Scan Card

Saving to Notepad

Pasting to message text

Copying text

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Card S % S Frame card in center of Display S % S % S B S

Notepad S %

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Scan Card S % S

Frame card in center of Display S % S % S

B S Send Message S % S See below

All Text

% S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Selected Text

B S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S

Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Card S % S Frame card in center of Display S % S % S B S Copy

S % S Select first character S % S

Highlight text range S %

Additional Functions

Scan Text

Scanning and pasting during text entry

Scanning more text

Saving scan results

Saving linked info to Phone Book

Opening saved scan results

In a text entry window, B S Scan S % S

Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of

Display S % S Select line S % S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S

% S B S Continue Part or Scan More S %

.

Select Continue Part to enter additional text or

Scan More to enter text after a line break.

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S

% S B S Save S %

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S

% S Select number or mail address S B S

Save to Ph.Book

S % S As New Entry S %

S Complete other fields S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scanned Results S % S Select file S %

.

Select a file and press

B

to rename files, open properties or delete files.

.

Some files may not open.

9

9-

41

9

Additional Functions

Using linked info

Pasting to message text

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Scan Text S % S

Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S % S See below

Dialing Numbers

Select phone number S % S !

Sending Messages

Select mail address S % S Complete message S A

Accessing Websites

Select URL S %

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Scan Text S % S

Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S % S B S Send Message S %

S See below

All Text

% S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Selected Text

B S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S

Complete message S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

Copying text

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Scan Text S % S

Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S % S See below

Text

B S Copy S % S Select first character S %

S Highlight text range S %

Number, Address or URL

Select number, mail address or URL S B S

Copy Telephone , Copy Address or Copy URL

S %

Kanji Grabber

Scanning and pasting during text entry

In a text entry window, B S Scan S % S

Kanji Grabber S % S Frame kanji in Loupe S

% S Scan results appear S %

9-

42

Troubleshooting

Wakeup TV

3 TV does not activate with specified channel

.

If Wakeup TV Time arrives while TV is active, channel does not switch to the specified one.

Auto World Clock

3 World Clock does not appear automatically

.

Daylight Saving in Date & Time may be set to On .

.

Set Time Zone in Date & Time may be set to a city other than Tokyo .

.

Local time does not appear if time information cannot be obtained via the

Network.

3

Local time does not appear

.

Local time disappears when:

, Auto World Clock setting is changed to Disabled

,

World Clock setting is changed

,

Clock/Calendar setting in Date & Time is changed from World Clock (L)

Voice Recorder

3

Cannot record properly

.

If incompatible microphone is connected, recording may fail.

3

Noise/skipping occurs

.

Avoid shocks to handset while recording; may cause noise or skipping.

3

Recording takes time to start

.

Recording window may take longer to open as more Voice files are saved on

Memory Card.

Scanning Barcode/Card/Text

3

Cannot read barcodes properly

.

Scan may fail if barcode is dirty or unclear.

.

Scan may fail if barcode is scanned under inadequate light.

.

Scan may fail if multiple barcodes are captured at one time.

3 Cannot read split QR Codes in

Data Folder automatically

.

When scan fails, follow onscreen instructions and select next barcode image manually.

3 Cannot scan business cards properly

.

Scan fails if business card is printed in light-colored text on a dark background, handwritten or printed in casual/ decorative fonts, decorated with a background pattern, or designed with both vertical and horizontal text.

.

Scan may fail if business card is printed in light-colored text on a light background, printed in italics or extremely small fonts, decorated with a logo or logo-like text, printed on a glossy paper or other material, or dirty/folded.

3

Cannot scan text properly

.

Scanning over 35 characters at one time may yield poor results.

.

In Line mode, adjust to frame text in [ ].

Letters at the ends may be distorted.

9

9-

43

Mobile Widget............................... 10-2

Customizing Standby Display

(Japanese)..................................... 10-2

S! Quick News .............................. 10-5

Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)

....................................................... 10-5

S! Information Channel ............... 10-6

S! Information Channel & Weather

Indicator (Japanese) ...................... 10-6

Content Downloads ..................... 10-7

Downloading Content (Japanese)... 10-7

e-Books ........................................ 10-8

Reading e-Books (Japanese).........10-8

S! Friend's Status ........................ 10-9

Using S! Friend's Status .................10-9

S! Circle Talk .............................. 10-12

Using S! Circle Talk ......................10-12

Blog Tool .................................... 10-14

Blogging .......................................10-14

Additional Functions ................. 10-16

Troubleshooting......................... 10-22

10

Widgets &

Entertainment

10-

1

Mobile Widget

10

Customizing Standby Display (Japanese)

Paste various widgets (applications) to

Standby to access/activate information/ functions immediately from Standby.

S! Q u ick N e w s &

S! Friend ' s Stat u s W idget

W idgets

Obtaining Widgets

1

% S

Widget

S %

Saving Widgets to Standby

1 a

2 g

Select (OPEN)

S %

W idget Ta b

Stand b y Shortc u t Ta b

Mobile Widget Menu

2

Widget Store

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Installing Widgets

.

Some widgets may need to be installed manually; follow these steps:

[Mobile Widget Menu] Widget

Contents S % S Select widget S

B S Install S % S Yes S %

Activating Widgets Not Saved in Standby

[Mobile Widget Menu] Widget

Contents S % S Select widget S

% S %

3

Select widget

S %

.

Corresponding icon appears.

4 g

Specify target location

S %

Using Pointer

.

After 1 , Long Press A to activate pointer

.

navigation; select widgets, etc.

To cancel pointer navigation, Long Press A .

10-

2

Advanced

0

( Opening properties ( Canceling automatic updates ( Receiving updates automatically while outside Japan ( Hiding confirmation outside Japan

(

Disabling cookies

(

Deleting cookies ( P.10-16

)

Mobile Widget

Using Widgets

1 a S g

Select widget

S %

2

%

.

Widget activates; follow onscreen instructions.

Using Sheets

Paste widgets and Standby Shortcuts on each sheet; toggle sheets to use them.

Saving Widgets on Other Sheets

1

In Mobile Widget menu,

Widget Contents

S %

2

Select widget

S B

3

Paste to Standby Display

S %

4

Select sheet

S %

Toggling Sheets

1 a S A

↓ A

.

To toggle further, press A or ) .

.

Sheet name appears at the top, then disappears.

.

Save widgets as needed; corresponding icons appear on the current sheet.

Using Locked Sheets a S Select S % S Enter

Handset Code

S %

10

5

Specify target location S %

Advanced

0

(

Logging in to Yahoo! JAPAN

(

Moving widgets

(

Slowing pointer speed

(

Editing sheet names

(

Locking sheets (And more on

P.10-16 -

10-17

)

10-

3

Mobile Widget

10

Removing Widgets from Standby

1 a S g

Select widget

S B

2

Operation

S %

3

4

Remove

Yes

S

S

%

%

Deleting Widgets

1

In Mobile Widget menu,

Widget Contents

S %

2

Select widget

S B

.

S!速報ニュース/S!ともだち状況 cannot be deleted.

3

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

Deleting All Widgets

In 2 , S!速報ニュース/S!ともだち状況 S B

S Delete All S % S Yes S %

, If there is a widget saved in Standby, a confirmation appears; follow onscreen prompt.

Using S! Quick News &

S! Friend's Status Widget

001SH is preloaded with S!速報ニュース/S!とも

だち状況 (S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget) that shows S! Quick News and

S! Friend's Status information in Standby.

S! Q u ick N e w s &

S! Friend ' s Stat u s W idget

View Settings

[ Setting View Pattern

1 a S g

Select S! Quick

News & S! Friend's Status widget

S B

2

Settings

S % S

Pattern

Setting

S %

3

Select item S % ( / )

S A

[ Switching View

1 a S g

Select S! Quick

News & S! Friend's Status widget

S B

2

Operation

S % S

Switch

Pattern

S %

Advanced

.

Repeat the steps above to switch the view.

0

(

Removing multiple widgets at once

(

Adding news items

(

Changing news scroll speed

(

Showing unread news only

(

Assigning members

( Managing members ( P.10-17 )

10-

4

Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)

View content updates or breaking news.

Packet transmission fees apply.

Registering S! Quick News Items

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Quick News

S %

2

S! Quick News List

S %

Opening Information

1

In S! Quick News List, select item

S %

.

Title list appears.

2

Select title

S %

.

Information appears.

.

Press B to return to title list, or A to open next title.

Updating Items Manually

[S! Quick News List] Select item S

A S 更新 S % S 一件 or 全件 S %

S! Quick News List

3

登録はこちら

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

4

Select item

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

S! Quick News

Indicators

Unread Special news

Read Special news

Unread News

Flash

Read News

Flash

Unread General news

Read General news

Auto update disabled

10

Advanced

0

( Setting S! Quick News automatic update ( Checking update schedule ( Deleting S! Quick News items ( Resetting S! Quick News List ( Changing background image ( Accessing source sites ( Disabling image download ( P.10-18

)

10-

5

S! Information Channel

10

S! Information Channel & Weather Indicator (Japanese)

Subscribe to Japanese mobile periodicals that download to handset automatically; use Weather Indicator as needed.

Packet transmission fees apply.

Service Registration & Content

Subscription

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Information Channel/

Weather

S %

S! Information Channel Menu

2

Registration/Cancel

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Follow onscreen instructions.

New Received Information

Information window opens for new

S! Information Channel info delivery.

1

While Information window appears,

S! Info. Channel

S %

.

S! Information Channel page opens.

Follow onscreen instructions.

.

S! Information Channel page handling is similar to that of Yahoo! Keitai.

2

" S

Standby returns

Opening Unread Latest Issue

[S! Information Channel Menu]

What's New S %

Opening Back Issues

[S! Information Channel Menu] Back

Issue S % S Select date S %

Using Weather Indicator

After S! Information Channel registration, local area weather indicator appears in

Standby.

Manual Update

[S! Information Channel Menu]

Weather Indicator

S % S

Manual

Update S % S Yes S %

10-

6

Advanced

0

( Suppressing Information window for new received info ( Changing Display Size ( Changing scroll unit

( Copying text ( Hiding Weather Indicator in

Standby ( Canceling Weather Indicator automatic updates (

Suppressing Information window for weather updates (And more on P.10-18

-

10-19 )

Downloading Content (Japanese)

Download media content via Yahoo! Keitai.

Via Free Content Providers

Download free Graphic Mail templates,

2

Free Contents

S %

3

Select provider

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Follow onscreen instructions.

e-Books, games, etc.

Content downloads are free, however, they require Internet connection incurring packet transmission fees.

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

Via S! Contents Store

1

In Entertainment menu,

S! Contents Store

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Entertainment Menu

Content Downloads

10

10-

7

e-Books

Reading e-Books (Japanese)

Downloading e-Books

1

% S

Entertainment

S % e-Book Viewer

Read XMDF books and dictionary files.

Some files may not be supported.

1

In Entertainment menu,

e-Book Viewer

S %

.

e-Book Viewer starts. Refer to the e-Book Viewer help menu for operational instructions.

10

Entertainment Menu

2

S! Contents Store

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Downloaded e-Books are saved to

Data Folder (Books).

Note

.

Alternatively, go to SH-web Mobile

Internet site ( シャープメーカーサイト SH-web in

Bookmarks; see P.5-8 ) for e-Books.

Downloading Free e-Books

In 2 , Free Contents S % S

Tada-Hon or Tada-Komi S %

, Follow onscreen instructions.

BookSurfing

®

Download Contents Keys and read CCF files.

Some files may not be supported.

1

In Entertainment menu,

BookSurfing

S %

.

BookSurfing ® S! Application starts.

Refer to the BookSurfing

®

help menu for operational instructions.

Moving CCF Files via Memory Card

.

When purchasing a new handset, move

CCF files and retrieve Contents Keys to open the files. Some files may need to be re-downloaded.

10-

8

Advanced

0

( Copying text ( Opening non-001SH e-Books (Library) ( Using Library ( P.10-19

)

S! Friend's Status

Using S! Friend's Status

Exchange current usage status, mood, etc. with compatible handsets.

.

Save and organize members in Groups.

.

S! Friend's Status requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.

Set IP Service Setting to On .

.

Set Connection status to Online .

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Friend's Status

S %

2

Yes

S %

First S! Friend's Status Use

Follow these steps to register a number saved in Phone Book; Status, Availability and Comment are sent to the members.

3

Yes

S %

4

Phone Book

S %

5

Select entry

S % S

Select phone number

S %

.

Omit number selection step if only one number is saved.

6

Yes

S %

.

Registration request is sent to the number.

When Request is Accepted

.

An acceptance notice arrives; My Status is sent and member's status appears on handset.

Direct Entry

In 4 , Add New Entry

S % phone number S % S 6

S

Enter

If IP Service Setting is Off

After 1 , On S % S S! Friend's

Status

S % S

From 2

10

Advanced

0

( Adding members ( Deleting members ( Moving members ( Renaming Groups ( Updating manually ( Opening notices

( Sending My Details image

(And more on P.10-20 -

10-21

)

10-

9

S! Friend's Status

Opening Member Status

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Friend's Status

S %

S f

Select Group

My Stat u s

Mem b er

Stat u s

10

2

Select member

S %

.

Member status details appear.

When Cancellation Notice Arrives

.

Member is deleted from S! Friend's

Status member list.

Changing My Status

Follow these steps to change Status,

Availability and Comment; new status is sent to the members.

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Friend's Status

S %

S

私の状況

S %

Connection

Stat u s

My Status Window

2

Select Status, e.g.,

ごきげん

S %

Status Template Window

3

Select new Status

S %

4

Select Availability, e.g.,

Answer OK

S % S

Select new Availability S %

5

<Add Comment>

S % S

Enter text

S %

6

A S

Update starts

Changing Connection Status

[My Status Window] Online (or

Offline )

S % S

Select status

S %

Changing Status Icon/Label

[Status Template Window] Select

Status S A S Status Icon or Status

Label

S % S

Select Pictogram or enter text S % S A

Changing Availability Settings at Once

In 4 , Answer Status S % S Select new Answer Status

S % S

From 5

Editing My Status Name

[My Status Window]

B S

Edit Name

S % S Edit S %

Avoiding Member Image Reception

[My Status Window] B S Settings S

% S Receiving Image S % S

Reject S %

10-

10

Advanced

0

( Saving custom Availability combinations ( Changing Status Icon Pictogram or Status Label description ( P.10-20

)

Receiving Request from Unsaved

Numbers

When a registration request arrives, a confirmation appears.

Creating Status Templates

Save custom combinations of Status Icon and Status Label to each template.

1

Yes

S %

.

Acceptance notice is sent; the number is registered.

Rejecting

In 1 , No S % S Yes S %

, Rejection notice is sent; the number cannot be registered for 24 hours.

, For ConfirmLater , Information window opens.

1

In Status Template window,

B S

New Entry

S %

2

Enter name S %

3

<未定>

S %

4

Status Icon

S % S Select

Pictogram

S %

5

Status Label

S % S

Enter text S % S A

6

Repeat 3 - 5 S A S Saved

S! Friend's Status

Saving to Data Folder

[Status Template Window] f

Select template S B S Save to DF S % S

Save here

S %

Loading Templates via Data Folder

[Status Template Window]

B S

Add

Template S % S Select template

S %

Renaming Templates

[Status Template Window] f

Select template S B S Edit Temp. Name

S % S

Enter name

S %

10

Advanced

0

( Rejecting requests ( Resetting templates ( P.10-20

)

10-

11

S! Circle Talk

10

Using S! Circle Talk

Use handset like a walkie-talkie to speak to multiple parties simultaneously.

.

A subscription to S! Friend's Status is required.

.

Packet transmission fees apply during

S! Circle Talk.

.

Set IP Service Setting to On .

Registering Members

Follow these steps to register a number saved in Phone Book:

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Circle Talk

S %

.

When registering a member for the first time, member registration confirmation appears. Choose Yes and press % , then skip ahead to 3 .

2

<Add New Entry>

S %

3

Group

S % S

Group

Name:

S % S

Enter name

S %

4

Select number, e.g.,

No.1:

S %

5

Phone Book

S %

6

Select entry S % S Select phone number

S %

7

A S Saved

Saving as Individuals

In 3 , Individual S % S 5 - 6

Saving from S! Friend's Status Member List

In 5 , Members List S % S Select member S % S 7

, Omit 7 when Individual is selected in 3 .

If IP Service Setting is Off

After 1 , On S % S S! Circle Talk S

% S From 2

10-

12

Advanced

0

( Editing individual members ( Editing Groups ( P.10-21 )

.

Omit number selection step if only

.

one number is saved.

Repeat 4 - 6 to add members.

Initiating S! Circle Talk

Follow these steps to send S! Circle Talk requests to members:

(Set Connection status to Online

( P.10-10

) first.)

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Circle Talk

S %

2

Select member or Group

S %

3

% S

Transmission starts

.

S! Circle Talk starts when request is

.

accepted by a receiver.

Loudspeaker activates automatically.

Direct Entry

Enter phone number S % S Call

S! Circle Talk S % S %

S! Circle Talk

S! Circle Talk Operations

[ Speaking

1

Press and hold !

when

Press and Hold

appears

S You have the floor

[ Exiting S! Circle Talk

1

" S

Connection ends

.

S! Circle Talk ends automatically when there is only one participant left, including yourself.

Rejoining S! Circle Talk c

/ d S

Select most recent S! Circle

Talk record S B S Rejoin Circle

Talk

S %

, Not available when S! Circle Talk has ended or maximum number of participants are already engaged.

.

:My Turn appears when you have the floor.

2

Keep holding

!

to speak

S

Release

!

S

Floor is

Accepting S! Circle Talk Request

1

While handset is ringing/ vibrating,

% S

S! Circle released

.

Warning tone sounds before time limit.

Talk starts

.

Alternatively, press !

.

.

S! Circle Talk Operations: left

Incoming Calls during S! Circle Talk

.

Incoming calls are rejected. Set handset to exit S! Circle Talk to answer incoming calls as needed.

Canceling Loudspeaker

During S! Circle Talk, %

, To reactivate, follow these steps:

% S While message appears, %

10

Advanced

0

(

Disabling Loudspeaker

(

Exiting S! Circle Talk for incoming calls ( P.10-21

)

10-

13

Blog Tool

Blogging

Save blog details to view or update blogs easily on handset.

Saving Blog Details

Setup for Posting via Mail

Follow these steps to save blog name and address for posting:

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

Blog Tool

S %

10

Blog Tool Window

2

Add New Entry

S %

3

4

Blog Title

S name

S %

% S

Blog by send Mail

Enter

S %

5

Blog's Email Address

S %

S Enter mail address S %

6

$ S A

Saving Title/Text for Posts

After 5 , Blog's Title or Blog's Text

S % S Enter title or text S % S 6

, Saved title/text is entered automatically when posting.

Setting Image Size for Posting

After 5 , Picture Size S % S Select size S % S 6

Setup for Posting via the Internet

Save URL for Yahoo! Keitai or PC sites, or both.

1

In Blog Setting menu,

Blog

Title

S % S

Enter name

S %

2

Refer/Send by Yahoo! Keitai

or

Refer/Send by

PCSiteBrowser

S %

3

Blog's URL

S % S Enter

URL

S %

4

Refer Blog's URL

S % S

Enter URL S %

5

$ S A

Blog Setting Menu

10-

14

Advanced

0

( Editing entries ( Deleting entries ( P.10-21 )

Posting to Blogs

Complete setup for posting via mail/

Internet beforehand.

Posting via Mail

1

In Blog Tool window, select entry

S %

2

Blog by send Mail

S %

.

S! Mail Composition window opens with address entered.

.

Omit 2 if no URL is saved for posting.

3

Complete message

S A

Posting via the Internet

1

In Blog Tool window, select entry

S %

2

Blog by send Browser

S %

.

Page of URL saved in Blog's URL

.

opens.

Omit 2 if no address is saved for posting.

.

If PC Site Browser message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

When URLs for Yahoo! Keitai & PC Sites are Saved

After 2 , select browser S %

Blog Tool

Opening Blog Page

1

In Blog Tool window, select entry

S A

.

Page of URL saved in Refer Blog's

URL opens.

.

If PC Site Browser message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

When URLs for Yahoo! Keitai & PC Sites are Saved

After 1 , select browser S %

10

10-

15

Additional Functions

10

Mobile Widget

[ Managing

Opening properties

% S Widget S % S Widget Contents S %

S Select widget S B S Details S %

.

Select widget other than S!速報ニュース/S!ともだち状況 .

[ Settings

Canceling automatic updates

Receiving updates automatically while outside Japan

Hiding confirmation outside Japan

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S Auto

Refresh S % S Off S %

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S

AutoConnect Abroad

S % S

On

S %

Disabling cookies

Deleting cookies

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S Set

Use Abroad S % S Off S %

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S

Cookies S % S Disabled S %

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S Delete

Cookies S % S Yes S %

[ Operations in Standby

Selecting widget display option

Logging in to

Yahoo! JAPAN

Moving widgets

Moving widgets to front/back

Updating view

Slowing pointer speed a S B S Settings S % S Show Widget S

% S Select option S %

.

Choose Off to disable widget display even when a is pressed; re-enable via Show Widget in Standby

Display menu.

a S B S Yahoo!JAPAN log in S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

.

To log out, select Yahoo!JAPAN log out in the steps above.

a S g Select widget S B S Operation S %

S Change Layout S % S Specify target location S % a S g Select widget S B S Operation S %

S To Front or To Back S % a S g Select widget S B S Operation S %

S Update View S % a S B S Settings S % S Cursor Speed S

% S Slow S %

10-

16

[ Sheets

Editing sheet names

Locking sheets

7 a S B S Settings S % S Sheet

Settings S % S Change Sheet Name S % S

See below

Renaming

Select sheet S % S Enter name S %

Resetting All Sheet Names

B S Yes S %

7 a S B S Settings S % S Sheet

Settings S % S Set Sheet Lock S % S Enter

Handset Code S % S See below

Activating Lock

Select sheet S % S On S %

Changing Method for Temporary Access

Unlock Method S % S No Password S %

.

Press a

, then select and press

%

to unlock sheet temporarily.

[ Removing Widgets

7 a S B S Operate from List S % S

Remove S % S See below

Removing multiple widgets at once

All Widgets

Remove All S % S Select sheet S A S Yes

S %

Selected Icons

Select & Remove S % S Select widget S %

( ) S Complete selection S A S Yes S %

Additional Functions

[ S! Quick News & S! Friend's Status Widget (S! Quick News)

Adding news items

Changing news scroll speed

Showing unread news only a S Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget S B S Operation S % S

Content Menu S % S Add News S % S

S! Quick News List S % S 登録はこちら S %

S Yes S % S Select genre S % S Select item S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

a S Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget S B S Operation S % S

Content Menu S % S News Display S % S

News Speed S % S Select speed S % a S Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget S B S Operation S % S

Content Menu S % S News Display S % S

Target News S % S Unread Only S %

[ S! Quick News & S! Friend's Status Widget (S! Friend's Status)

Assigning members

Managing members a S Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget S B S Operation S % S

Content Menu S % S Assign Member S %

S Select category S % S Select entry/ member S % S (Empty) S %

7 a S Select S! Quick News &

S! Friend's Status widget S % S g Select member S B S Operation S % S Content

Menu S % S See below

Deleting Members

Delete S % S Yes S %

Changing Member Order

Move S % S B (Up) or A (Down) S %

Changing Member Icons

Change Icon S % S Select Pictogram S %

10

10-

17

Additional Functions

10

S! Quick News

[ Opening/Updating Items

Setting S! Quick

News automatic update

Checking update schedule

Deleting S! Quick

News items

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S Settings S % S Auto Refresh S % S

Select item S % S Select update interval, On or Off S %

.

If a message appears, press % .

.

When Special is set to On , items are updated every four hours.

.

When General is set to On , items are updated once a day.

.

Updating items may incur high packet transmission fees.

.

Only available in Japan.

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S Settings S % S Check Schedule S %

7

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick

News S % S S! Quick News List S % S

Select item S B S See below

Resetting S! Quick

News List

One Entry

一件 S % S Yes S %

All Entries

全件 S % S Yes S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S Settings S % S Delete S! Quick News

Lists S % S Yes S %

.

Not available during automatic updates.

[ Other

Changing background image

Accessing source sites

Disabling image download

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S Settings S % S Change Skin S % S

Select pattern S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S S! Quick News List S % S Select item

S % S Select title S % S Select linked title

S % S Yes S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S Settings S % S Show Image S % S

Off S %

S! Information Channel

[ Receiving Information

Suppressing

Information window for new received info

% S Entertainment S % S S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Notification S % S

Off S %

Requesting re-delivery

% S Entertainment S % S S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Get Latest Contents

S % S Yes S %

[ Information Pages

Changing Display

Size

Changing scroll unit

On a page, B S Settings S % S Display Size

S % S Select size S %

On a page, B S Settings S % S Scroll Unit

S % S Select unit S %

10-

18

Copying text

Saving files to Data

Folder

On a page, B S Copy Text S % S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

On a page, B S Save Items S % S Select file

S % S Save S % S Enter name S % S

Save here S %

.

Some files are saved automatically.

Opening page properties

On a page, B S Details S %

[ Weather Indicators

Checking weather forecast

% S Entertainment S % S S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Weather Indicator S

% S Weather S %

Changing weather forecast page font size

On a page, B S Settings S % S Font Size S

% S Select size S %

Hiding Weather

Indicator in Standby

Canceling Weather

Indicator automatic updates

Suppressing

Information window for weather updates

% S Entertainment S % S S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Weather Indicator S

% S Settings S % S Standby Setting S %

S Off S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Weather Indicator S

% S Settings S % S Icon Update S % S

Off S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Weather Indicator S

% S Settings S % S Weather Notif.

S % S

Off S %

Additional Functions e-Books

Copying text

Opening non-001SH e-Books (Library)

Using Library

In open page, A S 文字列をコピー S % S

Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

% S

Entertainment

S

B S Select file S %

% S e-Book Viewer

S

.

Some files may not open.

7

% S Entertainment S % S e-Book

Viewer S B S See below

Adding Folders

B S New Folder S % S Enter name S %

Switching Folders

B S Switch Folders S % S Select folder S %

Renaming Folders/Files

Select folder/file S B S Rename S % S

Enter name S %

Moving Files

Select file S B S Move S % S Select folder

S % S Move here S %

Deleting Folders/Files

Select folder/file S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Opening File Properties

Select file S B S Details S %

10

10-

19

Additional Functions

10

S! Friend's Status

[ Members & Groups

Adding members

Deleting members

Moving members

Renaming Groups

Rejecting requests

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's Status

S % S f Select Group S B S Add Member

S % S Select method S % S Select entry or enter phone number S % S Yes S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status S % S f Select Group S Select member S B S Registration Release S % S

Yes S % S Yes S %

.

Cancellation notice is sent; deleted members cannot be re-registered for 24 hours.

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status S % S f Select Group S Select member S B S Change Group S % S Select target Group S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status S % S f Select Group S B S Edit

Group Name S % S Enter name S %

7

% S Entertainment S % S

S! Friend's Status S % S B S Settings S %

S Request Reply S % S See below

Rejecting Requests from Unsaved Numbers

Confirm if Registered S %

.

Rejection notice is sent to rejected numbers automatically.

Rejecting All Requests

Always Ignore S %

.

Rejection notice is sent to all requesters automatically.

[ Status & Availability

Saving custom

Availability combinations

Changing Status

Icon Pictogram or

Status Label description

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status S % S B S Settings S % S Answer

Status S % S User Setting S % S Select type S % S Select Availability S % S A

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status S % S B S Settings S % S Status

Setting S % S f Select template S Select

Status S % S Status Icon S % S Select

Pictogram S % S Status Label S % S Enter text S % S A

[ Status Templates

7

% S Entertainment S % S

S! Friend's Status S % S 私の状況

Select Status S % S See below

S % S

Resetting templates

One Template f Select template S B S Reset S % S Yes

S %

All Templates

B S Reset All S % S Yes S %

[ Member Status & Notices

Updating manually

Opening notices

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status S % S B S Settings S % S Status

Update S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status S % S B S Status Notif. List S % S

Select notice S %

10-

20

[ Sending Image

Sending My Details image

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's Status

S % S f Select Group S Select member S

B S Send Image S % S Yes S %

.

Available when your handset number is saved in

Phone Book on member's handset.

S! Circle Talk

[ Member List

Editing individual members

Editing Groups

7

% S Entertainment S % S S! Circle

Talk S % S Select member S B S See below

Replacing Members

Edit S % S % S Select method S % S

Select entry S %

Deleting Members

Delete S % S Yes S %

7

% S Entertainment S % S S! Circle

Talk S % S Select Group S B S See below

Editing Group Name/Members

Edit S % S Select target S % S Edit/enter

S % S A

Deleting Group Members

Edit S % S Select member S B S Delete S

% S Yes S % S A

Deleting Groups

Delete S % S Yes S %

Additional Functions

[ Settings

Disabling

Loudspeaker

Exiting S! Circle

Talk for incoming calls

Blog Tool

% S Entertainment S % S S! Circle Talk S

% S B S Loudspeaker S % S Off S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Circle Talk S

% S B S Incoming Calls S % S Voice Calls or Video Calls S % S Accept Calls S %

Editing entries

Deleting entries

% S Entertainment S % S Blog Tool S %

S Select entry S B S Edit S % S Select item S % S Edit/enter S % S $ S A

.

For Blog Title , omit step of pressing

$

after editing.

% S Entertainment S % S Blog Tool S % S

Select entry S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

10

10-

21

Troubleshooting

10

S! Quick News

3

Cannot receive content updates

.

Update may fail out-of-range or in poor signal conditions.

.

Auto Refresh does not affect S! Quick

News List News Flash update items overnight.

.

USIM Card replacement cancels Auto

Refresh.

S! Friend's Status

3

Cannot use S! Friend's Status

.

Set IP Service Setting to On .

3 Handset rejected a registration request automatically

.

Rejection notice is sent automatically when 30 members are already registered or handset fails to respond within two hours.

3 Registration request arrived from a deleted member

.

Registration request arrives when a member fails to receive cancellation notice within 24 hours.

3 Registration request was sent to a member automatically

.

Registration request is sent automatically when handset fails to receive rejection/cancellation notice within 24 hours.

3

Cannot create Status Templates

.

Three templates may already be added; reset one and retry.

S! Circle Talk

3

Cannot use S! Circle Talk

.

Set IP Service Setting to On .

3

S! Circle Talk starts automatically

.

Check My Status; handset accepts

S! Circle Talk requests automatically if

S! Circle Talk Availability is set to Auto

Join .

3 Cannot accept S! Circle Talk requests

.

Check My Status; handset rejects S! Circle

Talk requests automatically if S! Circle Talk

Availability is set to Join NG .

10-

22

Handset Security.......................... 11-2

Operations Security ....................... 11-2

Information Security....................... 11-3

Function Control.......................... 11-4

Using Function Control...................11-4

Additional Functions ................... 11-5

11

Handset Security

11-

1

Handset Security

Operations Security

Function Lock

Restrict access to handset functions.

Auto

Once

At Power On

Lock when Display turns off or handset is closed

Lock immediately; setting is canceled once handset is unlocked

Lock when powering on;

Handset Code entry window opens

11

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Locks

S %

Locks Menu

2

Function Lock

S %

3

Select option

S %

Unlocking Temporarily

While handset is locked, enter

Handset Code

S %

Available Operations while Function

Lock is Active

.

Power on/off, answer calls, place callers on hold, end calls, etc.

PIN Entry

Activate PIN Entry to require PIN entry each time handset is powered on.

1

In Locks menu,

PIN Entry

S

% S

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S % S

Enter PIN

S %

Secure Remote Lock

Lock a lost handset remotely via PC or another handset. Secure Remote Lock disables all operations except powering on.

For more about Secure Remote Lock, see

SoftBank Mobile Website (

P.15-22

) or contact SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, General Information ( P.15-39

).

11-

2

Advanced

0

(

Changing PIN

(

Setting Secure Remote Lock activation message ( P.11-5 )

Handset Security

Information Security

Application Lock

Restrict access to these functions:

Phone Book Mail

Calendar/Tasks Notepad

Yahoo! Keitai

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Locks

S %

Locks Menu

2

Application Lock

S %

3

Select item

S %

( )

For Phone Book, select No Refer (to hide entry names in message lists, Call

Log, etc.) or Refer and press % .

4

A S Enter Handset Code

S %

Temporary Access to Functions

.

When accessing functions, enter

Handset Code and press % .

History Lock

Restrict access to Call Log and sent/ received mail records.

1

In Locks menu,

History

Lock

S %

2

Select item

S %

( )

3

A S

Enter Handset Code

S %

Temporary Access to Records

.

When accessing records, enter Handset

Code and press % .

Show Secret Data

Activate Show Secret Data to access

Secret entries.

1

In Locks menu,

Show Secret

Data

S %

2

On

S % S

Enter Handset

Code

S %

11

11-

3

Function Control

11

Using Function Control

Restrict access to the following functions remotely. (Available for administrators.)

Camera S! Mail

Infrared Attach File

[ When Accessing Restricted Functions

A message (example shown below) appears; the function is inaccessible.

Bluetooth

Memory Card

USB

Digital TV

Messaging

Yahoo! Keitai

PC Site Browser

IP Service

S! Appli

PC Mail Message may not appear for some functions.

Voice Call (placing)

Video Call (placing)

Streaming

Flash®

USIM (writing) Mobile Widget

.

A message appears while Function Control is in progress.

.

May be unavailable depending on subscription. For details, contact the nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Mobile

Customer Center, General Information

(

P.15-39

).

Checking Restriction Status

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Locks

S %

2

Function Control

S %

.

Restriction status appears for each function.

11-

4

PIN Entry

Changing PIN

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S Locks

S % S PIN Entry S % S Change PIN S %

S Enter current PIN S % S Enter new PIN S

% S Re-enter new PIN S %

.

Activate PIN Entry first.

Secure Remote Lock

Setting Secure

Remote Lock activation message

7

% S Settings S % S f Phone/

G

S Locks S % S Set Lock Message S % S

See below

Saving Message

Message S % S Enter message S % S Yes

S %

Checking Message

Check Message S %

Hiding Message

Display Setting S % S Don't Show S %

Additional Functions

11

11-

5

Data Folder ................................... 12-2

Opening Files ................................ 12-3

Managing Files & Folders .............. 12-4

Memory Card ................................ 12-5

Using Memory Card....................... 12-5

Additional Functions ................... 12-7

Troubleshooting........................... 12-9

12

Data Folder &

Memory Card

12-

1

Data Folder

12

Data Folder

Handset files are organized in folders by file format.

[ Preset Folders

Pictures

DCIM

*

Ring Songs·Tones

S! Appli *

Widget

*

Music

*

Videos *

Books

*

Customized Screen

Status Templates

*

*

Contents

Still images

Still images on Memory Card (images captured with save location set to DCIM )

Downloaded melodies and other sound files

S! Applications

Widgets

Downloaded Chaku-Uta Full

®

files

Video images

Downloaded e-Books, etc.

Downloaded Customized Screen files

Combinations of Status Icon and Status

Label for S! Friend's Status

Downloaded Flash ® (animation) files

Other files (Dictionary files, etc.)

Flash®

Other Documents

*

Contains corresponding Yahoo! Keitai menu shortcut.

Checking Memory Status

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Memory Status

S % S

Phone

Memory or Memory Card S %

, The category Others: includes Data Folder management files,

Saved Pages, etc.

.

Delete messages/files when memory is low. Handset performance may be affected when memory is full.

12-

2

Data Folder

Opening Files

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

3

Select file S %

.

Unselectable files/folders appear in gray.

.

To show/hide sub folders, select a folder and press A .

2

Select folder

S %

To open a sub folder, select it and press % .

File List

.

The content plays or appears.

.

To return to file list, press $ .

Handling Open Images

.

Press

%

to enlarge, or press

#

/ d

or

( / c to open next or previous image.

Press

A

to rotate 90 degrees clockwise.

Attaching to Mail

After 2 , select file

S B S

Send/

Blog S % S As Message S %

, If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen instructions.

Copy Protected Files (

.

or )

Some functions may be unavailable.

Slide Show

Available for Pictures or DCIM folder.

1

In file list, select file

S B

2

Slide Show

S %

.

Slide Show starts.

3

% S

Slide Show stops

Changing Interval

After 2 ,

B S speed S %

Speed

S % S

Select

, When Speed is set to Manual , press

%

/

# or ( to advance or reverse frame.

Note

.

Backlight stays on during Slide Show; exit to save battery power.

12

Advanced

0

(

Switching file list view

(

Changing image quality

(

Showing images in original size

(

Changing Slide Show settings

(

Using files as Wallpaper

(

Using files as ringtones ( Using files as ringvideos (And more on P.12-7

)

12-

3

12

Data Folder

Managing Files & Folders

Adding Folders

May be unavailable for some folders.

1

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S %

File List

2

B

If Download is selected or folder is empty, skip ahead to 4 .

3

Manage Items

S %

4

Create Folder

S % S

Enter name

S %

Moving/Copying Files

Some files may not be moved/copied.

1

In file list, select file

S B

2

Move

or

Copy

S % S

Phone

or

Memory Card

S %

.

If prompted, select a destination folder and press

%

.

3

Move here

or

Copy here

S %

Selecting Multiple Files

1

In file list,

A

2

Select file

S %

.

Repeat 2 as needed. (To uncheck, select a file with and press % .)

Hiding Folders

Restrict access to created folders.

Only handset folders can be hidden.

1

In file list, select folder

S B

2

Set Secret

S %

Accessing Secret Folders (Unlock

Temporarily)

[File List] B S Unlock Temporarily

S % S Enter Handset Code S %

Canceling Secret

Unlock Secret folders temporarily and select Secret folder S B S

Unset Secret S %

12-

4

Advanced

0

(

Renaming folders

(

Opening file properties

(

Renaming files

(

Sorting files

(

Deleting files & created folders

(

Handling SVG files ( P.12-8

)

Memory Card

Using Memory Card

Use microSD/microSDHC Memory Card (hereafter "Memory Card") to save and organize files for use on 001SH.

.

Use recommended Memory Cards only. For details, see

P.15-22

"microSD Memory Card Compatibility."

.

If inserted, captured images, downloads and other files save to Memory Card. (My Pictograms and Graphic Mail templates save to handset.)

Inserting & Removing Important Memory Card Usage Notes

.

Do not force Memory Card into or out of handset.

.

Keep Memory Cards out of infant's reach; may cause suffocation if swallowed.

.

Do not touch terminals or expose them to metal objects.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/ alteration of information. Keep a copy of

Phone Book entries, etc. in a separate place.

.

Never power off or remove battery while files are being accessed.

.

Be careful not to erase or overwrite files accidentally.

Power off first.

1

Remove battery (P.15-4)

2

Insert card

If Appears after Power On

.

Memory Card may not be inserted properly; reinsert the card.

Removing Memory Card

.

Gently push in card and release it; card pops out. Pull card straight out gently.

.

With terminal side down, insert card until it clicks.

.

Do not insert other objects into

Memory Card Slot.

3

Insert battery, then close

Battery Cover (P.15-4)

12

12-

5

12

Memory Card

Format Card

When using a new Memory Card for the first time, format it on the handset before trying to save files, etc. Format Card deletes all Memory Card files, even those created on other devices.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Memory Card

S %

2

Format Card

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Offline Mode is set. Handset transmissions are suspended until format is complete.

3

Yes

S %

.

To cancel, choose No and press

%

.

Precaution

.

Never power off or remove battery while formatting; may cause damage.

Opening Memory Card Files

Follow these steps to open files via Data

Folder:

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

2

B S

Change to

MemoryCard

S %

Memory Card

Indicator

.

(Memory Card indicator) appears.

3

Select folder

S %

To open a sub folder, select it and press

%

.

4

Select file S %

Switching to Handset Data Folder

After 1 ,

B S

% S From 3

Change to Phone

S

12-

6

Advanced

0

( Using HTML files on Memory Card ( P.12-8 )

File/Folder View Settings

Switching file list view

Changing image quality

Showing images in original size

Changing Slide

Show settings

Hiding Softkeys in image view

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S B S Manage Items S % S Change List

View S % S Select option S %

.

Not available for some folders.

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select file S % S B S Image Quality

( Picture Quality for Flash

®

files) S % S Select quality S %

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select file S % S B S Switch Display S

% S Original Size S %

7

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder

S % S Select file S B S Slide Show S % S

B S See below

Playing Once

Repeat S % S Off S %

Playing Music

BGM Settings S % S Switch On/Off S % S

On S %

Changing Music

BGM Settings S % S Play Ring Tones S %

S Select folder S % S Select file S %

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select file S % S B S SW Guide Display

S % S Off S %

Additional Functions

Using Files/Folders

Using files as

Wallpaper

Using files as ringtones

Using files as ringvideos

Saving Phone

Book entries

Activating mobile camera, etc. in corresponding folders

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S % S

Select file S B S Set as Wallpaper S % S %

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, Wallpaper

Display options appear; follow onscreen prompts.

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select file S B S Set as Ringtone S % S

Select item S %

.

If prompted, enter ring time and press

%

.

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen instructions.

% S Data Folder S % S Videos S % S

Select file S B S Set as Ring Video S % S

Select item S %

.

If prompted, enter ring time and press

%

.

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select file S B S Save to Phone Book S

% S As New Entry S % S Complete other fields S A

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S B S Take Picture , Record Video or Record

Voice S %

12

12-

7

12

Additional Functions

Managing Files/Folders

Renaming folders

Opening file properties

Renaming files

Sorting files

Deleting files & created folders

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select folder S B S Manage Items S % S

Rename S % S Enter name S %

.

Assign different names to folders within a layer.

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select file S B S Details S %

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S Select file S B S Manage Items S % S

Rename S % S Enter name S %

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S B S Manage Items S % S Sort S % S

Select method S %

7

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder

S % S See below

Single Files

Select file S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Folder & Files Within

Select folder S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Handling SVG files

7

% S Data Folder S % S Other

Documents S % S Select file S % S See below

Line Scroll g

Page Scroll

2 (Up), 8 (Down), 6 (Right), 4 (Left)

Zoom

1 (Zoom out), 3 (Zoom in)

Rotate

7 (Counterclockwise), 9 (Clockwise)

Key Action Mode

0

Default View

5

Memory Card

Using HTML files on Memory Card

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Memory Card S % S SD Local Contents S

% S Select title S %

12-

8

Managing Files/Folders

3

Cannot copy files

.

Files may be copy/forward protected.

(If a copy/forward protected file is included in selected files, only the remaining files are copied.)

3 Copied/moved files cannot be used on PCs, etc.

.

Some files may not be usable on other

SoftBank handsets or PCs, etc.

3

Cannot sort files properly

.

Check the number of files/folders in the folder. Files/folders in folders containing

961 or more files/folders are sorted per

240 files/folders in the order they were saved. The order may change when a file/folder is deleted, etc.

3 Cannot use some characters in file/folder names

.

Single-byte Symbols m

, / , : , ; , .

, < , > , | ,

?

, n

and " are not supported.

Troubleshooting

12

12-

9

Infrared.......................................... 13-2

Transferring Files via Infrared ........ 13-3

Exchanging Contact Information ... 13-4

Bluetooth ® .................................... 13-5

Bluetooth ® ...................................... 13-5

Transferring Files via Bluetooth

®

.... 13-6

PC Connection ............................. 13-9

Connecting PC .............................. 13-9

Backup........................................ 13-10

Basics...........................................13-10

Backup & Restore ........................13-11

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ... 13-13

About SAB....................................13-13

Using Sync Commands................13-15

Additional Functions ................. 13-17

Troubleshooting......................... 13-20

13

Connectivity &

File Backup

13-

1

Infrared

Infrared

Wirelessly transfer files between 001SH and compatible devices.

Transferable Files

Phone Book

Calendar

Tasks

Received Msg.

Sent Messages

Drafts

Notepad

Templates

(Messaging)

Bookmarks Data Folder

.

Copy/forward protected files are not transferable.

.

Some files may not be transferable; some settings may be lost, or files may not be saved properly. For details, see "Troubleshooting" at the end of this chapter.

13

Getting Started

Infrared Precautions

Align Infrared Ports of both devices.

.

Handset cannot receive connection requests during Software Update.

.

Do not place objects between devices.

.

Keep Infrared Ports aligned during transfer.

.

Do not look into Infrared Port during infrared transmissions. Eyesight may be affected.

.

001SH complies with IrMC 1.1, however, some files may not transfer properly.

Transfer Options

One File

Transfer

All File

Transfer

Transfer single files

Transfer all files by function

.

Some transfer options may be unavailable depending on file type.

.

Transfer Memory Card files one by one.

Authorization Code

.

Four-digit code required for Infrared transfers. All File Transfers are possible when codes match. (Authorization Code is changeable for each transfer.)

13-

2

Infrared

Transferring Files via Infrared

Receiving Files

1 d

(Long)

.

Infrared is activated. (Alternatively, activate it via Main Menu.)

.

Handset receives files if sent within three minutes.

.

Handset must be in Standby to accept connection requests.

.

To cancel Infrared, Long Press d

.

2

Connection request arrives

Subsequent Operations

[ One File Transfer

Yes S % S Yes S %

.

If storage media confirmation appears, select media and press

%

.

[ All File Transfer (Adding Files)

Yes S % S Enter Authorization

Code S % S As New Items S %

[ All File Transfer (Overwriting

Existing Files)

Yes

S % S

Enter Authorization

Code

S % S

Delete All & Save

S

% S

Yes

S %

.

For Phone Book, My Details except handset phone number is overwritten as well.

Sending Files

One File Transfer

Request Window

3

Perform subsequent operations

.

To cancel transfer, press A .

Example: Phone Book entry

1 b S

Select entry

S B S

Send Entry

S %

2

Via Infrared

S %

3

Yes

S % S

Transfer starts

.

When complete, entry search window returns.

Advanced

0

( Activating Infrared via Main Menu ( Sending My Details ( Sending non-Phone Book files ( P.13-17 )

All File Transfer

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Infrared

S %

2

Send All

S %

3

Yes

S % S

Enter Handset

Code

S %

4

Select item

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection S A

5

Enter Authorization Code

S

% S

Transfer starts

S %

Sending Phone Book

.

In 5 , Picture transfer confirmation appears; choose Yes or No and press % .

13

13-

3

Infrared

Exchanging Contact Information

Exchange name, phone numbers, mail addresses, and other contact info with other compatible handsets via infrared.

Read

P.13-2 "Infrared Precautions"

beforehand.

Receiving Profiles

1 b

(Long)

Sending Profiles

1

In Exchange Profile menu,

Send

S % S

Transfer starts

Changing Profile Items to Send

[Exchange Profile Menu] Send

Settings S % S Select item S %

( / ) S Complete selection S A

Opening My Details

[Exchange Profile Menu] My Details

S %

13

Exchange Profile Menu

2

Receive

S %

3

Profile received

.

Received profile is saved to Phone

Book.

13-

4

Bluetooth

®

Bluetooth

®

Wirelessly transfer files/data between

001SH and compatible devices (watches, handsfree devices, etc.).

.

For transferable files, see P.13-2 .

.

001SH supports simultaneous connection with two devices. (May be unavailable depending on the device type.)

.

Bluetooth ® connection may not be possible with some Bluetooth

®

devices.

, Handset shall be connected to certified

Bluetooth ® devices that meet the specification standards developed by the

Bluetooth SIG.

, Data transfers may fail depending on characteristics or specifications of the certified Bluetooth ® devices.

, Noise may interfere with wireless or handsfree conversations.

.

TV audio is supported only on SCMS-T

DRM scheme compliant Bluetooth

®

devices.

Getting Started

Bluetooth

®

Precautions

Check transmission range of your Bluetooth ® device to use with handset properly.

Maximum transmission range for transfers between 001SH handsets is ten meters.

(Bluetooth ® connection/transfer rate may vary depending on conditions.)

Important Handsfree Device Usage Note

.

Handle call operations on the device in use.

Bluetooth ® Watches

.

Compatible Bluetooth

®

watches support these functions:

, Clock sync

, News notice

,

,

Remote Shutter

, Quick Silent

Hold calls

,

,

,

,

,

Alarm notice

Mail notice

Mode Settings

Caller ID notice

Show Operator Name

.

For details about functions/operations, see the Bluetooth

®

watch guide.

Bluetooth

®

Connection

Recipient Sender

Search for devices

Select device

Activate

Bluetooth ®

Re q uest connection

Accept

Connection complete

Authorization Code

.

4 to 16-digit code required for Bluetooth ® connections with devices not compliant with Bluetooth ® specification Ver. 2.1.

Pairing is possible when codes match.

, For handsfree devices, enter specified

Authorization Code.

13

Advanced

0

(

Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests

(

Setting idle time after which Bluetooth

®

is canceled

(

Switching audio output to wireless device

( Changing Bluetooth ® name for handset ( Opening Bluetooth ® -related handset properties

( Synchronizing Bluetooth ® watch with handset Clock

( Enabling/disabling Bluetooth ® watch responses (And more on

P.13-17 -

13-18

)

13-

5

13

Bluetooth ®

Transferring Files via Bluetooth

®

Connecting Bluetooth

®

Devices Activating Bluetooth

®

1 c

(Long)

.

Bluetooth

®

is activated.

.

Handset must be in Standby to

.

accept connection requests from unpaired handsfree devices, etc.

To cancel Bluetooth

®

, Long Press c .

Device Search & Pairing

Activate Bluetooth ® on devices to be paired with first.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Bluetooth

S %

Bluetooth Menu

2

Add Device

S %

3

%

.

Found devices are listed after search.

.

To cancel search, press

A

.

4

Select device

S %

If a confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

5

Yes

S % S Pairing complete

.

If the other device is a keyboard, follow onscreen instructions.

Connecting Devices Not Compliant with

Bluetooth

®

Specification Ver. 2.1

In 5 , enter the same Authorization

Code for handset and the other device S % S Paring complete

, On the other device, complete code entry within 30 seconds.

, Code entry is omitted for paired devices.

13-

6

.

To hide message, press

B

before 3 .

Advanced

0

(

Activating Bluetooth

®

via Main Menu ( P.13-17

)

( Editing Paired Device list ( Disconnecting handsfree devices, etc. ( Connecting devices supporting handsfree telephony and audio output by service

( Specifying a preferred device for wireless connection ( P.13-18 )

Connecting Paired Handsfree

Devices, Etc.

1

In Bluetooth menu,

Paired

Devices

S %

Accepting Connection Requests

Follow these steps to accept connection requests from unpaired devices:

1

Connection request arrives

Paired Device List

2

Select device

S %

If handset is already connected to another device, disconnection confirmation may appear; choose Yes and press % .

.

The device is connected and

(preferred) appears.

Request Window

2

Yes

S %

3

Yes

S %

.

If the other device is a keyboard, follow onscreen instructions.

Connecting Devices Not Compliant with

Bluetooth ® Specification Ver. 2.1

In 3 , enter the same Authorization

Code as sender's S %

, Complete code entry within 30 seconds.

Bluetooth ®

13

13-

7

13

Bluetooth ®

Transferring Files

Follow the steps below to exchange files with paired devices.

.

For transferable files, see P.13-2 .

.

When requested, enter Authorization Code.

Receiving Files

1

Connection request arrives

Request Window

2

Perform subsequent operations

.

To cancel transfer, press A .

[ Subsequent Operations

● One File Transfer

Yes

S % S

Yes

S %

.

If storage media confirmation appears, select media and press % .

● All File Transfer (Adding Files)

Yes S % S As New Items S %

● All File Transfer (Overwriting

Existing Files)

Yes

S % S

Delete All & Save

S

% S Yes S %

.

For Phone Book, My Details except handset phone number is overwritten as well.

Sending Files

[ One File Transfer

Example: Phone Book entry

1 b S

Select entry

S B S

Send Entry

S %

2

Via Bluetooth

S %

3

Select device

S %

4

Yes

S % S

Transfer starts

.

When complete, entry search window returns.

[ All File Transfer

1

In Bluetooth menu,

Send All

S %

2

Select device

S % S

Yes

S %

3

Enter Handset Code

S %

4

Select item S % ( / ) S

Complete selection

S A S

Transfer starts S %

Sending Phone Book

.

In 4 , Picture transfer confirmation appears; choose Yes or No and press % .

13-

8

Advanced

0

(

Sending My Details

(

Sending non-Phone Book files ( P.13-18 )

Connecting PC

Accessing Memory Card

Connect handset to a PC via USB Cable to access Memory Card from the PC without removing card from handset.

USB Cable may be purchased separately.

1

Connect handset to a PC via

USB Cable

Utility Software (Japanese)

For more PC-related operations, download Utility Software (including USB

Cable driver) from the following URL.

Utility Software http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/download/tools/utility/

Mobile Data Communication Fees

.

Using the Internet by connecting handset to PC/PDA via USB Cable or Bluetooth ® may incur high charges as large-volume packet transmissions tend to occur in a short period of time.

2

Card Reader Mode

S %

.

Use PC to access Memory Card.

3

A S

Yes

S % S

Connection ends

.

Disconnect USB Cable.

If Menu in 1 Does Not Appear

.

Follow these steps:

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity

S From 2

, Operations on the PC may be required; if prompted, follow onscreen instructions.

PC Connection

13

13-

9

Backup

13

Basics

Back up information to Memory Card, and restore to handset as needed.

Specify frequency for Auto Backup.

Auto Backup requires a subscription to

S! Addressbook Back-up.

Supported Items

In manual backup, items with

*

are selectable at once via Check Selection in

Options menu.

Phone Book

*

Sent Messages

*

Calendar * Drafts *

Tasks

*

Bookmarks

*

Notepad *

Mail Groups

Received Msg.

*

Templates

(Messaging)

Contents Keys

Data Folder

User Dictionary

Auto Backup Compatibility

.

These items are not backed up automatically:

, Mail Groups

, Templates (Messaging)

, Data Folder

, User Dictionary

Precautions

.

Not available if battery is low.

.

Backup may fail if Memory Card memory is low.

.

Some items may not be transferable; some settings may be lost, or files may not transfer properly. For details, see

"Troubleshooting" at the end of this chapter.

Auto Delete (Auto Backup Files)

.

Auto Backup saves up to three backup files for each item; when full, oldest files are deleted automatically to save new ones.

Contents Keys

.

Manual backup overwrites Contents Keys in Memory Card. Perform Restore beforehand to keep previous Keys.

.

In Auto Backup, Contents Keys are added to Memory Card.

Restoring Backed Up Content

.

Corresponding handset content is overwritten depending on Restore option.

13-

10

Backup

Backup & Restore

Manual Backup

Follow these steps to back up selected items at once:

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Backup/

Restore

S %

Backup/Restore Menu

2

Backup Selected Items

S

% S

Enter Handset Code

S %

3

Yes

S %

4

Select item

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection

.

For Phone Book , a confirmation appears. Choose Yes or No and press % .

5

A S

Yes

S %

.

To cancel, press A .

6

Backup complete

S % S %

Selecting Multiple Items at Once

In 4 , B S Select option S % S

From 5

Selecting/Canceling All Items

In 4 ,

B

S %

S

Check All or Uncheck All

Auto Backup

Back up information to Memory Card at a specified frequency automatically.

To enable Auto Backup, set Auto Sync

Settings (S! Addressbook Back-up) to On ;

Auto Backup will be performed at 2:00 AM on the same day of the week by default.

Precautions

.

Auto Backup does not start when:

, Memory Card is not inserted

, Battery is low/dead and not being charged

, Another function is active (end it and return to Standby)

At Auto Backup Time

Backup starts; Information window opens upon completion.

Select Complete Auto Save and press % to open backup result.

13

Advanced

0

( Backing up all items ( Encoding data for backup ( Deleting backup files ( P.13-19 )

13-

11

13

Backup

Changing Settings

Follow these steps to back up once a week automatically:

1

In Backup/Restore menu,

Settings/Manage

S %

2

Auto Backup

S % S

Enter

Handset Code S %

Auto Backup Menu

3

Frequency Settings

S %

4

Once Every Week

S % S

Select day

S % S

Enter time

S %

5

Backup Items

S % S

Select item ( / )

S

Complete selection

S A

Backing Up Once a Month

In 4 , Once Every Month

S % S

Enter date S % S Enter time S %

S 5

Disabling Auto Backup

In 4 , Don't Auto Backup

S %

Disabling Encoding

[Auto Backup Menu] Encode

Settings S % S Off S %

Memory Card to Handset

Follow these steps to restore selected items:

1

In Backup/Restore menu,

Restore Selected Items

S

% S

Yes

S %

2

Select item

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection

3

A

.

If no file list appears, skip ahead to 6 .

4

Select file

S %

.

Repeat 4 to complete selection.

5

A

6

Yes

S %

.

To cancel, press A .

7

Restore complete

S % S %

Selecting Multiple Items at Once

In 2 , B S Select option S % S

From 3

Selecting/Canceling All Items

In 2 , B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Changing Restoration Method

After 2 , select item S B S Change to Add Mode or Chg. to Overwrite

Mode S % S From 3

13-

12

Advanced

0

( Restoring all items ( P.13-19

)

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

About SAB

Back up Phone Book content in SAB; add Phone Book changes to SAB anytime. Edit SAB online via PC; add SAB changes to

Phone Book anytime. Restore lost or altered Phone Book content from SAB. Set auto synchronization frequency as needed.

Phone

Book

Edit on PC

Synchronize

Ser v er

Import from/Export to PC

.

SAB requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.

Use SAB to add Phone Book content to a new compatible SoftBank

handset; some conditions apply ( P.13-14 ).

.

Use a PC to edit SAB online.

.

For more about SAB, see SoftBank Mobile Website (

P.15-22

).

.

Synchronization incurs packet transmission fees.

Auto Synchronization

.

After subscription to SAB, receiving subscription confirmation message or retrieving Network Information activates auto synchronization (Auto Sync Settings: On , Set Frequency: After

Editing Ph.Book(10 min.) , Sync Mode Setting: Normal ); Phone

Book changes are added to SAB automatically.

.

Cancel auto synchronization as needed. However, it reactivates after Network Information retrieval.

.

Handset makes up to three attempts to synchronize automatically.

SAB Sync Commands & Features

Synchronization

Edit on PC

Send

Notice

6

Spam Filter

Normal Synchronize Phone Book and SAB 1

Sync from Client Add Phone Book changes to SAB 2

Backup Export Phone Book content to SAB

3

Sync from Server Add SAB changes to Phone Book

4

Restore Import SAB content to Phone Book 5

Import from PC Upload PC address book info to SAB

Export to PC Export SAB content to PC address book

Sync Lock

Birthday

Notification

Prevent synchronization from handset

SAB sends reminders via SMS to handset

Send new handset mail address to specified addresses

Email Address

Notification 7

"Disaster Message

Board" Message

Notification

8

Tomodachi

Email Filter 9

Send emergency message board update to specified addresses

Always accept messages from mail addresses saved in SAB

1

If the same entry item is edited in Phone Book and SAB, SAB content is referenced.

2

Unrelated SAB changes remain.

3 Any existing SAB content is deleted.

4

Unrelated Phone Book changes remain.

5 Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.

6

Access this function via handset (My SoftBank; Japanese) or a PC.

7 Backup resets notification setting; handset address is sent to all addresses.

8

Backup resets notification setting; updates are not sent to any address.

9 Export Phone Book content to SAB beforehand.

13

13-

13

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

13

Service Usage Outline

Complete Contract

Visit a SoftBank Shop, dial 157 from a SoftBank handset for SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General

Information or access My SoftBank (Japanese).

Receive Notice

After subscription, password information arrives via SMS.

.

Your handset number and password are required to access

SAB via a PC.

Use SAB

Export Phone Book content to SAB.

Precautions

[ Unsynchronizable Items

These Phone Book settings are lost:

, Picture, Tone, Vibration

[ Unintentional Phone Book or SAB Content Deletion

.

When no Phone Book content exists, performing synchronization via

Normal , Sync from Client or Backup deletes all SAB content.

.

When no SAB content exists, performing synchronization via

Normal , Sync from Server or Restore deletes all Phone Book content.

[ Phone Book ⇔ SAB Content Capacity Disparities

When the number of savable items varies between Phone

Book and SAB entries, synchronization reflects lower limit.

[ Contract Termination

SAB content is deleted upon contract termination.

[ SAB Transfers to New Handsets

.

SAB-Compatible 3G Handsets

SAB remains as last saved and is fully accessible.

.

Other SoftBank 3G Handsets

SAB remains as last saved and is accessible via PC.

.

V8 Series

Service contract is terminated and SAB content is deleted.

[ When Double Number is Active

Regardless of usage mode setting, all Phone Book content is backed up.

13-

14

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

Using Sync Commands

Normal (Start Sync)

Synchronize Phone Book and SAB via

Normal.

1

% S

Phone

S % S

S! Addressbook Back-up

S %

S! Addressbook Menu

2

Start Sync

S %

.

Synchronization starts; when complete, details appear.

3

% S

Synchronization complete

Canceling Synchronization

A S Yes S % S %

Other Sync Commands

Available Commands:

Sync from

Client

Backup

Sync from

Server

Restore

Add Phone Book changes to

SAB

Export Phone Book content to SAB; any existing SAB content is deleted

Add SAB changes to Phone

Book

Import SAB content to Phone

Book; any existing Phone

Book content is deleted

If this is your first use of SAB (new handset), synchronization is performed via Normal regardless of selection.

1

In S! Addressbook menu,

Details

S %

2

Backup/Restore

S %

3

Select command

S %

.

Synchronization starts; when complete, details appear.

4

% S

Synchronization complete

Canceling Synchronization

A S Yes S % S %

13

Advanced

0

(

Opening log

(

Deleting log records ( P.13-19 )

13-

15

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

13

Changing Auto Sync Settings

Follow these steps to synchronize once a week automatically:

1

In S! Addressbook menu,

Details

S %

2

Auto Sync Settings

S %

3

Set Frequency

S %

4

Weekly

S % S

Select day

S % S

Enter time

S %

5

Sync Mode Setting

S % S

Select command

S % S A

Synchronizing Once a Month

In 4 , Monthly S % S Enter date S

% S Enter hour S % S 5

Disabling Auto Synchronization

In 3

S A

, Set On/Off S % S Off S %

, To re-enable, choose On and press % then press A ; synchronization starts.

13-

16

Infrared

Activating Infrared via Main Menu

Sending My Details

Sending non-Phone

Book files

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S Infrared

S % S Switch On/Off S % S On(3 min.) S %

% S 0 S B S Send My Card S % S Via

Infrared S % S Yes S % S Transfer starts

In file list, select file S B S Send (or Send/

Blog ) S % S Via Infrared S % S Yes S %

S Transfer starts

Bluetooth

®

[ General

Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests

Setting idle time after which

Bluetooth

®

is canceled

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S

Visibility S % S Hide My Phone S %

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S

Bluetooth Timeout S % S Select time S %

Switching audio output to wireless device

Changing

Bluetooth ® name for handset

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S g

Sound Output S % S Bluetooth Device S %

.

Bluetooth Device is set automatically when connecting to wireless Headphones.

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S

Device Name S % S Enter name S %

Additional Functions

Using handsfree device as primary means of conversation

% S Tools

Bluetooth S

S %

%

Handsfree Setting

S

S

My Device Settings

S f

%

Connectivity

S

S

S %

Handsfree Mode

S

S %

Avoiding connection requests from

Bluetooth

®

-compatible

S! Applications in

Standby, etc.

Receiving connection requests while connected to a device

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S

S! Appli Request S % S Off S %

% S Tools

Bluetooth S

S %

% S

S f

Plural Connect Standby

My Device Settings

Connectivity

S % S On

S

S

S %

%

S

Opening

Bluetooth

®

-related handset properties

Activating

Bluetooth

®

via

Main Menu

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S My Device Details S %

.

Press

A

to view service details.

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S Switch On/Off S % S On

S %

13

13-

17

13

Additional Functions

[ Bluetooth

®

Watches

Synchronizing

Bluetooth ® watch with handset Clock

Enabling/disabling

Bluetooth ® watch responses

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S Setting Watch S % S Set

BT-Watch Time S % S Yes S %

.

Connect handset to a Bluetooth ® watch beforehand.

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S Setting Watch S % S

Notification S % S Select item S % S

Permit or Prohibit S %

.

Register a Bluetooth ® watch beforehand.

[ Paired Devices

Editing Paired

Device list

Disconnecting handsfree devices, etc.

Connecting devices supporting handsfree telephony and audio output by service

7

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S Paired Devices S % S

Select device S B S See below

Renaming Paired Devices

Change Name S % S Enter name S %

Deleting Paired Devices

Delete S % S Yes S %

.

To delete a device connected to handset, choose

Yes and press

%

.

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S Paired Devices S % S

Select connected device S %

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S Paired Devices S % S

Select device S B S Select Service S % S

Handsfree function or Audio function

S %

Specifying a preferred device for wireless connection

7

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Bluetooth S % S Paired Devices S % S

Select device S B S Set to Prior Connect S

% S See below

For Handsfree Telephony

Handsfree On S %

.

For Handsfree On , specified device reconnects to handset when placing/receiving calls.

For Audio Output

Audio On S %

.

For Audio On , Media Player audio output is redirected to specified device automatically when g

Sound Output is set to Bluetooth Device .

[ Sending Files

Sending My Details

Sending non-Phone

Book files

% S 0 S B S Send My Card S % S Via

Bluetooth S % S Select device S % S Yes

S % S Transfer starts

In file list, select file S B S Send (or Send/

Blog ) S % S Via Bluetooth S % S Select device S % S Yes S % S Transfer starts

13-

18

Backup

[ Backup & Restore

Backing up all items

Encoding data for backup

Restoring all items

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Backup/Restore S % S Backup All Items S

% S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes S %

S Yes S % S Backup complete S % S %

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Backup/Restore S % S Settings/Manage S

% S Encode Settings S % S Select item S

% S On S %

.

Available for Phone Book, Calendar, Tasks and

Messaging folders.

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Backup/Restore S % S Restore All Items S

% S Yes S % S Yes S % S Restore complete S % S %

[ Backup Files

Deleting backup files

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Backup/Restore S % S Settings/Manage S

% S File Management S % S Select item S

% S Select file S % ( / ) S Complete selection S A S Yes S %

Additional Functions

S! Addressbook Back-up

Opening log

Deleting log records

% S Phone S % S S! Addressbook Back-up

S % S Details S % S Sync Log S % S

Select record S %

7

% S Phone S % S S! Addressbook

Back-up S % S Details S % S Sync Log S

% S See below

One Record

Select record S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Records

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

13

13-

19

Troubleshooting

13

File Transfer

3

Some files are not received

.

If storage limit is reached during transfers, remaining files will not be received.

3 Cannot receive/accept connection requests even when Infrared/

Bluetooth ® is On

.

Handset may not be in Standby.

.

Keypad Lock/Function Lock may be active.

.

Software Update may be in progress.

3

Phone Book settings are lost

.

One file transfer resets these settings:

,

Category, Tone, Vibration, Secret

.

Picture setting may be lost depending on image; reassign it.

3

Calendar/Tasks settings are lost

.

One file transfer resets these settings:

,

Alarm tone/video, Secret,

S! Friend's Status

3

Bookmarks are not saved properly

.

Large Bookmarks may not be received correctly.

.

Streaming Bookmarks are saved as

Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks.

3 Messages are not saved properly on handset

.

Messages may not be received depending on the size.

.

Messages received via One File

Transfer are saved to Data Folder

(Other Documents) and cannot be used as messages.

.

In All File Transfers, overwriting existing messages deletes sort keys.

3 Messages are not saved properly on recipient devices

.

Mail Notices are saved as messages, invalidating complete message retrieval.

.

When sending messages to other handset models via All File Transfer,

Spam Folder messages may be saved to the incoming message folder.

.

When sending messages in Drafts to other handset models via All File

Transfer, only the first entered recipient may remain or SMS addressed to multiple recipients may not be saved.

3

Cannot find files in DCIM folder

.

Received files in DCIM folder are saved to Pictures folder.

Infrared

3

Infrared transfer fails

.

Infrared Port may be obstructed by dust, etc.; clean with soft cloth.

.

Transfers may fail in direct sunlight, under fluorescent lighting or near infrared equipment.

13-

20

Troubleshooting

Backup & Restore

3

Backup fails

.

Check handset/Memory Card memory; backup may fail if the memory is low.

3

Some files are not restored

.

If storage limit is reached during Restore, remaining files will not be restored.

3 Cannot use backup files on other

SoftBank handsets or PCs

.

Some backup files may not be usable on other SoftBank handsets or PCs.

3

Cannot open backup files

.

Some backup files may open only after being restored to handset.

3

Phone Book settings are lost

.

Picture setting may be lost depending on image; reassign it.

3

Messages are not saved properly

.

Transfer may delete sort keys.

.

Mail Notices are restored as messages, invalidating complete message retrieval.

3

Bookmarks are not saved properly

.

Yahoo! Keitai, Streaming and PC Site

Browser Bookmarks are all backed up as a single file.

.

Streaming Bookmarks are saved as

Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks.

[ Exporting Backed Up Data to Other

SoftBank Handsets

3

Messages are not saved properly

.

If spam filter is available on recipient handset, Spam Folder messages are saved in spam folder regardless of the setting. (If unavailable, they are saved as normal received messages.)

.

When restoring draft messages, only the first entered recipient may remain or SMS addressed to multiple recipients may not be saved.

[ Importing Data Backed Up on Other

SoftBank Handsets

3

Messages are not saved properly

.

Messages may not be restored depending on the size.

13

13-

21

Date & Time .................................. 14-2

Display & Illumination ................. 14-3

Language....................................... 14-3

Image & Text.................................. 14-3

Display & Backlight ........................ 14-3

Sub Display.................................... 14-4

Standby Display............................. 14-4

Key Backlight ................................. 14-4

Incoming Transmissions ............. 14-5

Handset Response ........................ 14-5

Handset Response (Lights) ........... 14-5

Sounds ......................................... 14-6

System Sounds ..............................14-6

Additional Sound Settings ..............14-6

Connectivity ................................. 14-7

Network ..........................................14-7

IP Service .......................................14-8

Location Information.......................14-8

Reset ............................................. 14-9

Restoring Default Settings..............14-9

14

Handset

Customization

14-

1

Date & Time

1

Date & Time Settings

Date & Time

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Date & Time S %

Setting the date and time

Correcting Clock manually

Disabling auto Clock correction

Setting auto Clock correction timing

Activating Daylight Saving

Changing Time Zone

Adding custom Time Zone

Changing time format to 12 hour

Changing date format

Starting the Calendar week on Monday

Set Date/Time

S % S

Enter the time S %

Enter the year

S

Enter the month

S

Enter the day

S

Time Correction S % S Manual S % S Yes S %

Time Correction

S % S

Auto Corr. Setting

S % S

Off

S %

Time Correction S % S Auto Corr. Setting S % S On S B S Select item S

% ( / ) S A S $

Daylight Saving

S % S

On

S %

.

Auto World Clock is disabled when Daylight Saving is set to On .

Set Time Zone S % S f Select area S %

.

Auto World Clock is disabled when Set Time Zone is set to a city other than Tokyo .

Set Time Zone S % S B S Enter city name S % S e + or S d S Enter time difference S %

.

Auto World Clock is disabled when custom Time Zone is in use.

Time Format S % S 12 Hour S %

Date Format S % S Select option S %

Calendar Format

S % S

Monday-Sunday

S %

14

14-

2

Display & Illumination

1

Display & Illumination Settings

1

Language

7

% S Settings S % S Sound/Display menu

Switching interface between Japanese and English

Image & Text

Language or 言語選択 S % S

English or 日本語 S %

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Display S %

Showing preloaded images for incoming calls, etc.

Showing Data Folder images for incoming calls, etc.

Showing Customized Screen for incoming calls, etc.

Changing font of numbers entered in Standby

Showing a message each time handset is powered on

Display & Backlight

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Preset Animation (or Pattern 1 to Pattern 3 ) S %

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Select folder S % S Select image

S % S

Specify image area

S %

.

Some images may be usable without specifying image area.

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Customized Screen S % S %

.

Not available for Power On or Power Off .

Dial Number S % S Select pattern S %

Greeting Message S % S Edit Message S % S Enter message S % S

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S %

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Display S %

Disabling display transition effects

Changing Display/key Backlight illumination time

Changing Display Brightness

Changing inactivity time after which Display turns off

Display Effects S % S Off S %

Backlight S % S Time Out S % S Select time S %

.

For custom illumination time, select Other .

Backlight S % S Brightness S % S Adjust level S %

Display Saving S % S Select time S %

14

14-

3

14

Display & Illumination

1

Display & Illumination Settings

2

Sub Display

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Display S % S Sub-Display S %

Changing inactivity time after which Sub Display turns off

Hiding new received messages

Changing Clock view

Changing Clock font

Hiding caller info

Duration

S % S

Select time

S %

Messages S % S Not Display S %

Display Date&Time S % S Select type S %

Clock Type S % S Select pattern S %

Caller Display S % S Off S %

Standby Display

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Display

S % S

Standby Display

S %

Changing Clock/Calendar

Selecting Mobile Widget display option

Showing Network service provider name in Standby

Key Backlight

Clock/Calendar S % S Select type S %

Show Widget S % S Select option S %

Show Operator Name S % S On S %

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/ G

Disabling key Backlight illumination Set Key Light S % S Off S %

14-

4

Incoming Transmissions

1

Incoming Transmission Settings

Handset Response

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Sounds & Alerts S %

Changing ringtone volume

Answering calls with other keys

Muting ringer with other keys

Handset Response (Lights)

Volume

S % S

Select item

S % S

Adjust level

S %

Any Key Answer S % S On S %

.

Use 0 - 9 , ( , # , ~ , g , ' or & in addition to !

.

Any Key Answer

S % S

Only Mute

S %

.

Use 0 - 9 , ( , # , ~ , g , ' or & in addition to $ .

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Sounds & Alerts S %

Selecting illumination option

Enabling/disabling illumination for missed transmissions

Event Light S % S Select item S % S On or Off S %

Status Light S % S Select item S % S On or Off S %

14

14-

5

Sounds

1

Sound Settings

System Sounds

Enabling Keypad Tones

Changing S! Circle Talk tone

Changing other System Sounds

Disabling System Sounds

Changing System Sound duration

Changing System Sound volume

Additional Sound Settings

Disabling Speaker when using Headphones

Activating Speaker surround

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Sounds & Alerts S %

System Sounds

S % S

Keypad Tones

S % S

Select tone

S %

System Sounds S % S S! Circle Talk S % S Select tone S %

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Tone or Sound S % S Select folder

S % S

Select tone/file

S %

.

For files with limited usage period, choose Yes and press % .

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Tone or Sound S % S Off S %

.

Not available for S! Circle Talk .

.

For Keypad Tones , omit Tone or Sound selection step.

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Duration S % S Select/enter time S %

.

Not available for Keypad Tones or S! Circle Talk .

Volume S % S General Volume S % S Adjust level S %

7

% S

Settings

S % S

Sound/Display menu

Ringer Output S % S Earphone S %

Sounds & Alerts

S % S

Surround

S % S

On

S %

14

14-

6

Connectivity

1

Connectivity Settings

1

Network

7

% S Settings S % S f Network

Selecting a Network manually

Adding preferred Networks

Adding preferred Networks to the end

Deleting preferred Networks

Adding Networks

Editing Networks

Deleting Networks

Refreshing Network connection

Retrieving Network Information

Checking Network status

Editing connection names for mobile data communication

Clearing connection names for mobile data communication

Select Network

S % S

Manual

S % S

Select Network

S %

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S Select target location S % S

Insert S % S Select Network S %

Select Network

S % S

Select Network S %

Set Preferred

S % S % S

Add to End

S % S

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S Select Network S % S Delete

S %

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Add S % S Enter country code S % S Enter Network code S % S Enter name S % S

Select NW Type S % S Select type S %

.

After selecting Add New Network and pressing

%

, Network list appears if

Network has already been added. To add more, press % again and proceed.

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Select Network S % S

Change

S % S

Edit in the same manner as adding Networks

S %

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Select Network S % S

Delete S %

Re-search Signal

S %

Retrieve NW Info S % S Yes S % S %

Network Info S %

External Device S % S Select name S % S Edit S %

External Device S % S B S Reset S % S Yes S %

14

14-

7

14

Connectivity

1

Connectivity Settings

2

IP Service

7

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S Locks S %

Enabling IP Service

IP Service Setting

S % S

On

S %

.

Enable IP Service to use S! Friend's Status and S! Circle Talk.

7

% S Settings S % S f Network S Location Info S % Location Information

Adding/editing Location Information destination URLs

Specifying Location Information destination URL

Viewing Location Information destination URL

Deleting Location Information destination URLs

Hiding Location Information

Changing Location Information confirmation option

Suppressing Information window after sending Location

Information automatically

Opening sent Location Information records

URL Setting S % S <Empty> (or select URL) S B S Edit S % S Enter URL

S %

.

Default URL is not editable.

URL Setting S % S Select URL S %

URL Setting S % S Select URL S B S Display S %

URL Setting

S % S

Select URL

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

Datum On/Off S % S Off S %

Location Property S % S Select option S %

Notif. Setting

S % S

Do not Show

S %

Offer Loc. Logs

S %

14-

8

1

Reset Settings

Restoring Default Settings

7

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S Master Reset S %

Restoring default handset settings

Clearing all Phone Book entries, Data Folder files, etc.

Reset Settings

S % S

Enter Administrator Code

S % S

Yes

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Some default settings may not be restored.

Reset All S % S Enter Administrator Code S % S Yes S % S Yes S %

.

Files and records deleted by Reset All cannot be restored. Reset All deletes all downloaded S! Applications.

.

Handset Code and Administrator Code return to the default settings.

.

A confirmation may appear before entering Administrator Code; end the current function to proceed.

.

When Double Number is active, regardless of usage mode setting, Reset Settings restores all default settings (Double Number is canceled), and Reset All clears all user files.

Reset

14

14-

9

USIM Card ..................................... 15-2

About USIM Card .......................... 15-2

USIM Card Installation................... 15-3

Battery........................................... 15-4

Battery Installation ......................... 15-4

Software Update........................... 15-5

Troubleshooting ........................... 15-6

Text Entry Key Assignments....... 15-8

Pager Codes ............................... 15-10

Pager Code List ........................... 15-10

Character Codes ........................ 15-11

Character Code List .....................15-11

Weather Indicators .................... 15-17

Weather Indicator List ..................15-17

Specifications ............................ 15-18

Memory Card Structure & Contents ...15-23

Menu List .................................... 15-24

Index ........................................... 15-31

Warranty & Service.................... 15-38

Customer Service ...................... 15-39

15

Appendix

15-

1

USIM Card

About USIM Card

USIM Card is an IC card containing customer and authentication information, including the handset number. USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.

Save Phone Book entries on USIM Card

Phone Book to use them on other

SoftBank handsets. Depending on the

USIM Card in use, some entry items may not be supported, and some limits

(character entry, etc.) may be lower.

Precautions

IC Chip

15

.

Do not insert USIM Card into any other IC card device. SoftBank Mobile is not liable for resulting damages.

.

Keep the USIM Card IC chip clean; malfunction may result. Clean with soft dry cloth.

.

Do not attach labels to USIM Card.

Malfunction may result.

Important

.

USIM Card is the property of SoftBank Mobile.

.

USIM Card will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged.

.

Return USIM Card to SoftBank Mobile upon subscription termination.

.

Returned USIM Cards are recycled.

.

USIM Card specifications may change without prior notice.

.

Back up USIM Card files. SoftBank

Mobile is not liable for lost files.

.

If your USIM Card or handset (with USIM

Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend your service immediately. For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, General Information ( P.15-39 ).

USIM PIN

Four- to eight-digit code ( 9999 by default); activate PIN Entry to restrict handset use.

PIN Lock

.

Entering incorrect PIN three consecutive times activates PIN Lock, limiting handset use.

Canceling PIN Lock

.

Contact SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, General Information (

P.15-39

) for your Personal Unblocking Key (PUK

Code) and follow these steps:

Enter PUK Code S % S Enter new

PIN S % S Re-enter new PIN S %

, Write down PUK code.

PUK Lock

.

Entering incorrect PUK Code ten consecutive times activates PUK Lock, disabling handset. For recovery, USIM

Card must be reissued at a SoftBank

Shop (fees apply).

15-

2

USIM Card

USIM Card Installation

.

Do not apply excessive force to insert/remove USIM Card.

.

USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.

Inserting

1

Remove battery (P.15-4)

2

Using Tab, pull out Tray

4

Push in Tray fully

.

Reinstall battery ( P.15-4 ).

Ta b

Tray

Removing

1

Remove battery

2

Using Tab, pull out Tray

Ta b

3

Slide in USIM Card with IC chip facing up

N otch

3

Lift and slide out USIM Card as shown

.

Reinstall battery.

.

Take care not to lose removed USIM

Card.

After Repairs, USIM Card Replacement or Handset Upgrade/Replacement

.

Some downloaded files may be inaccessible. In addition, S! Applications and BookSurfing ® may be disabled after

USIM Card replacement.

15

15-

3

Battery

Battery Installation

About Battery

.

Charge battery at least once every six months; an uncharged battery may become unusable or affect files/settings.

.

Depending on usage, bulges may appear near end of battery life; this does not affect safety.

.

Replace battery if operating time shortens noticeably.

.

Clean device charging terminals with a dry cotton swab.

Lithium-ion Battery

.

This product requires a lithium-ion battery.

Lithium-ion batteries are a recyclable resource.

, To recycle a used lithium-ion battery, take it to any shop displaying the symbol shown above.

, To avoid fire or electric shock, do not short-circuit or disassemble battery.

Inserting & Removing

1

Remove Battery Cover

Battery Co v er

.

Press and slide as shown.

2

Insert battery

.

With logo side up, align battery terminals with contact pins.

15

3

Close Battery Cover

.

Position and slide Cover gently as shown until it stops.

Removing

.

Power off and lift battery as shown.

15-

4

Software Update

Software Update

Check for firmware updates and download as required.

Precautions

.

Handset is disabled until update is complete. Update may take up to approximately 30 minutes.

.

Update failure may disable handset. To reduce failure risk, make sure signal is strong and stable, and charge battery beforehand.

.

Update will not start if another function is in use. Before updating software (or before scheduled update time), end all active functions/applications.

.

Disconnect USB Cable beforehand to reduce failure risk.

.

Always back up important information.

SoftBank Mobile cannot be held liable for damages from lost information, etc.

Updating Software

Packet transmission fees do not apply to updates (including checking, downloading and rewriting).

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Software

Update

S %

2

Software Update

S %

3

B

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Update Result

In 2 , Update Result S %

Scheduled Update (Japanese)

SoftBank Mobile sends update notice via

SMS; read and change preset update schedule as needed. A confirmation appears at scheduled update time. Press % or wait a while for update to start.

When Updated

Update success notification appears and handset reboots.

After reboot, completion message appears and Information window opens.

Update Result

While Information window appears,

Update Result S %

Reboot Failure

.

If handset does not return to Standby after update, power off, reinsert battery, then restart it. If it still does not restart, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, Customer Assistance ( P.15-39

).

15

15-

5

Troubleshooting

15

Troubleshooting

[ General

Problem

Handset won't power on

Possible Cause

Was

"

pressed long enough?

Battery may need to be charged or replaced.

Battery may not be properly installed.

Operation is restricted after power on

Is Switch On/Off in PIN

Entry On ?

Solution

Press

"

longer.

Charge battery or install a charged battery.

Install battery properly (

P.15-4 ).

If On , PIN is required. Enter PIN according to onscreen prompt.

Insert USIM Card appears

USIM Card may not be properly inserted.

The correct USIM Card may not be inserted.

There may be debris on

IC chip/terminals.

Power off and check that USIM

Card is properly inserted, then restart handset. If the message still appears, USIM may be damaged.

Make sure the correct USIM

Card is inserted. The inserted

USIM Card may not be valid.

Clean relevant parts with dry cloth and re-insert.

REFRESH appears and handset returns to Standby

Handset may have been dropped or subjected to shocks.

Handset failed to recognize

USIM Card temporarily. This is not a malfunction.

Operation is restricted

Keypad Lock may be active.

Function Lock may be active.

Cancel Keypad Lock (

P.1-24

Cancel Function Lock (

).

P.11-2 ).

Problem

Battery strength indicator flashes when not charging

Saved entry/folder does not appear on handset

Possible Cause

Ambient temperature may be outside 5 o C to

35 o C.

Entry/folder may be set to Secret.

Solution

Use within an ambient temperature of 5 o

C - 35 o

C.

Activate Show Secret Data

(

P.11-3

).

Handset/AC

Charger feels warm

Cannot access

Memory Card files

Handset/AC Charger may warm while charging.

Handset may warm during extended periods of use.

Handset may warm during Video Calls.

Memory Card may not be properly formatted.

Unless handset/AC Charger is too hot to touch, warmth is considered normal. Always avoid prolonged skin contact to prevent burn injuries.

Clock settings are lost

Did you leave handset without battery?

Use 001SH-formatted Memory

Cards.

Clock settings remain even when removing battery for replacement, etc. However, if handset is left with no battery or an exhausted one for an extended period of time

(approximately one hour),

Clock will need to be reset.

15-

6

Troubleshooting

[ Charger/Battery

Problem

Battery charges quickly

Battery charges slowly

Battery won't charge

Possible Cause

Remaining charge shortens charging time.

Battery may be terminally exhausted or defective. (Small Light flashes red.)

Charging slows during

Video Calls.

Battery may be charging via USB.

AC Charger may not be properly connected to handset.

AC Charger may not be firmly plugged in to AC outlet.

Battery may not be properly installed.

Battery, AC Charger, or

Charging Terminals, or

Device Port may be obstructed by dust, etc.

Charger, etc. may not be supported.

Solution

This is normal.

Replace battery with a new one.

End the call to charge faster.

Use AC Charger.

Make sure connector is securely inserted and retry.

Remove plug from outlet, re-insert and retry.

Install battery properly ( P.15-4 ).

Clean terminals, connector and

Port with a dry cotton swab and retry.

Use specified AC Charger, etc. only; others may damage battery.

Problem

Battery Time seems shorter than usual

Possible Cause

High power consuming operations are in use.

Using handset in poor conditions may shorten

Battery Time.

Power hungry settings may be active.

Solution

Keep handset closed in Standby; reduce S! Application, Media Player and camera use, and limit transmissions/external connections.

Avoid prolonged use of handset out-of-range or in poor signal conditions.

Lower Brightness, select shorter Display Saving/

Backlight time, etc.

15

15-

7

Text Entry Key Assignments

Text Entry Key Assignments

Key

Kanji (Hiragana)

[Double-byte]

Katakana

[Double & Single-byte]

Alphanumerics

[Double & Single-byte]

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

(

#

あいうえお

ぁぃぅぇぉ

かきくけこ

さしすせそ

たちつてとっ

アイウエオ

ァィゥェォ

カキクケコ

サシスセソ

タチツテトッ

@./̲-1 

J  (space)

ABCabc2

DEFdef3

GHI g hi4

なにぬねの

はひふへほ

まみむめも

ナニヌネノ

ハヒフヘホ

マミムメモ

JKLjkl5

MNOmno6

PQRSpqrs7

やゆよゃゅょ

らりるれろ

ヤユヨャュョ

ラリルレロ

TUVtuv8

WXYZwxyz9

わをんー ワヲンー

゛゜-

1

0

゛゜

─────

、。

0

(line break)

Log, Pictogram List (double-byte), Symbol List 3

?!  K (space)

,.

0

(line break)

?!

  J (space)

1 is available only in Single-byte Katakana mode.

2 Available for phone number entry; some characters may not be enterable in some windows.

3 May not be enterable in some windows.

Numbers

[Single-byte]

1

7

8

5

6

2

3

4

9

0

N

+ P (pause) ? -

2

#

15

Character Codes

1

7

8

5

6

9

0

2

3

4

─────

─────

15-

8

Text Entry Key Assignments

Key e f

&

Kanji (Hiragana)

[Double-byte]

Conversion

4

Katakana

[Double & Single-byte]

Alphanumerics

[Double & Single-byte]

Numbers

[Single-byte]

Character Codes

Cursor up/down;

0

(line break) when b is pressed at the end of text

Cursor left/right

Switch entry modes (except during conversion)

───── Search Word 5

&

(Long)

Toggle Personal Mode

5

─────

Toggle Personal Mode

5,6

─────

'

$

─────

Cancel conversion

Toggle case (for some characters)

─────

Toggle mode (upper/ lower and lower case)

Delete one character

Cancel conversion

6

$

(Long)

Delete before or on and after cursor

!

Re-convert 7

─────

Recover characters deleted with $

Re-convert 6, 7

Confirm/Done %

B

A

Non-Predictive suggestions 5

Hiragana to Katakana/

Alphanumeric

Conversion

5

4 Cursor moves up/down except during conversion.

5

Available during conversion.

6

Available only in Single-byte Alphanumerics mode.

7 Press !

immediately after inserting characters to re-convert them.

─────

─────

─────

─────

─────

Delete code

15

15-

9

Pager Codes

15

Pager Code List

Gray background indicates upper and lower case available. Press

'

to switch immediately after character entry.

[ Double-byte Upper Case [ Single-byte Upper Case

1 2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

1 あ い う え お A B C D E

2 か き く け こ F G H I J

3 さ し す せ そ K L M N O

4 た ち つ て と P Q R S T

5 な に ぬ ね の U V W X Y

6 は ひ ふ へ ほ Z ? ! − /

*1 7 ま み む め も m &

8 や ( ゆ ) よ

N

# Space

*2

9 ら り る れ ろ 1 2 3 4 5

0 わ を ん ゛ ゜ 6 7 8 9 0

2

(

1

7

8

9

0

5

6

1

2

3

4

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8

)

゛ ゜

ソ

K

P

U

A

F

1

6

Z m

N

&

#

2

7

V

?

B

G

L

Q

M

R

C

H

W

!

Space

3

8

[ Double-byte Lower Case

1

8 ゃ

9

2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3

4 5

6 7 8 9 0

1 ぁ ぃ ぅ ぇ ぉ a b c d e

2 f g h i j

3 k l m n o

4

5

っ p q r s t u v w x y

6 z

7 *1

*2

0

*1 Press 70 to insert

0

、 。

(line break) in mail message text, Notepad, etc.

*2 Press 80 to toggle upper and lower case modes.

[ Single-byte Lower Case

3

4

5

1

2

8

9

6

7

0

1

2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8

ェ ォ a f k p u z b g l q v m r w c h

,

.

9 n s x d i

4

9

9 0

X

-

D

I

N O

S T

E

J

Y

/

*1

*2

5

0

0 o t y e j

*1

*2

15-

10

Character Codes

Character Code List

First Three

Digits

Space

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

15

15-

11

15

15-

12

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Character Codes

Last Digit

15

15-

13

15

15-

14

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Character Codes

Last Digit

15

15-

15

15

15-

16

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

Weather Indicator List

■ Basic Status

Clear skies (day)

Clear skies (night)

Clo u dy

Rain

Sno w

Th u nder sho w ers

Chance of rain: 0 %

Chance of rain: 10 %

Chance of rain: 20 %

Chance of rain: 30 %

Chance of rain: 40 %

Chance of rain: 50 %

Chance of rain: 60 %

Chance of rain: 70 %

Chance of rain: 8 0 %

Chance of rain: 90 %

Chance of rain: 100 %

Then

Partly/chance of

■ Pollen Count

Lo w

Moderate

High

Extreme

■ Cherry Blossom

Flo w ering

Almost f u ll b loom

F u ll b loom

Beginning of petal fall

■ Fall Folia g e

N o color change

Colors appearing

Peak

Defoliating

Weather Indicators

■ Ultraviolet

Lo w

Moderate

High

Extreme

■ Typhoon

Forming

Approaching

Ca u tion necessary

■ Other

Hea v y rain

Gale

N otification

15

15-

17

Specifications

Specifications

15

SoftBank 001SH

Weight * 79.1 g (95.8 g with battery)

Continuous

Talk Time

*

Continuous

Standby Time

*

210 minutes

360 hours (handset closed)

Continuous TV

Reception Time *

6 hours

Charging Time

(power off) *

Dimensions

(W x H x D)

*

AC Charger: 140 minutes

In-Car Charger: 140 minutes

50 x 102 x 15.6-17.4 mm

(handset closed, without protruding parts)

Maximum

Output

0.25 W

* Approximate value.

.

Above values calculated with Backlight

Brightness set to Level:2 .

.

Continuous Talk Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, in strong signal conditions without moving handset.

.

Continuous Standby Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, with handset closed without calls or operations, in strong signal conditions without moving handset. In Japan (3G service area), the value is calculated with

IP Service Setting and Mobile Widget Auto

Refresh set to Off .

.

Continuous TV Reception Time is measured with a new, fully charged battery, with Set Brightness set to 2 , Tone set to

Normal and Screen Size set to

Normal(Landscape) with Headphones connected to External Device Port, until

.

battery runs low (10% of capacity).

Talk Time/Standby Time/TV Reception

Time may vary with environment, status, settings, etc.

.

Display employs precision technology, however, some pixels may appear brighter/ darker.

[ Handset Materials

Parts Materials/Finishing

Housing, Battery Cover ABS resin/UV painting

Display window, lens cover Acrylic resin

Infrared Port ABS resin

Sub Display window

Acrylic resin/In-mold decorating

PC resin/Solid printing

(back)

Multi Selector (Cursor

Keys), Center Key

Mail Key, Yahoo! Keitai

Key, Shortcuts & A/a Key,

TV & Text Key, Start &

Rakutomo Link Key,

Clear/Back Key, Power

On/Off & End Key,

Keypad,

N

Key, # Key,

Dictionary Key, Multi Job

& Manner Key

PC resin/UV painting

Parts

Side Key (Shutter Key),

External Device Port

Cover

Housing stop pads

Screw cover

Battery

Battery contacts

Screws

USIM Tray

Materials/Finishing

PC resin & elastomer/

UV painting

Urethane resin

PET

PC resin & ABS resin

Brass/Gold plating

(sealer: nickel)

SWCH16A/Trivalent chromate

POM resin

Accessory

[ Battery

Voltage

Battery Type

Capacity

3.7V

Lithium-ion

770 mAh

Dimensions

(W x H x D)

*

* Approximate value.

35.4 x 46.3 x 4.6 mm

(without protruding parts)

15-

18

Getting Started

[ Standby Shortcut

Savable Items 19 per sheet (shared with widgets)

Universal Operations, Etc.

[ Text Entry

User

Dictionary

250 entries (5 per reading)

Word: 30 characters

Reading: 8 hiragana

Acquire

Dictionary

Paste List

5 dictionaries

10 text strings

Recoverable

Deleted

Characters

30,720 single-byte characters

Dictionary

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary:

Approximately 47,100 words/phrases

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary:

Approximately 45,700 words/phrases

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary:

Approximately 55,800 words/phrases

[ Phone Book

Entry 1,000 entries

Name/Reading Last/First: 32 characters each

Phone Number 5 numbers (32 digits each)

Mail Address 5 addresses (128 characters each)

Category 16 Categories

Address

Office

Homepage

Note

Postal Code: 20 characters

Country: 32 characters

Others: 64 characters each

Office Name/Division/Post:

32 characters each

1,024 bytes

Mail Groups

256 characters

20 Groups (20 members each)

Group name: 16 characters

Calling

Call Log Records

Dialed: 30

Dialed Ranking: 10

Received: 30

Answer Phone/

Record Caller Voice

20 messages or 90 seconds

Auto Answer List 10 numbers

Speed Dial/Mail 100 numbers/addresses

Messaging

Memory

Received

Msg.

Drafts

Sent

Messages

Unsent

Messages

Templates

10 MB or

3,000 messages

5 MB (or

1,000 messages between Drafts,

Sent Messages and Unsent

Messages)

61 MB (shared with

Data Folder and

S! Appli Library)

PC Mail/S! Mail

Subject

PC Mail/S! Mail

Message

512 single-byte characters

Approximately 30,000 single-byte characters

SMS Message 160 single-byte alphanumerics

Auto Resend

Attachment

2 times

20 files or 2 MB

Send Reservation 10 messages

*

Signature

Recipient

Folder

256 single-byte characters

20 numbers/addresses

20 folders (20 sort keys each)

Chat Folder

Memory

Folder

300 messages per folder

10 folders

(20 members each)

Specifications

Graphic Mail

Auto Reply

1 sound or Flash ® file, or

40 images/My Pictograms (with

1 sound or Flash

®

file)

20 numbers/addresses

Reply Message: 256 single-byte characters per mode

Individual 20 entries

Sort Spam Mail

Permitted List 20 entries

*

Limit may be lower depending on message text, etc.

[ PC Mail Settings

PC Mail

Account

Set Receiving

Set Sending

PC Mail DL

Account

Account Name

User Name

Password

3 accounts

20 characters

128 characters

40 characters

ReceivingServer 128 characters

Port Number

Sender Name

1 to 65535

20 characters

Mail Address 128 characters

Individual Address 20 addresses

15

15-

19

15

Specifications

Internet

500 KB per page

Download

(Yahoo! Keitai)

Download

(PC Site Browser) 1

10 MB for progressive downloads

JPEG Images 3 MB

Flash ® Files 2 MB

History

300 pages for Yahoo! Keitai

300 pages for PC Site Browser

URL Entry Log 10 URLs

Bookmarks 2 &

Saved Pages

100 pages for Yahoo! Keitai

100 pages for PC Site Browser

Tab

Input Memory

Streaming

History

5 tabs at one time

20 entries

20 URLs

RSS Feed 30 entries (60 KB per entry)

1

1 MB each for files other than JPEG images and Flash

® files. (Some media files are playable beyond 1 MB.)

2

Folders are counted as pages.

Digital TV

Recorded File

ISDB-T mobile Video profile

(SD-Video standard)

Recording Time

(example)

80 minutes on 256 MB Memory

Card

Marker

Split File

Reservation

List

99 Markers (10 per file)

99 portions per file

5 entries (24 hours each on

1 GB or larger Memory Card)

Camera & Imaging

[ Mobile Camera

Effective Pixels 3.2 Megapixels

Auto Shut-off Time Approximately 3 minutes

[ Photo Camera

Zoom

Picture Size

(W x H dots)

File Format

Memory

1x - 24.8x

3M

Full HD

2M

1.2M

VGA

Wallpaper

QVGA

QQVGA

1536 x 2048

1080 x 1920

1200 x 1600

960 x 1280

480 x 640

240 x 400

240 x 320

120 x 160

JPEG

Approximately 60 files (at 3M,

High Quality) on handset with no other files yymmdd_hhmmss File Name

Shooting

Distance

Macro: 10 cm

Other

Use transparent PNG files of 40 KB or less as Frames

[ Video Camera

Zoom

Record Size

(W x H dots)

File Format

Recording

Capacity per

Shot

1x - 8.7x

Extended

For Message

320 x 240 (QVGA)

240 x 176 (HQVGA)

176 x 144 (QCIF)

320 x 240 (QVGA)

176 x 144 (QCIF)

3GP

Extended

Approximately

30 minutes * on

Memory Card

For Message 2 MB or 295 KB yymmdd_hhmmss File Name

Recording

Distance

1.5 m in good light

* Varies with handset usage, location or settings.

[ Editing Images

Picture

Editor

Composite

Resize

(W x H dots)

Retouch

Wallpaper (240 x 400)

Power On/Off (240 x 400)

Incoming Call (160 x 160)

Alarm (240 x 104)

Mail Art (96 x 96)

QVGA (240 x 320)

Cut

52 x 52 dots or larger

JPEG/PNG images

Paste

Correction

Merge

Panorama

16 characters

52 x 52 dots or larger

JPEG/PNG images

JPEG images between

W 48 x H 64 dots and

240 x 320 dots

15-

20

Media Player

Supported

Formats

All Music List

AAC (.mp4/.3gp/.m4a)

(Some files may not play depending on sampling frequency and bit rate)

Music

Chaku-Uta ®

Shows up to

350 files each

S! Applications

Memory

100 items or 61 MB (shared with

Messaging Templates folder and other folders in Data Folder)

Handy Extras

[ PIM/Life

Alarms 5 entries, Subject: 9 characters

Schedule: 1,000 entries

Calendar

1

/Tasks

Tasks: 300 entries

Subject: 32 characters

Description: 128 characters

Location: 16 characters

Set Holiday: 10 holidays

Wakeup TV

Household

Accounts

Calculator

Auto Shut-off

Approximately

30 minutes

3,285 entries 2

(9,999,999 yen each)

999,999,999,999

Expenses

Memo

50 entries (999,999.99 yen each) per list x 3 lists

1 Preset holidays are based on Japanese calendar as of September 2010.

2 Limit may be lower depending on the number of items in each entry.

[ Clock/Gauge

Stopwatch

23 hours 59 minutes 59.9 seconds in 0.1-second increments

Lap time: 4 records

Countdown

Timer

99 minutes 59 seconds in

1-second increments

World Clock City name: 16 characters

[ Doc./Rec.

Notepad

Voice

Recorder

500 entries (8,192 characters each)

Approximately

For

Message

20 minutes (message size limit: 2 MB) or

3 minutes (message size limit: 300 KB) per file

Extended

Voice

99 hours 59 minutes

59 seconds

Scan Barcode

UPC/JAN 50 codes

(Continuous

Mode)

QR Code 16 codes

Create QR

Code

Scan Text

Equivalent of 513 digits,

311 alphanumerics or 131 kanji

256 characters

Mobile Widget

Savable Items

6 widgets (S! Quick News &

S! Friend's Status: 1, others: 5) per sheet x 4 sheets

Entertainment

[ S! Quick News

Savable 1 item for Special

Items 5 items between News Flash and General

[ e-Books

Text Copy 20 characters

[ S! Friend's Status

Member

My Status

30 members

Name: 7 characters

Comment: 15 characters

Status Label: 4 characters

Status Templates Template name: 12 characters

Specifications

[ S! Circle Talk

Participant 11 members

Speak Time 30 seconds each

Member List 30 entries (10 members per Group)

[ Blog Tool

Blog Details

Blog Title

Blog Settings

(Mail)

5 entries

16 characters

Email Address 128 characters

Title 32 characters

Text

Picture Size

128 characters

S (320 x 320)

M (640 x 640)

L (1024 x 1024)

Send

Blog Settings

(Yahoo! Keitai &

PC Site Browser)

URL for Posting 1,024 characters

URL for Viewing 1,024 characters

Data Folder

Memory

61 MB (shared with Messaging

Templates folder and S! Appli Library)

Memory Card

Backup File

Name yymmddXX

* yymmdd for Contents Keys.

* (XX: 2 digits/letters)

15

15-

21

15

Specifications

Connectivity & File Backup

[ Infrared

Infrared

Transfer

[ Bluetooth

®

IrMC 1.1

Range Within 20 cm

Communication

Bluetooth ® specification Ver. 2.1

System

Headset Profile

Supported

Profiles

Output

Range

Hands-Free Profile

Dial-Up Networking Profile

Object Push Profile

File Transfer Profile

Basic Imaging Profile

Advanced Audio Distribution Profile

Audio/Video Remote Control Profile

Bluetooth

®

Power Class 2

Within 10 m

Device Search 16 devices

Pairing 32 devices

Device Name 16 characters

Printing JPEG/PNG images

[ S! Addressbook Back-up

Log 10 synchronization records

Network

Add Network

5 Networks

Country/Network code: 3 digits

Name: 25 single-byte characters

Reference URLs

[ SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

http://mb.softbank.jp/en/

[ S! Addressbook Back-up http://mb.softbank.jp/en/price_plans/basic_option.html

[ Messaging Basics http://mb.softbank.jp/en/customer_support/mail.html

[ Custom Handset Address https://www.email.softbank.ne.jp/help/e/address.html

[ Yahoo! Keitai http://mb.softbank.jp/en/customer_support/web.html

[ Secure Remote Lock http://mb.softbank.jp/en/price_plans/basic_option.html

[ microSD Memory Card Compatibility

From PC (Japanese) http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/peripherals/sd_support.html

From Handset (Japanese) http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/

[ SVG-T

From Handset (Japanese) http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/svgt/index_pdc.html

[ Association for Promotion of Digital

Broadcasting

From PC http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/

From Handset (Japanese) http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/

15-

22

Memory Card Structure & Contents

DCIM

PRIVATE

Memory Card Structure

XXXSHARP

Local Contents

Mail

MYFOLDER My Items

Book

Bookmarks

Character

Custom Screens

Flash(R)

Flash(R) Ringtones

Games and More

Hot Status Template

Mail Art

Message Templates

Music

Other Documents

Pictograms

Pictures

Sounds & Ringtones

Videos

Widget

SHARP

SH_Folder

Utility

MOBILE

Contents (Location when Viewed on Handset)

Still images in Data Folder (DCIM)

SD Local Contents

Messaging folder backups (Received Msg., Sent Messages and Drafts) e-Book files in Data Folder (Books)

Bookmark backup files

PNG files in Data Folder (Character)

Customized Screen files in Data Folder (Customized Screen)

Flash ® Wallpaper files in Data Folder (Flash®)

Flash ® ringtones in Data Folder (Flash® Ringtones)

S! Applications

Template files in Data Folder (Status Templates)

Files in Data Folder (Mail Art)

Graphic Mail templates in Templates folder

Music files in Data Folder (Music)

Other files in Data Folder (Other Documents)

GIF files in Data Folder (My Pictograms)

Still images in Data Folder (Pictures)

Melodies and other sound files in Data Folder (Ring Songs·Tones)

Video files in Data Folder (Videos)

Widget files in Data Folder (Widget)

Application management files

Backup files (Phone Book), etc.

Backup files (User Dictionary), etc.

Specifications

15

15-

23

Menu List

Menu List

Messaging

Function

Received Msg.

Create Message

Retrieve New Msg.

Refer to

P.4-15

P.4-4

P.4-28

Drafts

Templates

Sent Messages

Unsent Messages

Chat Folder

Mail List

P.4-33

P.4-9

P.4-15

P.4-33

Server Mail

Box

Retrieve All

Delete All

Mailbox Volume

Create New SMS

Address Settings

View Settings

P.4-34

P.4-10

P.4-3

P.4-34

Receive Settings

P.4-14

Create/Send Settings

P.4-11

Settings

P.4-18

P.4-28

P.4-28

P.4-31

PC Mail Settings

SMS Settings

P.4-21

P.4-39

Memory Status

Speed Dial/Mail

Mail Groups

P.4-23

P.4-19

P.4-30

15

[ Settings: View Settings

Function

Received Msg. View

Sent Msg. View

Message List View

Scroll Unit

Auto Play Attached Sound

Picture Appearance

Animation View

Address View

Refer to

P.4-34

P.4-34

P.4-34

P.4-34

P.4-34

P.4-34

P.4-34

P.4-34

[ Settings: Receive Settings

Message

Download

Auto Delete Received Msg.

Other Than

Standby

Screen

Incoming Display

Setting

View Setting

Secret Folder

Link to

Feeling

Spam Mail

Settings

Function

DL Size Limit

Auto Settings

Condition(Auto)

Alert Sound

Refer to

P.4-35

P.4-14

P.4-14

P.4-35

P.4-35

P.4-35

P.4-35

P.4-35

Standby Screen Info.

P.4-35

Light

P.4-35

Vibration Pattern

Ringtone

P.4-36

P.4-36

Sort Spam Mail

Report Spam

P.4-17

P.4-36

[ Settings: Create/Send Settings

Function

Create Msg. Size

Picture Auto Resize

Sending Status

Auto Resend

Auto Delete Sent Msg.

Signature

Send Option

Delivery Report

Reply to Settings

Reply

Settings

Reply With Text

Auto Reply

Set Quick Reply

Send File Settings

Restrictions Setting

P.4-24

P.4-37

P.4-37

P.4-30

P.4-30

P.4-37

P.4-11

Refer to

P.4-36

P.4-36

P.4-36

P.4-36

P.4-36

P.4-24

[ Settings: PC Mail Settings

Function

PC Mail Account

PC Mail DL

Auto Check

Word wrap

Refer to

P.4-21

P.4-37

P.4-37

P.4-38

[ Settings: SMS Settings

Function

Expiry Time

Message Center

Char-code

Refer to

P.4-39

P.4-39

P.4-39

15-

24

Yahoo!

Function

Yahoo! Keitai

Menu List

Bookmarks

Saved Pages

Web Search

Enter URL

History

PC Site Browser

Browser Settings

[ PC Site Browser

Homepage

Bookmarks

Saved Pages

Web Search

Enter URL

History

RSS Feed

Yahoo! Keitai

Function

PC Site

Browser

Settings

Font Size

Scroll Settings

Cursor Settings

Downloads

Memory Operation

Security Settings

Download to

Initialize Browser

Reset Settings

Warning Message

Zoom Factor

Softkey Area

Refer to

P.5-3

P.5-3

P.5-8

P.5-8

P.5-11

P.5-3

P.5-3

P.5-5

P.5-12

P.5-3

P.5-12

P.5-13

P.5-12

P.5-12

P.5-10

P.5-16

P.5-12

Refer to

P.5-5

P.5-8

P.5-8

P.5-11

P.5-5

P.5-5

P.5-9

P.5-16

P.5-16

P.5-13

P.5-12

P.5-5

[ Browser Settings

Function

Font Size

Scroll Unit

Cursor Settings

Downloads

Memory Operation

Security Settings

Download to

Initialize Browser

Reset Settings

S! Appli

Function

S! Appli Library

Settings

Information

[ Settings

Function

Application Volume

Backlight

Vibration

Synchronization

Calls & Alarms

Screensaver

Switch On/Off

Activation Time

Stop Auto Start

Surround

Set to Default

Memory All Clear

Refer to

P.5-12

P.5-13

P.5-12

P.5-12

P.5-10

P.5-16

P.5-12

P.5-16

P.5-16

Refer to

P.8-7

P.8-10

P.8-11

Refer to

P.8-10

P.8-11

P.8-11

P.8-11

P.8-10

P.8-10

P.8-10

P.8-10

P.8-10

P.8-11

P.8-11

Menu List

Entertainment

S! Information

Channel/

Weather

Function

What's New

Back Issue

Registration/Cancel

Get Latest Contents

Notification

Weather Indicator

S! Quick News

Free Contents

S! Contents Store

S! Friend's Status

S! Circle Talk

Blog Tool

BookSurfing e-Book Viewer

[ S! Information Channel/Weather:

Weather Indicator

Function

Weather

Manual Update

Settings

Standby Setting

Weather Notif.

Icon Update

[ S! Quick News

Refer to

P.10-19

P.10-6

P.10-19

P.10-19

P.10-19

Function

S! Quick News List

Auto Refresh

Settings

Show Image

Check Schedule

Change Skin

Delete S! Quick News

Lists

Refer to

P.10-5

P.10-18

P.10-18

P.10-18

P.10-18

P.10-18

Refer to

P.10-6

P.10-6

P.10-6

P.10-18

P.10-18

P.10-6

P.10-5

P.10-7

P.10-7

P.10-9

P.10-12

P.10-14

P.10-8

P.10-8

15

15-

25

Menu List

15

Camera

Photo Camera

Video Camera

Function

Barcode Reader

Scan Card

Scan Receipt

Kanji Grabber

Review

Picture Size

Photo

Settings

Picture Quality

Settings

Video

Settings

Record Time/Size

Microphone

Save Settings

[ Photo Camera

Shooting

Settings

Modes

Barcode/Scan

Review

Picture Size

Scene

Picture Quality

Self-timer

Settings

Help

Function

Exposure

Focus Setting

White Balance

Add Frame

Continuous Shoot

P.7-6

P.7-14

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-14

P.7-14

P.7-13

Refer to

P.7-4

P.7-5

P.9-27

P.9-29

P.9-13

P.9-31

Refer to

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-14

P.7-7

P.7-7

P.9-27

P.7-6

P.7-14

P.7-14

P.7-13

P.7-7

P.7-13

P.7-13

[ Video Camera

Record

Settings

Function

Exposure

Focus

Display Size

Review

Record Time/Size

Microphone

Video Quality

Self-timer

Settings

Help

[ Photo Settings: Settings

Function

Focus Mark

Display Icons

Shutter Sound

Save Pictures to

Auto Save

Set Remote Shutter

Set Send Key

Refer to

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-13

[ Video Settings: Save Settings

Function

Save Videos to

Auto Save

Refer to

P.7-13

P.7-13

Refer to

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-14

P.7-6

P.7-14

P.7-14

P.7-13

P.7-7

P.7-13

P.7-13

Media

Function

Music

Videos

Streaming

[ Music

Function

Last Played Music

My Music

Download Music

Settings

Sound Effects

Playback Mode g

Sound Output

[ Videos

Function

Last Played Video

My Videos

Download Videos

Settings

Playback Mode

Backlight

Display Size

Sound Effects

Web Link Setting g Sound Output

Refer to

P.8-4

P.8-5

P.5-13

Refer to

P.8-8

P.8-6

P.8-3

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

Refer to

P.8-8

P.8-5

P.8-3

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

P.8-8

15-

26

Tools

[ PIM/Life

Function

Alarms

Calendar

Exchange Profile

Wakeup TV

Relaxation Time

Tasks

Household Accounts

Calculator

Expenses Memo

Receive Simulated

Call

Simulated

Call

Switch On/Off

Set Caller

Assign Tone

Receive Timing

For Silent Mode

[ Clock/Gauge

Function

Stopwatch

Countdown Timer

World Clock

Hour Minder

Battery Meter

Refer to

P.9-20

P.9-21

P.9-22

P.9-23

P.1-24

Refer to

P.9-8

P.9-2

P.13-4

P.9-10

P.9-12

P.9-6

P.9-13

P.9-17

P.9-18

P.9-37

P.9-19

P.9-19

P.9-19

P.9-19

P.9-37

[ Doc./Rec.

Function

Dictionary

Search

Notepad

Scratch Pad

ASCII Art

Voice

Recorder

Barcode/

Scan

Record Time

Ring Songs · Tones

Save Recording to

Barcode Reader

Open Barcode

Create QR Code

Scan Card

Scan Receipt

Kanji Grabber

Scan Text

Scanned Results

Phone Help

P.9-26

P.9-38

P.9-27

P.9-39

P.9-28

P.9-29

P.9-13

P.9-31

Refer to

P.2-13

P.2-15

P.9-24

P.2-16

P.9-25

P.9-38

P.9-30

P.9-39

P.1-24

[ Connectivity

Bluetooth

Function

Switch On/Off

Add Device

Paired Devices

Send All

Setting Watch

My Device Settings

My Device Details

Switch On/Off

Infrared

Send All

Card Reader Mode

USB Charge

Memory Card

Backup/Restore

Menu List

Refer to

P.13-17

P.13-6

P.13-7

P.13-8

P.13-18

P.13-17

P.13-17

P.13-17

P.13-3

P.13-9

P.1-25

P.12-6

P.13-11

15

15-

27

15

Menu List

Data Folder

Function

Pictures

DCIM

Ring Songs · Tones

S! Appli

Widget

Music

Videos

Books

Customized Screen

Status Templates

Flash®

Other Documents

Memory Status

Widget

Function

Widget Store

Widget Contents

Settings

P.12-2

P.12-2

P.2-4

P.12-2

P.12-2

P.12-2

P.12-2

Refer to

P.7-8

P.12-2

P.9-26

P.8-7

P.10-2

P.12-2

Refer to

P.10-2

P.10-2

P.10-16

TV

Function

Digital TV

TV Player

TV Link

TV Listing

Reservation List

Settings

Refer to

P.6-2

P.6-8

P.6-12

P.6-6

P.6-9

P.6-11

[ Settings

TV Alarm

Broadcast

Data

Function Refer to

P.6-14

P.6-13

Set Recording

Image Location

Notify Connection

P.6-13

P.6-11

Location

P.6-12

Manufacture Number

P.6-12

Delete StationData

P.6-11

P.6-4

Screen Size

Set Landscape

Sound Output g

Sound Output

Calls & Alarms

TV Reserve Prior

Auto Exit Time

Auto Exit

Close Action

P.6-11

P.6-11

P.6-11

P.6-11

P.6-14

P.6-11

P.6-11

Phone

Function

Phone Book

Add New Entry

Information

Call Log

Play Messages

Play Voicemail

S! Addressbook Back-up

My Details

Set Category

Mail Groups

Rakutomo Link

Speed Dial/Mail

Touch-Tone Signal List

Ph.Book Settings

Settings/

Manage

Call Log Setting

Manage Entries

Refer to

P.2-17

P.2-17

P.1-25

P.3-9

P.3-5

P.3-14

P.13-13

P.1-24

P.2-18

P.4-19

P.3-8

P.3-7

P.3-17

P.2-22

P.3-18

P.2-24

15-

28

Settings

[ Sound/Display

Mode Settings

Function

Display

Customized Screen

Sounds & Alerts

Date & Time

言語選択 (Language)

Ringer Output

Earpiece Volume

Change Menu

[ Sound/Display: Display

Function

Wallpaper

System Graphics

Refer to

P.2-3

P.14-3

VeilView

Display Effects

Font Settings

Clock/Calendar

Standby

Display

Show Widget

P.1-27

P.14-3

P.2-2

P.14-4

P.14-4

Show Operator Name

P.14-4

Mini Battery

Greeting Message

Sub-Display

Backlight

Display Saving

Dial Number

Duration

Messages

Display Date&Time

Clock Type

Caller Display

P.1-27

P.14-3

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-4

P.14-3

P.14-3

P.14-3

Refer to

P.1-26

P.14-3

P.2-4

P.2-5

P.14-2

P.14-3

P.14-6

P.3-16

P.1-17

[ Sound/Display: Sounds & Alerts

Function

Volume

Ringtone/videos

Machi-Uta

System Sounds

Vibration

Event Light

Status Light

Any Key Answer

Surround

[ Sound/Display: Date & Time

Refer to

P.14-5

P.2-5

P.2-5

P.14-6

P.2-5

P.14-5

P.14-5

P.14-5

P.14-6

Function

Set Date/Time

Time Correction

Daylight Saving

Set Time Zone

Clock/Calendar

World Clock

Auto World Clock

Alarms

Set Holiday

Time Format

Date Format

Calendar Format

Refer to

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-4

P.9-22

P.9-22

P.9-8

P.9-32

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-2

Menu List

[ Phone/ G

Function

User Dictionary

Set Key Shortcut

Set Key Light

Switch On/Off

Double

Number

Master Reset

Double Mode

Mode Name

Reject By Line

Show Missed

Packet Warning

Send Priority

Refer to

P.2-12

P.1-14

P.14-4

P.1-21

P.1-23

P.1-26

P.1-26

P.1-26

P.1-26

P.1-26

Memory Card

Backup All Items

P.12-6

P.13-19

Backup Selected Items

P.13-11

Restore All Items

P.13-19

Backup/

Restore

Restore Selected Items

P.13-12

Settings/Manage

P.13-19

Locks

Software Update

P.11-2

P.15-5

Reset Settings

Reset All

P.14-9

P.14-9

15

15-

29

15

Menu List

[ Phone/ G : Memory Card

Function

Number of Copies

Settings

DPOF

SD Local Contents

Format Card

Memory Status

Check Settings

Reset Settings

[ Phone/ G : Locks

Refer to

P.7-12

P.7-15

P.7-12

P.7-15

P.12-8

P.12-6

P.12-2

PIN Entry

Function Lock

Function

IP Service Setting

Function Control

Application Lock

History Lock

Show Secret Data

Set Lock Message

Handset Code

Settings

P.11-3

P.11-5

Need/UnNeed Setting

P.1-20

Save Handset Code

P.1-19

Administrator Setting

P.1-20

Refer to

P.11-2

P.11-2

P.14-8

P.11-4

P.11-3

P.11-3

[ Call

Call Time/

Data

Counter

Answer

Phone

Voicemail/

Call

Forwarding

Function

Call Timers

Data Counter

Call Time Counter

Minute Minder

Switch On/Off

Answer Time

Outgoing Message

Volume

Voicemail

Diverts

Cancel All

Status

Camera Picture

Incoming Picture

Video Call

Outgoing Picture

Hold Guidance Pict

Backlight

Loudspeaker

Caller ID

) Missed Calls

Mute Microphone

Remote Monitor

Int'l Calling

Call Barring

Auto Answer

Call Waiting

Int'l Prefix

Country Code

P.3-16

P.3-16

Roaming Dial Assistant

P.3-16

Bar Outgoing Calls

P.3-20

Restrict Destinations

P.3-11

Bar Incoming Calls

P.3-21

Reject Numbers

P.3-12

P.3-21

P.3-20

P.3-22

P.3-22

P.3-22

P.3-22

P.3-22

P.3-15

P.3-21

P.3-14

P.3-15

P.3-15

P.3-14

P.3-13

P.3-14

P.3-20

P.3-22

P.3-22

Refer to

P.3-10

P.3-18

P.3-18

P.3-18

P.3-5

P.3-15

[ Network

Function

Select Network

Re-search Signal

Offline Mode

Retrieve NW Info

Location Info

Network Info

External Device

15-

30

Refer to

P.14-7

P.14-7

P.1-18

P.14-7

P.14-8

P.14-7

P.14-7

Index

Index

A

AC Charger ..................................................1-4

Accessing Functions ...............................1-12

Accessory ...................................................... v

Administrator Code ........................ 1-19, 1-20

After-Sales Services ...............................15-38

Alarms .........................................................9-8

Canceling ..................................................9-9

Deleting.....................................................9-9

Editing entries .........................................9-36

For Manner Mode....................................9-36

Link to World Clk .....................................9-36

Animation View ............................... 4-12, 4-34

Answer Phone................................... 3-5, 3-15

Any Key Answer .......................................14-5

Application Lock.......................................11-3

ASCII Art....................................................9-25

Auto Art ............................................. 4-4, 4-10

Auto Focus ..................................................7-2

Auto Reply....................................... 4-13, 4-30

Auto Resend...................................... 4-2, 4-36

Auto Retry Function ...................................4-2

B

Backlight............................................ 1-8, 14-3

Backup.....................................................13-10

Auto Backup..........................................13-11

Settings/Manage ...................................13-19

Bar Incoming Calls ...................................3-21

Bar Outgoing Calls ...................................3-20

Barcode Reader ........................................9-27

Open Barcode.........................................9-39

Scanning during text entry ......................9-39

Using scan results...................................9-39

Battery ............................................... 1-4, 15-4

Battery Cover ..............................................1-2

Battery Meter.............................................1-24

Blog Tool ..................................... 10-14, 10-21

Bluetooth ® .................................................13-5

Receiving files .........................................13-8

Sending files............................................13-8

Bookmarks ..................................................5-8

BookSurfing ® ............................................10-8

C

Calculator ........................................ 9-17, 9-37

Calendar ......................................................9-2

Calendar Settings....................................9-32

Editing schedules ....................................9-33

Call Barring ..................................... 3-13, 3-20

Call Forwarding.........................................3-13

Call Log.............................................. 3-9, 3-18

Call Time Counter .....................................3-18

Call Waiting ..................................... 3-13, 3-20

Call Waiting (answering Line 2)...............3-20

Caller ID ........................................... 3-13, 3-21

Camera................................................. 1-2, 7-2

Auto Save................................................7-13

Capturing Still Images ...............................7-4

Exposure .................................................7-13

Locking focus ..........................................7-13

Macro ......................................................7-13

Manual Focus..........................................7-13

Picture Quality.........................................7-13

Recording Video........................................7-5

Review ......................................................7-6

Save Pictures to ......................................7-13

Save Videos to ........................................7-13

Self-timer...................................................7-7

Video Quality...........................................7-13

Card Reader Mode ....................................13-9

Center Access Code.................................1-19

Change PIN................................................11-5

Character Code List................................15-11

Charging ..................................................... 1-4

Chat Folder...................................... 4-18, 4-33

Clear Tone................................................... 3-4

Clock/Calendar......................................... 14-4

Composite ................................................ 7-11

Countdown Timer .................................... 9-21

Create Msg. Size ............................. 4-25, 4-36

Create QR Code ....................................... 9-28

Customer Service .................................. 15-39

Customized Screen (Japanese)................ 2-4

D

Data Folder ............................................... 12-2

Files (attaching)............................... 4-6, 12-3

Files (moving/copying) ........................... 12-4

Files (opening) ....................................... 12-3

Files (renaming) ..................................... 12-8

Folders (adding) ..................................... 12-4

Selecting Multiple Files .......................... 12-4

Set Secret (folders) ................................ 12-4

Slide Show .................................... 12-3, 12-7

Date & Time .............................................. 14-2

Daylight Saving ............................... 9-22, 14-2

Delivery Report ...................... 4-12, 4-24, 4-36

Dialing from Call Log records................. 3-18

Dictionary ................................................. 2-13

Digital TV ( > TV) ....................................... 6-2

Adding Reception Areas .......................... 6-3

Auto Exit ................................................. 6-11

Calls & Alarms........................................ 6-11

Change Area .......................................... 6-10

Data Broadcast (Japanese) ..................... 6-5

Program Info. Search ............................. 6-10

Set Channels................................... 6-3, 6-10 g Sound Output ...................................... 6-11

Sound Output ......................................... 6-11

Subtitle/Sound........................................ 6-12

Display ................................................. 1-2, 1-7

15

15-

31

15

Index

Display (settings) ..................................... 14-3

Display Effects ......................................... 14-3

Display Saving.......................................... 14-3

Double Number ............................... 1-21, 1-26

Download Dictionary ............................... 2-12

DPOF ......................................................... 7-12

Add Date ................................................ 7-15

Check Settings ....................................... 7-12

For All Pictures ....................................... 7-12

Index Print .............................................. 7-15

Dual Mode ................................................. 1-23

E

Earpiece ...................................................... 1-2

Earpiece Volume ............................... 3-3, 3-16 e-Book Library........................................ 10-19 e-Book Viewer .......................................... 10-8 e-Books (Japanese) ...................... 10-8, 10-19

Emergency Calls ........................................ 3-2

English ...................................................... 14-3

Event Light ............................................... 14-5

Expenses Memo ....................................... 9-18

External Device Port .................................. 1-2

F

Face Arrange ............................................ 7-10

Feeling Mail (receiving) ........................... 4-12

Feeling Mail (sending) ............................... 4-6

Focus (locking)......................................... 7-13

Focus Setting ........................................... 7-13

Font Size ..................................................... 2-2

Format Card.............................................. 12-6

Free Contents ........................................... 10-7

Function Control ...................................... 11-4

Function Lock........................................... 11-2

G

General Notes.............................................. xii

Graphic Mail ............................................... 4-7

Group Calling .................................. 3-13, 3-20

15-

32

Guide Usage Notes ....................................... ii

H

Handset Closed .......................................... 1-2

Handset Code ........................................... 1-19

Handset Keys ............................................. 1-3

Handset mail address ................................ 4-3

Handset Open............................................. 1-2

Handset Parts ............................................. 1-2

Handset Positions ...................................... 1-2

Handset Power On/Off ............................... 1-6

Handset responses ........................... 2-5, 14-5

Headphones (answering calls) ............... 3-15

History Lock ............................................. 11-3

Hold ........................................................... 3-15

Hour Minder .............................................. 9-23

Assign Tone/Video.................................. 9-37

For Manner Mode ................................... 9-38

Link to World Clk .................................... 9-38

Vibration ................................................. 9-37

Household Accounts ............................... 9-13

I

Indicators .................................................... 1-9

Camera (Viewfinder)................................. 7-3

Display ...................................................... 1-9

Messaging (message list)....................... 4-13

Music Playback Window ........................... 8-4

S! Quick News ........................................ 10-5

Sub Display ............................................ 1-11

TV (panel)................................................. 6-5

Video Playback Window ........................... 8-5

Information window ................................... 1-7

Infrared...................................................... 13-2

Receiving files ........................................ 13-3

Sending files ................................ 13-3, 13-17

Infrared Port................................................ 1-2

Internal Antenna......................................... 1-2

International calls.............................. 3-3, 3-16

Internet ........................................................ 5-2

Accessing .......................................... 5-3, 5-5

Basic Operations ...................................... 5-6

Browser Settings .................................... 5-12

Enter URL.......................................... 5-3, 5-5

History ............................................... 5-3, 5-5

Saving Bookmarks/pages ......................... 5-8

Int'l Call ....................................................... 3-4

IP Service Setting ..................................... 14-8

K

Kanji Grabber ........................................... 9-31

Keypad Lock ............................................. 1-24

Language .................................................. 14-3

Large Font Menu ........................................ 2-2

L

Link to Feeling .......................................... 4-35

Link to World Clk .............................9-36, 9-38

Locks ................................................1-19, 11-2

Loudspeaker .........................3-17, 3-22, 10-21

M

Machi-Uta ® .................................................. 2-5

Mail Groups............................................... 4-19

Changing members ................................ 4-33

Deleting .................................................. 4-33

Edit Name............................................... 4-33

Main Menu................................................. 1-13

Manner mode ............................................ 1-18

Master Reset ............................................. 14-9

Format Card ........................................... 12-6

Reset All ................................................. 14-9

Reset Settings ........................................ 14-9

Media Player ............................................... 8-2

Playlists.............................................. 8-6, 8-9

Memory All Clear (S! Applications) ........ 8-11

Memory Card ............................................ 12-5

Format Card ........................................... 12-6

Opening files........................................... 12-6

Memory Card Structure & Contents ..... 15-23

Menu List .................................................15-24

Camera .................................................15-26

Data Folder ...........................................15-28

Entertainment .......................................15-25

Media ....................................................15-26

Messaging.............................................15-24

Phone....................................................15-28

S! Appli..................................................15-25

Settings .................................................15-29

Tools......................................................15-27

TV .........................................................15-28

Widget...................................................15-28

Yahoo! ...................................................15-25

Message List View ....................................4-34

Messages (creating/sending) ... 4-4, 4-10, 4-22

Attachments .................................... 4-6, 4-26

Graphic Mail ..............................................4-7

Inserting signature manually ...................4-24

Messaging Settings.................................4-24

Preview Message......................................4-4

Recipient status ......................................4-23

Recipients (editing) .................................4-23

Restricting Outgoing Messages ..............4-11

Save to Drafts .........................................4-24

Send Reservation ...................................4-24

Sending from Drafts ................................4-33

Sending unsent messages......................4-33

Set Auto Play File....................................4-26

Set Sent Cancel ......................................4-24

Signature.................................................4-24

Speed Dial/Mail.......................................4-23

Templates..................................................4-9

Using sent messages..............................4-33

Messages (deleting) ....................... 4-22, 4-31

Auto Delete ................................... 4-35, 4-36

Messages (forwarding)................... 4-33, 4-34

Messages (protecting)..............................4-15

Messages (receiving/checking)...............4-12

Accessing new mail out of Standby ........4-28

DL Size Limit ...........................................4-35

Mail List ...................................................4-28

Message List ................................. 4-13, 4-30

Message Window.......................... 4-13, 4-28

Retrieving complete S! Mail messages manually..................................................4-14

Retrieving PC Mail ........................ 4-22, 4-38

Save to Data Folder ................................4-28

Messages (sorting) ...................................4-17

Messaging (

>

SMS, S! Mail, PC Mail).......4-2

Create/Send Settings .................... 4-11, 4-36

PC Mail Settings......................................4-37

Receive Settings ........................... 4-14, 4-35

SMS Settings ..........................................4-39

View Settings ..........................................4-34

Microphone .................................................1-2

Minute Minder ...........................................3-18

Missed Call Notification ...........................3-14

Mobile Widget ...........................................10-2

Mode Settings ...........................................1-26

Multi Job ....................................................1-15

Music (deleting) ..........................................8-9

Music (downloading) ..................................8-3

Music (playing).................................... 8-4, 8-8

My Details ..................................................1-24

Sending via Bluetooth

®

.........................13-18

Sending via Exchange Profile .................13-4

Sending via Infrared ..............................13-17

N

Notepad .....................................................9-24

Edit Text ..................................................9-38

Change Category ....................................9-38

O

Offline Mode ..............................................1-18

Optional Services .....................................3-13

Optional Services (checking status) .......3-20

P

Pager Code List ......................................15-10

Index

PC (connecting handset) ........................ 13-9

PC Mail............................................... 4-2, 4-20

PC Mail Settings..................................... 4-37

PC Mail (sending)..................................... 4-22

PC Site Browser ......................................... 5-5

Phone Book (deleting)............................. 2-24

Phone Book (editing)............................... 2-23

Phone Book (saving) ............................... 2-17

Phone Book (using) ................................. 2-19

Phone Book search ................................. 2-19

Phone Help ............................................... 1-24

Picture Editor ............................................. 7-8

PIN ............................................................. 15-2

PIN Entry................................................... 11-2

PIN Lock.................................................... 15-2

Playlists ............................................... 8-6, 8-9

Progressive download............................... 5-4

Q

Quick Operations ..................................... 1-12

R

Rakutomo Link.................................. 3-7, 4-23

Received Msg. View................................. 4-34

Record Caller Voice ................................. 3-17

Reference URLs ..................................... 15-22

Reject (calls).................................... 3-12, 3-15

Relaxation Time ....................................... 9-12

Remote Monitor ....................................... 3-15

Reply ....................................... 4-13, 4-22, 4-30

Auto Reply.............................................. 4-30

Opening received message for reference ... 4-30

Set Quick Reply ..................................... 4-30

Re-search Signal...................................... 14-7

Reset (

>

Master Reset) .......................... 14-9

Reset All ................................................... 14-9

Reset Settings.......................................... 14-9

Restrict Destinations............................... 3-11

Retrieve NW Info ...................................... 14-7

Retrieving Network Information ............... 1-6

15

15-

33

15

Index

Review......................................................... 7-6

RSS Feeds .................................................. 5-9

S

S! Addressbook Back-up ...................... 13-13

Auto Sync Settings ............................... 13-16

Sync Log .............................................. 13-19

S! Applications ........................................... 8-7

S! Circle Talk................................ 10-12, 10-21

Accepting requests ............................... 10-13

Initiating ................................................ 10-13

IP Service Setting................................... 14-8

Registering Members ........................... 10-12

S! Contents Store..................................... 10-7

S! Friend's Status.......................... 10-9, 10-20

IP Service Setting................................... 14-8

Opening Member Status ...................... 10-10

S! Information Channel (Japanese)... 10-6, 10-18

Weather Indicator ................................... 10-6

S! Mail ......................................................... 4-2

Attaching Files .......................................... 4-6

Create Msg. Size ........................... 4-25, 4-36

Feeling Mail .............................................. 4-6

Graphic Mail ............................................. 4-7

S! Mail (sending) ........................................ 4-4

S! Quick News (Japanese) ...................... 10-5

Auto Refresh......................................... 10-18

Deleting items....................................... 10-18

Safety Precautions....................................... vi

SAR ............................................................ xvii

Saved Pages ...................................... 5-8, 5-14

Scan Card ................................................. 9-29

Using scan results .................................. 9-41

Scan Text .................................................. 9-30

Scanning and pasting during text entry ... 9-41

Using scan results .................................. 9-42

Scanning Receipts ................................... 9-13

Schedules ( > Calendar)............................ 9-2

Scratch Pad .............................................. 2-16

SD Local Contents ................................... 12-8

15-

34

Search ....................................................... 2-15

Secure Remote Lock....................... 11-2, 11-5

Security Codes ......................................... 1-19

Need/UnNeed Setting............................. 1-20

Sent Msg. View ......................................... 4-34

Set as Wallpaper.....................4-28, 9-40, 12-7

Set Date/Time ........................................... 14-2

Set Key Light ............................................ 14-4

Set Key Shortcut ...................................... 1-14

Set Quick Reply ........................................ 4-30

Set Sent Cancel ........................................ 4-24

Set Time Zone.................................. 9-22, 14-2

Set to Default (S! Applications) .............. 8-11

Shortcuts .................................................. 1-14

Show Secret Data..................................... 11-3

Side Key ...................................................... 1-3

Signature................................................... 4-24

Simple Menu ............................................. 1-17

Simulated Call .......................................... 9-19

Slide W paper ............................................. 2-3

Small Light.................................................. 1-2

SMS ............................................................. 4-2

SMS Settings.......................................... 4-39

SMS (sending) .......................................... 4-10

Snooze ................................................. 9-8, 9-9

Softkeys ...................................................... 1-8

Software Update....................................... 15-5

Sort Spam Mail ................................ 4-17, 4-32

Sounds & Alerts .......................2-5, 14-5, 14-6

Speaker ....................................................... 1-2

Specifications......................................... 15-18

Specifications (by function) .................. 15-19

Calling................................................... 15-19

Camera & Imaging................................ 15-20

Connectivity & File Backup................... 15-22

Data Folder ........................................... 15-21

Digital TV .............................................. 15-20

Entertainment ....................................... 15-21

Getting Started ..................................... 15-19

Handy Extras ........................................ 15-21

Internet ................................................. 15-20

Media Player ......................................... 15-21

Memory Card........................................ 15-21

Messaging ............................................ 15-19

Mobile Widget ....................................... 15-21

Network ................................................ 15-22

S! Applications ...................................... 15-21

Universal Operations, Etc. ................... 15-19

Speed Dial/Mail ..................................3-7, 4-23

Standby ....................................................... 1-6

Standby Shortcuts ................................... 1-16

Status Icon List .......................................... 1-7

Status Templates................10-11, 10-20, 12-2

Still images (capturing) ............................. 7-4

Add Frame ................................................ 7-7

Continuous Shoot ..................................... 7-7

Picture Size ............................................ 7-14

Remote Shutter ...................................... 7-13

Scene ..................................................... 7-14

Shutter Sound......................................... 7-13

White Balance ........................................ 7-14

Still images (capturing & sending) ........... 7-4

Still images (editing) .................................. 7-8

Additional editing options........................ 7-14

Changing sizes ......................................... 7-9

Composite ..................................... 7-11, 7-15

Face Arrange .......................................... 7-10

Merge Panorama .................................... 7-11

Stopwatch ................................................. 9-20

Strap Eyelet ................................................ 1-2

Streaming........................................... 5-4, 5-13

Sub Display...............................1-2, 1-11, 14-4

Swap Calls ................................................ 3-20

System Graphics ...................................... 14-3

System Sounds ........................................ 14-6

T

Table of Contents ......................................... iii

Tasks ........................................................... 9-6

Deleting Tasks .......................................... 9-7

Editing tasks............................................9-34

Opening Tasks ..........................................9-7

Text (editing) .............................................2-11

Text Entry ....................................................2-6

Correction Conversion ..............................2-8

Emoticons .................................................2-9

Hiragana ...................................................2-7

Hiragana to Katakana/Alphanumeric

Conversion ..............................................2-10

Input/Conversion .....................................2-21

Inserting line breaks................................2-20

Inserting Phone Book entry items...........2-20

Inserting spaces......................................2-20

Katakana...................................................2-8

Mail & Web Extensions .............................2-9

One-Hiragana Conversion ........................2-8

Personal Mode ..........................................2-7

Pictograms & Symbols ..............................2-9

Reset Log................................................2-20

Search Word .............................................2-8

Switching Entry Modes .............................2-6

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters ...............................................2-20

Using Character Codes...........................2-20

Using Pager Code...................................2-20

Using Wildcard Characters .....................2-10

When Target Word is Not Listed ...............2-7

Text Entry Key Assignments ...................15-8

Time Correction ........................................14-2

Touch-Tone Signal List .................. 3-17, 3-21

Troubleshooting........................................15-6

TV (watching) ..............................................6-4

Channels (saving) ...................................6-10

Data Broadcast (Japanese) ......................6-5

Help.........................................................6-10

Program Info .............................................6-6

TV Listing (Japanese) ...............................6-6

Using wireless Headphones ...................6-11

TV Link.......................................................6-12

TV Player .....................................................6-8

TV programs (recording/playing) ...... 6-7, 6-8

Details .....................................................6-13

Marker List ..............................................6-14

Memory Remaining.................................6-13

Playback Pattern .....................................6-13

Playing split files......................................6-13

Recorded programs (deleting) ................6-13

Recorded programs (renaming) ..............6-13

Split File ..................................................6-13

TV Timers (watching/recording) ................6-9

Setting Timer via Program Info..................6-6

Timer entries (opening/editing/deleting) ...6-14

Timer log records (opening/playing/deleting)

................................................................6-14

TV Alarm .................................................6-14

TV Reserve Prior ....................................6-14

Wakeup TV..............................................9-10

U

USB Charge....................................... 1-5, 1-25

User Dictionary .........................................2-12

Deleting entries .......................................2-21

USIM Card..................................................15-2

USIM PIN (

>

PIN)......................................15-2

Utility Software..........................................13-9

V

VeilView .....................................................1-24

Vibration ......................................................2-5

Video (downloading) ..................................8-3

Video (playing) .................................... 8-5, 8-8

Video (recording) ........................................7-5

Display Size ............................................7-14

Microphone .............................................7-14

Record Time/Size....................................7-14

Video (recording & sending)......................7-5

Video Calling ...............................................3-6

Remote Monitor.......................................3-15

Video Calls (answering) .............................3-6

Video Calls (placing) ..................................3-6

Index

Voice Calling............................................... 3-3

Voice Calls (answering)............................. 3-3

Voice Calls (placing) .................................. 3-3

Voice Calls (placing while abroad) ........... 3-4

Voice Recorder ......................................... 9-26

Record Time........................................... 9-38

Save and Send....................................... 9-38

Save Recording to.................................. 9-38

Voicemail .................................................. 3-13

Volume (ringtones) .................................. 14-5

W

Wakeup TV................................................ 9-10

Canceling ............................................... 9-11

Deleting .................................................. 9-11

Wallpaper.................................................... 2-3

Slide W paper........................................... 2-3

Warranty ................................................. 15-38

Weather Indicator..................................... 10-6

Icon Update.......................................... 10-19

Manual Update ....................................... 10-6

Weather................................................ 10-19

Weather Indicator List ........................... 15-17

Widgets..................................................... 10-2

World Clock .............................................. 9-22

Auto World Clock.................................... 9-22

Y

Yahoo! Keitai .............................................. 5-3

15

15-

35

Index

15

Objectives

Accessing Secret Files/Entries

Data Folder............................................. 12-4

Messaging folders .................................. 4-16

Phone Book ............................................ 2-18

Schedules/tasks ....................................... 9-4

Accessing the Internet

From message text ................................. 4-29

From scan results .......................... 9-39, 9-42

Media Player............................................. 8-3

PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-5

RSS Feeds ............................................... 5-9

Yahoo! Keitai............................................. 5-3

Browsing/Viewing

Blogs .................................................... 10-14 e-Books .................................................. 10-8

PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-5

S! Information Channel........................... 10-6

S! Quick News ........................................ 10-5

Yahoo! Keitai............................................. 5-3

Calculating

Calculator ............................................... 9-17

Expenses Memo..................................... 9-18

Household Accounts .............................. 9-13

Canceling/Removing

Alarm ........................................................ 9-9

Answer Phone .......................................... 3-5

Call Forwarding ...................................... 3-14

Customized Screen ................................ 2-20

Download Dictionary .............................. 2-12

Function Lock ......................................... 11-2

Hour Minder............................................ 9-23

Keypad Lock ........................................... 1-24

Large Font Menu ...................................... 2-2

Manner mode ......................................... 1-18

Offline Mode ........................................... 1-18

S! Information Channel........................... 10-6

Secret folders ................................ 4-32, 12-4

Simple Menu .......................................... 1-17

15-

36

Speed Dial entries ........................... 3-7, 4-24

Voicemail ................................................ 3-14

Changing

Font Size................................................... 2-2

Font Weight .............................................. 2-2

Handset Code......................................... 1-19

Handset mail address............................... 4-3

PIN.......................................................... 11-5

Changing Ringtones

Phone Book ............................................ 2-18

Ringtone/videos........................................ 2-5

Via Data Folder....................................... 12-7

Composing/Sending Messages

ASCII Art entries..................................... 9-25

Feeling Mail .............................................. 4-6

From Call Log records ............................ 3-18

From Internet pages ............................... 5-11

From message text ................................. 4-29

From Phone Book................................... 2-23

From Rakutomo Link .............................. 4-23

From received messages ....................... 4-13

From scan results .......................... 9-39, 9-42

From Scratch Pad ................................... 2-16

From sent messages .............................. 4-33

Graphic Mail .................................... 4-7, 4-26

PC Mail ................................................... 4-22

Quick Phrase ............................................ 4-5

S! Mail....................................................... 4-4

SMS........................................................ 4-10

Speed Dial/Mail ...................................... 4-23

Copying

Calculation results .................................. 9-37

Data Folder files ..................................... 12-4

From text entry window........................... 2-11

Scan results..........................9-40, 9-41, 9-42

Text (e-Books) ...................................... 10-19

Text (Internet pages)............................... 5-11

Text (Messaging) .................................... 4-29

Text (S! Information Channel pages) .... 10-19

Downloading

Content ................................................... 10-7

Customized Screen .................................. 2-4

Dictionaries............................................. 2-12 e-Books .................................................. 10-8

Free content............................................ 10-7

Music ........................................................ 8-3

S! Applications ........................................ 8-10

Video ........................................................ 8-3

Widgets................................................... 10-2

Exchanging Files

Bluetooth ® ............................................... 13-5

Card Reader Mode ................................. 13-9

Exchange Profile .................................... 13-4

Infrared ................................................... 13-2

Hiding Files/Entries

Data Folder ............................................. 12-4

Messaging folders................................... 4-16

Phone Book ............................................ 2-18

Schedules/tasks ............................9-32, 9-34

Inserting/Removing

Battery .................................................... 15-4

Memory Card.......................................... 12-5

USIM Card.............................................. 15-3

Locking/Restricting

Application Lock...................................... 11-3

Call Log .................................................. 11-3

Function Lock ......................................... 11-2

Incoming/outgoing calls ........3-11, 3-20, 3-21

Keypad Lock ........................................... 1-24

Mail records ............................................ 11-3

PIN Entry ................................................ 11-2

Managing Schedules

Calendar .......................................... 9-2, 9-34

Tasks ............................................... 9-6, 9-35

Measuring Time

Countdown Timer ................................... 9-21

Stopwatch ............................................... 9-20

Notifying Phone Number

Opening My Details ................................ 1-24

Via Bluetooth

®

.......................................13-18

Via Exchange Profile...............................13-4

Via Infrared ...........................................13-17

Placing Calls

By entering phone numbers......................3-3

From Call Log records.............................3-18

From Internet pages................................5-11

From message text..................................4-29

From Phone Book ...................................2-19

From scan results.......................... 9-39, 9-42

International calls ......................................3-3

Rakutomo Link ..........................................3-8

Speed Dial ................................................3-7

Video Calls................................................3-6

While abroad.............................................3-4

Playing

Answer Phone messages/caller voice ......3-5

Files (Barcode Reader)...........................9-40

Music.........................................................8-4

Recorded TV programs.............................6-8

Recorded TV programs from Timer log...6-14

Split files (TV)..........................................6-13

Streams........................................... 5-4, 5-13

Video.........................................................8-5

Voice files ................................................9-26

Voicemail messages ...............................3-14

Rejecting

Calls from public phones.........................3-12

Calls from specified numbers..................3-12

Calls from unsaved numbers ..................3-12

Incoming calls .........................................3-15

Withheld Caller ID ...................................3-12

Resetting/Formatting

All settings...............................................14-9

Handset...................................................14-9

Memory Card ..........................................12-6

Saving

Backup ..................................................13-11

Captured still images ........................ 7-4, 7-7

Draft messages .......................................4-24

Edited still images .....................................7-8

Files (Internet) .........................................5-11

Files (S! Information Channel pages)....10-19

Graphic Mail templates .............................4-7

Mail attachments .....................................4-28

Notepad entries.......................................9-24

Phone Book entries.................................2-17

Recorded video .........................................7-5

Saving Phone Book Entries

Add New Entry ........................................2-17

Data Folder files ......................................12-7

During a call ............................................3-17

From Call Log records.............................3-18

From Internet pages................................5-11

From message text..................................4-29

From received messages ........................4-29

From scan results.......................... 9-39, 9-41

Scanning

Business cards........................................9-29

Kanji ........................................................9-31

QR Codes ...............................................9-27

Receipts ..................................................9-13

Text..........................................................9-30

Searching

Messages...................................... 2-15, 4-16

Music to download ....................................8-3

Music to play .............................................8-4

Notepad entries.......................................9-38

Phone Book.............................................2-19

Text (Internet pages) ...............................5-11

Video to download.....................................8-3

Video to play .............................................8-5

Web Search ............................................2-15

Sending via Mail

Data Folder files .............................. 4-6, 12-3

Notepad entries.......................................9-38

QR Codes ...............................................9-28

Scan results .................................. 9-40, 9-42

Still images................................................7-4

URLs ............................................. 5-11, 5-13

Index

Video ........................................................ 7-5

Voice files ............................................... 9-38

Setting Wallpaper

From attached files................................. 4-28

From scan results................................... 9-40

From Sound/Display menu ....................... 2-3

Via Data Folder ...................................... 12-7

Showing in Standby

Clock/Calendar....................................... 14-4

Mobile Widgets....................................... 10-2

S! Applications ....................................... 8-10

Standby Shortcuts.................................. 1-16

Wallpaper ................................................. 2-3

World Clock ............................................ 9-22

Using as Alarm Clock

Alarms ...................................................... 9-8

Hour Minder ........................................... 9-23

Wakeup TV............................................. 9-10

Using Away from Home

Alarms ...................................................... 9-8

Camera .................................................... 7-2

Hour Minder ........................................... 9-23

Scratch Pad............................................ 2-16

Search.................................................... 2-15

Voice Recorder....................................... 9-26

15

15-

37

15

15-

38

Warranty & Service

Warranty & Service

[ Warranty

Warranty is provided when you purchase handset.

.

Check the name of distributor and date of purchase.

.

Read contents and keep in a safe place.

.

The warranty term is described in the warranty.

[ After-Sales Services

See P.15-6

"Troubleshooting" before contacting SoftBank Mobile for service or repairs.

If you cannot find solutions or solve problems, contact SoftBank

Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance (

P.15-39 ) in your

subscription area and provide a detailed description of the problem.

.

Repairs within warranty are performed under terms and conditions described.

.

Out of warranty, possible repairs are performed upon request at subscriber expense.

For other services, contact the distributor, the nearest SoftBank

Shop or SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information

(

P.15-39 ).

Replacement parts are available for 6 years after termination of production.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of handset data. Keep a copy of Phone

Book entries, etc. in a separate place.

.

Disassembling or modifying handset may violate the Radio Law.

Modified handset will not be repaired.

Customer Service

Customer Service

For information about SoftBank handsets or services, call General Information.

For repairs, call Customer Assistance.

■ SoftBank Mobile Customer Center

General Information

From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at

157

From a landline/IP phone, dial toll free at

0

8

00-919-0157

Customer Assistance

From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at

113

From a landline/IP phone, dial toll free at

0

8

00-919-0113

If yo u cannot reach a toll free n u m b er, u se the n u m b er (charges apply) b elo w for yo u r ser v ice area:

Hokkaido Area

Tohok u Area

Hok u rik u Area

Kanto, Koshinets u Area

022-3 8 0-43 8 0 Tokai Area 052-3 88 -2002

Kansai Area 06-7669-01 8 0

Ch u gok u , Shikok u Area

Ky u sh u , Okina w a Area

092-6 8 7-0010

■ SoftBank Mobile Global Call Center

From o u tside Japan, dial

+

8

1-3-5351-3491

(toll free from SoftBank handsets)

If handset is lost/stolen, call this n u m b er immediately (international charges apply)

15

15-

39

SoftBank 001SH User Guide

December 2010, First Edition

SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

For additional information, please visit a SoftBank Shop.

Model: SoftBank 001SH

Manufacturer: SHARP CORPORATION

Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). Before you recycle, please remember these important points:

.

Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.

.

Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before recycling.

Mind yo u r mo b ile manners w hen carrying a handset.

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents